$'49f 1^1 Digitized by the Internet'Archive in 2008 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/elementarygermanOObuchrich ELEMENTARY GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION BEING PARTS I. AND II. OF SELECTED AND ANNOTATED BY C. A. BUCHHEIM, Phil. Doc, F.C.P. Professor of the German Language and Literature in King's College, London Examiner in German to the University of London, 8fC. WITH A VOCAEUj:.AEY. . .' \ '', \ BASED UPON DR. BUCHHEIM'S KEY LONDON GEOEGE BELL AND SONS AND NEW YORK 1894 Richard Clay and Sons, Limited, london and bungay IN. MEMORf AM ^/v TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE Preface to the Thirteenth Edition ix I. Grammatical Introduction xiii II. On German Punctuation xxi III. On the Division of Words in German xxiii PART I. Minor Extracts » 1 PART II. I. — The Defence of a Ford ( Walter Scott) 14 II. — Schiller's Flight from Stuttgart {Thomas Carlyle) 17 III. — Silhouettes 19 IV. — Perhaps it was his Uncle . . {Sir S. W. Baker) 20 y. — A Roman Stratagem {t'rof. George Long) 21 VI. — A Sign of the Times {H. Merivale) 25 VII. — The Shakers' Dinner {Hcpworth Dixon) 27 VIII. — Ben Jonson 29 IX. — A Maiden Speech {Macaulay) 30 X. — A Self-dubbed Messenger .... {Ca^ft. Hozier) 83 XL — Don John of Austria {Motley) 34 XII. — Worse than his Reputation . . ( W. G. Palgrave) 36 XIII. — Speedy Promotion {Sir Edw. Gust) 39 XIV. — Goethe at the Age op Twenty . . {G. H. Leives) 41 925030 Vlli TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE XV.— The Pilgrims {G. Bancroft) 44 XVI. — Slave-making Instinct of Ants . . {Darwin) 47 XVII. — The Battle of the Alma {Kinglake) 49 XVIII. — The Apostle op the Goths {Gibbon) 53 XIX.— The Prairie {E. Dicey) 55 XX. — Chivalry in Spain {Prescott) 57 XXI. — Charles the Great ........(/. Brycc) 59 XXII.— Love OF Flowers ........ {J. Buskin) 62 XXIII. — Life among the Bedouins {Layard) 64 XXIV. — Sir Sidney Smith at Bath . . . {De Quincey) Q7 XXV.— Of Style \ 70 XXVL— The Border Feuds {G. A. Fronde) 72 XXVII. — A German Hautboy-player .... {Souihey) 74 XXVIII.— Cranford {Mrs. Gaskell) 76 XXIX. — Before the Battle of Koniggratz {Capt. Hazier) 79 XXX.— A Disputed Boundary. . {Dr. W. B. Carpenter) 82 XXXI. — Thomas Carlyle to Goethe (A Letter) .... 84 XXXII.— A Sturdy Squire .... {Mis^s A. Strickland) 88 XXXIII.— The History of Sciences . {Prof. Max Mailer) 91 XXXIV.— The Wartburg [Dean Stanley) 94 Vocabulary 99 EXTRACT FEOM THE PEEFACE TO THE THIETEENTH EDITION OF P^at^rxals fox ^txmun "^wu ^om^onximn. The great success with which this book has met wherever German is taught through the medium of English, and the great educational progress which has taken place almost throughout the civilized world, relieve me from the necessity of dilating on several topics which required to be specially pointed out when this book was first issued in 1868. I need no longer dwell on the im- portance of German as a discipline of the mind, and as a medium of enlightenment and refinement, or on the numerous advantages which a knowledge of the language offers both from a practical and utilitarian point of view. All this is now universally admitted. Nor is it needful to send forth a special plea on the utility, nay, necessity, of translating from our own language into the foreign idiom, if the latter is to be thoroughly mastered. This fact too may now be considered as an axiom. Under these circumstances it seemed to me expedient to omit the bulk of the former Prefaces, and to confine myself, in issuing the present Thirteenth Edition, to a mere description of the book. X EXTRACT FROM THE PREFACE In the first instance, I have to state that I made myself all the extracts contained in this volume from the works of the respective authors, and that I did not take them " ready cut " from any other compilations. I imposed this arduous task upon myself, partly because I wished to give such passages only as seemed to me best suited for bringing out the idiomatic differences between English and German, and for illustrating the structure of the German sentence and the niceties of the language, and partly because I was anxious to avoid all those hackneyed extracts and "professional" anec- dotes, of which both teachers and pupils must be heartily tired. In making the selections I have, besides, confined myself to modern authors, as it seemed to me impossible to learn to write modern German by translating those old English writers who deserve our admiration, but whose style nobody would now-a-days imitate. It has, finally, been my endeavour to give interesting extracts only — mostly of an instructive kind without being dull — and to furnish specimens of nearly every branch of prose writing, thus practically illustrating the narrative, descriptive, epistolary, scientific, critical, and conver- sational style. Though merely extracts, the pieces are mostly complete in themselves; and where this is not absolutely the case, I have given the necessary explanations in a foot-note. I have, besides, explained everything which seemed to me necessary for a full understanding of the text; which is, after all, a pri- mary condition before any translation is to be attempted at all. The First Part consists of easy detached sentences and minor extracts, taken from English standard works, TO THE THIRTEENTH EDITION. XI which are to serve for practice in the order of words and the less complicated construction of sentences. The Second Part contains short but complete sketches, chiefly historical. The Notes to the first two Parts have this in common, that they contain, besides copious renderings of single expressions and idiomatic phrases, also numerous philological remarks and grammatical rules. This section of the work contains, in fact, almost the whole of the German Syntax, The Introductory Part consists of three chapters. The^rs^ chapter gives what I ventured to designate as Essentials of Syntax^ containing as it does a general recapitulation of some of the most important features of German syntax. Frequent references have been made throughout the book to this chapter, a thorough knowledge of which will greatly facilitate the student's task of translating from English into German. The second chapter gives the principal rules for Punctuation in German. A proper knowledge of this subject is absolutely necessary for composition in any language. I believe I am not ove^-rating the importance of punc- tuation if I assert, that he who knows how to place his commas in German, shows that he has an accurate knowledge of the grammatical structure of a German sentence. In fact, the two topics. Punctuation and Construction of Sentences, supplement each other in German, which, as I have repeatedly pointed out in my educational works, is a strictly grammatical language. The third clmpter relates to the Division of Words in German. Those who have had occasion to read the German compositions of a number of pupils or ex- aminees, will be aware of the fact that most students Xll EXTRACT FROM THE PREFACE. of German have not the faintest idea of how to divide German words; and yet a knowledge of this subject forms part and parcel of the knowledge of any lan- guage. Both the last-named subjects, viz. Punctuation and Division of Words^ are, as a rule, fully treated in the German grammars written for the use of Germans, and it seems therefore doubly desirable to include them in a German manual destined for non-Germans. C. A. BUCHHEIM. King's College, London, January, 1890. I have to express my sincerest thanks for permission to reprint some of the following Copyright Extracts : — to Lady Trevelyan, Messrs. A. and C. Black, Messrs. Blackwood and Sons, Messrs. Longmans and Co., Messrs. Macmillan and Co., Mr. John Murray, and Messrs. Smith, Elder, and Co. GRAMMATICAL INTKODUCTION. German is a strictly grammatical language, and this circumstance forms the basis of the construction of German sentences. The grammatical inflections, which have not been lost in German as in English, claim inexorably their right, but offer at the same time the great advantage of effecting a distinctness which leaves room neither for a real nor for a merely grammatical ambiguity. Apart from these formal exigencies, there is the same freedom of movement in the expression of thought in German as in English — a freedom which is of incalculable advantage to prose, but still more so to poetry. The German language possesses, besides, an adap- tability which most other languages lack, and to which the fact may be attributed that German can boast — as has been universally acknowledged — of unrivalled translations from foreign languages, espe- cially from the English. The fact just pointed out may serve as an encouragement to English students of German, proving, as it does, that the difficulties of translating into German are by no means so xiv GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION. , overwhelming as is generally asserted, more parti- cularly by those whose knowledge of the language is only superficial. Any one who has a fair know- ledge of German, and is familiar with the Grammar, will, by the help of a comprehensive Dictionary, be able to produce such a translation as, though not elegant, would not be stamped as absurd or as *un-German,' since the mode of expression is by no means prescribed by implacable laws. There is, it is true, a peculiarly German order of words ; but this order can easily enough be learned by means of certain rules: and so can the peculiarity of the construction of German sentences in general, espe- cially if it is constantly borne in mind that German is, as has been stated before, a strictly grammatical language, and requires all the various relations between subject, object, &c. to be pointed out with grammatical distinctness. The following general recapitulation of some of the most important features of German Syntax will fully bear out my assertion as regards the thorough grammatical character of the language. I. One of the chief characteristics of German construction is that of placing the qualifying ex- pressions and clauses before the qualified term; which mode of expression gives great vigour and compactness to the sentences. For example: @tn GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION. XV auf bem ^iigel jic:^enbe§ «§aug, a house standing on the hill. This mode of construction enables us to avoid the too frequent use of relative clauses which, in German, cannot be contracted by the omission of the relative pronoun. The student of German should, however, be very cautious in forming such adjective sentences. They should never be too long, and it is far better to make use of relative clauses than to compress a number of clauses into one protracted adjective sentence. It is in this respect, before all, that modern German prose has materially improved, and the present Guide has been arranged in accordance with that improvement II. Participial Constructions, so very frequently employed in English, are in German generally turned by a different form. This important topic has been fuUy explained in the present volume, and one Extract (part ii page 82, No. xxx.) has been inserted for special practice in the various rules referring to the Present (or ' Imperfect ') Participle. The most im- portant of the rules alluded to are here recapitulated. {a) In adverbial clauses of time participial Con- structions are usually changed into a regular clause with a conjunction indicating time, (as: inbem, rcd^renD, whilst; al6, ba, when; nad^bem, after, etc.) and a finite verb e.g.; {while) speaking with me, he saw, etc., wd^renb (or inbem) cr mit mir \^x^^f etc. Tenses XVI GRAMMATICAIi INTKODUCTION. and conjunctions must "be employed according to the sense of the passage. (h) The Present Participle which qualifies a pre- ceding noun or pronoun is generally changed into a regular relative clause; that is to say, the Present Participle is changed into a finite verb and is intro- duced by a relative pronoun or adverb. The sense of the passage will generally show which tense is to be used. Thus we should turn retaining in Extr. 19 by 'which had retained/ because it refers to the past; and enabling in Extr. 21 by 'which enable/ because it contains the notion of the present tense. (c) When the Present Participle expresses a logical cause, it is changed into a regular sentence, and introduced by ba ; e.g. Not finding him at Twme, I went away, ba ic^ iT^n nid)t gu «&aufe fanb, fo ging i^ n^eg* (d) Present Participles having the force of an adjective, are, in some cases, actually changed into attributive adjectives, (cf. p. xiv. I). (e) Present Participles are often turned by a finite verb, and connected by and with a preceding clause. Cf. p. 28, 1. 12. (/) A very convenient way of rendering briefly the Present Participle is the employment of adver- bial expressions with which the German language GKAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION. Xvii I I abounds. This expedient has been resorted to in I various passages of the present volume, as page 112, where the clause having sustained considerable losses has been briefly rendered by the adverbial expres- sion, mil gro^em ^erlufie. (g) In one case the Present Participle may also be used in German, more particularly in elevated diction, — viz. when it denotes an action which is represented as taking place simultaneously with the action expressed by the predicate ; e.g. 2)te0 alleg Bei mix benfenb fd)tief ic^ ein (Sch.), thinking on all these matters I fell asleep, i.e. * whilst I thought of all these matters I fell asleep.' Of Extract 42, note h. In common prose, however, we generally use a finite verb introduced by inbem (and sometimes by ba), as : in walking through the town, I observed, etc. inbem i^ burc^ bic @tabt ging, etc., (Cf. above II. a). III. The construction of the Accusative with tJie Infinitive, so frequently occurring in Latin, Greek, and English, is inadmissible in German, since the verb governs in such a construction two objects of a perfectly different grammatical character — if we may say so ; a process quite adverse to the character of the German language, which requires all grammatical relations to be logically and distinctly pointed out. We must, therefore, generally change the accusative into the nominative, the infinitive xviii GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION. into a finite verb, and introduce the sentence by the conjunction ba§. For instance : 1 wish you to write the letter immediately , ic^ n^unfc^e, bag @ie ben 33rief fogleid) f(J)reiBen. The Infinitive may, however, be used in German with some verbs, as fef)en, l)6ren, finben, fii^Ien, !)a^en, etc., and also with the intransitive verbs ge^^en, xditn, fot)ren, BleiBen; but all these and similar verbs form with the infinitive a kind of compound verbal ex- pression, expressing one idea only, as : I see him coming, ic^ fel^e il^n fommen; we go for a walk, voix ge^en f^a^teren. In these examples the verbs fommen fe^en and f^a^ieren gel^en express one notion only. Cf. Extract 17. The reason stated with reference to the inadmis- sibility of the Accusative with the Infinitive in German may, in some measure, also explain the circumstance that verbs of choosing, appointing, declaring, considering, etc. do not govern in German two accusatives, as is the case in Greek, Latin, and English ; but put the suffering or direct object alone in the accusative, and the word expressing the ofBce to which a person has been appointed, or that which a person or thing is declared to be, is preceded by the preposition gu with the dative (after the verbs of choosing, electing, and declaring), and by the accusative with the prepositions alS or fur (after verbs of considering and declaring) : e.g. They GRAMMATICAL INTKODUCTION. xix appointed him president of the society, fie ernannten ilfxi gum ^rciflbenten t>er ©efellfc^aftj / esteem it a favour, id) Mxa^tc eg aU cine ©unft. Cf. page 36, note 4, and page 85, note 2. IV. The rule with reference to words in Appo- sition requires in German the greatest attention. A noun (or its substitute, viz. a personal pronoun^ or adjective or ordinal number is said to stand in the relation of Apposition, when it qualifies or ex- plains another noun previously mentioned. The Apposition agrees, for the sake of grammatical distinctness, with the noun qualified, in gender, number, and case. Thus, in the extract No. 17, page 4, we must render the sentence. The flax plant is composed of three distinct parts, the wood, the fibres, and the gum resin, Sec, by ber glad)g ^cfte^t au3 brei ^erfc^iebenen 3:^eilen, bem «goIge, ben g^afern unb bem *&arge, &c. The terms »&oIj, gafern, and «§arg stand here in apposition to ^^nUn, and must therefore, like the latter expression, be used in the dative case. See page 85, note 9. The rule that the Article must be repeated before nouns of different gender or number — which is merely owing to the requirements of grammatical distinct- ness — may here appropriately be appended to the rule concerning the Apposition, See page 42, note 9. XX GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION V. Grammatical distinctness requires in German — tliough not rigorously — that tlie place of the object be supplied in the principal clause by the pronoun c§ when the leading verb governs the accusative case, and the object consists of a whole clause or a supine; e.g. He had ventured to go in secret, &c. (see page 17, note 7), er l^atte eg getragt, j!dt| l^eimlid) auf^umac^en, &c. If, however, the verb or adjective in the principal clause require a preposition, the latter is added to the demonstrative pronoun t)a or bar; e.g. This castle is remarhaUe as containing (fee. (see page 97 note 2), biefeg ©d^Iop ifi babutd^ merftrsiirbicj, bag &c. Words printed in italics in the text are not to be translated. When two words are separated by a dash ( — ) in the Notes, the German rendering refers to the whole clause of which the first and last word are given. When words are separated by dots (. . .), the German rendering in the Notes is the equivalent for these words only, and not for the intervening expressions. In Part I. the rules and renderings referring to each Extract are given in a single Note. T. ON GERMAN PUNCTUATION. The rules of punctuation are, in general, the same in German as in English, more especially as regards the employment of St ops ^ Colons, Points of Inter- rogation, etc. There is, however, a considerable difference between the use of the Comma in the two languages ; and some in the use of the Semicolon, General Rule. — A Comma is required in German after every distinct part of a sentence, whether it be a whole clause, or a single term, such as nouns, adjectives, or verbs, placed side by side. A Comma is, in particular, placed in German : 1. Between nouns, adjectives, or verbs, placed side by side without being connected by unb or ober, as : 5Kdnner, g^rauett, ^mber, §ll(e^ etite ^txUxx—^x tjl em bef^etbener, tapferer unb ebler SS}?ann. ^er ^nabe fonnte ret'ten, fed^ten, tanjen unb f(^n)tmmen, aber ni^i lefen. 2. Between co-ordinate clauses .Jr^aVtrLgdiffeient subjects, as: :^er 33ogeI jltegt, ber gifc^ fc|)iDtmntt, bte (Sc^necfe frted;t. ©on)o^l mei'nev Sucker, ate; aac^ mtxat S3i(ber ffnb angefommen. 3. Before dependent clauses, as : ^ter tfi ba^ 33u(|, ba^ \6) gefauft l)Cilt. — ^r fagte, ba^ er tnorgen abreifen tt)erbe. — @te glaubt, fi'e |)abe 9^ed^t 4. Before a principal sentence, preceded by a dependent clause, as : SBer ni'd^t n?agt, genjfnnt nt'd^t h xxii ON GERMAN PUNCTUATION. 6. Before clauses beginning with unb, when they have not the same subject as the preceding clause, as: 5^ ge{)e auf^ Sanb, unb mein S3ruber retft md) S)eutfc|)lant). But we write : ^^ gelpe auf^ Sant) unt) n)evt>e morgen juriicffe^ren. 6. Before adversative clauses beginning with ober, as: ©oH i^ ba^ ^nd) U^alitn, ober e^ jurucffenben ? But we should write : ©age Qa ober 91em ! 7. Before and after parenthetical clauses, as: Sommt, rtef er, laf t un^ bte ©tabt ^ert^efbtgen. 8. Before substantive clauses containing a Supine [cp. p. 2, Extract 9, (a)], as : & etite |)erbet, urn fte ^u retten* 9. Before and after appositions, as : Hermann, ber 93efreter X)on 2)eutf4)Ianb, n)ar em (J^eru^fer. Note. — The German equivalents of however, more- over (mbeffen, iiberbte^), and of several similar words which are separated in English by Commas from ihe clauses-^ pBedediiig or following them, require no Commas in German, as : He said he would come late ; he came> howe,yer>\very early. — & fagte, er n)urbe fpdt fommen ; er tarn mbejfen fe^r fvii^. The Semicolon is chiefly required in German between co-ordinate sentences which are rather ex- tended, or contain themselves several clauses, as : Q^ tft ntcpt genug ju n)iffen, man mu^ and) anwenben ; e^ tfi ni^t genug ju tt)ot(en, man mu^ an^ t^un. IL ON THE DIVISION OF WORDS IN GERMAN. German words, consisting of more than one syllable, are, in general, divided in accordance with their pro- nunciation, and not as is done in English, chiefly according to etymological derivation. The principal rule is therefore in German : Divide AS YOU SPEAK. Examples : — ^xcU^^\t^4kU ; 3Sa4er4anb. Special Rules: — 1. Compound nouns are divided in accordance with their component parts, as : 3inimer^t{iure ; :Dtnten^faf. 2. Final consonants are placed at the end of the first Hne, as : ^^anU^dt ; J^^eunb^c^aft ; 5Wdb^c^en> Conformably with the above rules, compound words are divided in accordance with their com- ponent parts, even if the division should not strictly coincide with the pronunciation, as : U)ar^um ; barnc(][; agile, bc^cnb; accordance with the rule that, quadruped, SSierfiiPerj as well as, when a proper name occurs in the fon)ie; graceful, here jicrltdf); as also, genitive case, it is generally placed ' ' ' " ' " ~ before the noun which it qualifies. {h) Cf. for Sir, p. 31, n. 7. 12 The preposition in referring to reign (Siegierung) is rendered in German by unter. For the con- struction of In — Elizabeth, cf. n. a to preceding Extr. ; to be situ- ated, fid) Befinfcen ; on, here auf ; tract, ©telle. The chain pier here alluded mt au^; most useful, am nu^ltd()fien ; to belong, angel^oren ; chiefly, corjiigs ltd(j ; continent = world. — Man de- notes here human being ; use therefore the noun STicnfd?, which corresponds to the Latin homo and the Greek ai/^pcoTrog. Cf. the note to Extr. 2. IS Felt— in, toar *on...fo St^x cnt» giicft; to— style, urn fccffcn @tt( ^ofl* to refers, of course, to the old fidnbtg in feinc ®tfoalt ^u tefommen; Biighton pier, which, being a 'land- eight times is a reiterative numeral, ing bridge projecting into the sea,' {a) The genitive case is with may be rendered by the abbre- foreign proper names ending in a viated form ^Kettcnferiicf c (omitting sibilant, generally pointed out by the word Saniungg between the two noureS» infeln) are a group of islands in the N. Pacific Ocean. To pretend, ' at Herculaneum was in the shop of a baker/ &c. For the render- ing of was found, compare n. b to Ext. 4 ; and for still retaining, which qualifies the noun loaf, see oc^aupten, which verb must here be Int. p. xvi., b; turn with — it by followed by the Supine. Render *upon which (roorauf) his name pie by 2)ienfd?en. Flax plant, ^ia(^S ; to be com- was stamped.' ^^ Known, fecfannt ; i7i, here aug ; posed of, bcf^e^en au^ j distinct, tier* troop, (of animals), usually S^vup^ j'(^iet)en; fibre, Safer; gum resxn. ^axi n. ; to cause, Bctrtrfcn; to adhere, nifammen'^altcn. {a) For the render- ing of the wood, ,- to sup- (c) The expression ?cBen does not 'pose, here anue(micu ; to emit, aiiS* admit of the plural, when used in flro^Ien; of them, say: bcrfelfcen. a general sense. Turn, therefore, Construe 'from the quantity of lost — crow7?-5 by 'lost as well (fowof;!) light (narfj ker Sicijtmaffc ^u urt^citcn), the life as (alS) the crown.' which is emitted by (non) the 26 Retain the terms modern and brightest stars, one has reason system; science, SBiffenfcijaft ; turn if to suppose that some, &c.' The — called by ' if one can so call it relative pronoun cannot be omitted (viz. the system) ; to owe, »erbanfcn; in German ; insert therefore, improvem,ent, here 2lu66itbung; the ' which ia' before em i'«€d Middle Ages, ta§ OJiittdoltcv. (a) GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. sciences, if so it may be called, which owe their improve- ment to the Middle Ages. 27. It seems impossible, says a» great botanist, in the present state of our knowledge to give a complete and perfect definition of what is to be considered an animal, in contradistinction to what is to be looked upon as a plant 28. In the reign of William the First the penalty for killing a stag or a boar was loss of the eyes ; for William loved the great deer, says a Saxon Chronicle, as if he had been their father. 29. When a body is once in motion it requires no foreign power to sustain its velocity. 30. Etna appears to have been in activity from the earliest times of tradition, for Diodorus Siculus mentions an eruption which caused a district to be deserted by the Sicani before the Trojan war. W 31. The art of painting in oil was first discovered by For music cf. the note to Extr. 1. (6) The partitive genitive, which signifies the whole of which any- thing is a part, as here in of the few, is generally rendered by t)on. 27 In, here Bet ; state, ^uftanb ; knowledge, 2Bi[fenf(fjaft ; complete, DoUfidnbig,' perfect, genau ; defini- tion ^tfinitioWf of what, tton fcem traS; to be considered, ju Betradjteu ifi ; in contradistinction, im ®egen» fa^ ; to what, ju tern trng; to he looked upon, say : man...anfe()cu mit^. Cf. on the English passive participial constnictions, p. 45, n. 20. 28 Killing, say bte Sobtung ; which is to be followed by the genitive case ; turn was loss by ' consisted in the loss (3ScrIu|i) ; great deer, •§odf>tDttb, is to be used in the singu- lar only, like all nouns denoting unlimited plurality; sa7js, transl. h}ic...6emerft, i.e. observes; Saxon, faci^fifd); their, say beffen. (a) For in the reign, see Ext. 12. (b) The title, the First, stands here in ap- position to William; cf. Int. p. xix. , IV. (c) The first clause does not begin with the subject, see Ext. 12, n. a. (d) For the conj./or see p. 89, n. 8. 29 For body see Ext. 18 ; motion, SBetDegung; to require, tebiirfcn which governs the genitive case ; power, here ^raft; to sustain, auf* recf)t erftalten; its, say beffen; velocity, ©(^nettigfeit. For the rendering of it requires, see note to Ext. 7, and for that of to sustain, n. a to Ext. 9. 30 Activity, %fiai\<^lz\X\ from — tra- dition, tton ber frii^efien ©agen^eit an. Turn the clause which — war, by 'which before the Trojan war, caused (»eranlaf tc) the Sicani (@tca* nter) to desert a district (etncn Sanbfirtcf)).' Diodorus Siculus was a Greek historian and a contemporary of Caesar and Augustas, lie wrote a large work entitled Bi/3\io6tjKii 'lo-TopiK^, i.e. Historical Library. — Use the definite article with Etna, in accordance with the rule that the names of mountains require the definite article 31 First, here gnerfl; to discover may here be rendered by crftnben MINOR EXTRACTS. 7 Van Eyck of Bruges, towards the end of the fourteenth century. It has now become almost the only manner in which paintings of magnitude are executed. 32. The Urceola Elastica is to be found in abundance in the islands of the Indian Archipelago, and can, with- out being injured, yield by tapping from fifty to sixty pounds of caoutchouc in one season. 33. In our island the Latin appears never to have superseded the old Gaelic speech, and could not stand its ground against the German. 34. Sir Robert Cotton, one day at his tailor's, dis- covered that the man was holding in his hand, ready to cut up for measures, an original Magna Charta, with all its appendages of seals and signatures ; and an original Magna Oharta is preserved in the Cottonian Library exhibiting marks of dilapidation. Goethe sanctions, however, the one season, without being injured, use of enttecf en in similar instances fifty to sixty pounds of caoutchouc by speaking of the (Sntfcerfung ber yield by tapping.' (c) Wlien to Jvu^ferfltdje. Bruges, SSriiggc ; has — between two cardinal numerals de- become, say : tj^iefet ; manner, SKeifc ; notes an amount approximately, it of mac/nitude, s&j : "oon SBebeutung ; is rendered by btS. (d) Use pounds to execute, au6ful)ten. (a) Render in the singular, because masculine of painting, by ju malen, because or neuter nouns, being preceded by similar verbal forms in — ina, pre- a numeral and employed as terms ceded by of, i7istead of, for, or of weight, measure, or number toithout,are rendered in German by remain unchanged. the Supine. (6) For was and are ^^ The Latin, t>a^iaU\m)^t', for the see n, b to Ext. 4. position of appears, cf., n. a to Ext. 32 Retain the Latin term Urceola 12 ; to supersede, f erbrangen ; the Elastica with the original feminine old Gaelic speech, bag 5lltga(ifd)C ; gender and use for is to be found supply eg before could; to stand its the present of the passive voice ; ground, fidfj bcf)ant>tm ; the German, in abundance, hi grower SJienge ; for ia§ 3)eutfd)e. in see Ext. 24; the Indian Archi- ^4 o^^-e day, cinel flagc?,* at his pelagus, ber tnbifdje 2lrdt)tpei (usually tailor's, bei fetnem ©dfjnetber ; ready, abbreviated from 2lrdt)tVetagu8) ; to imSBegrijf; to — measures, aU^a^ ivl be injured, feefcf)abtgt irerben; yield jerfdjuetben; a^i — CAar^a, say ein Ort* &y tojs^jm^, burdt) @tnfd()mtte...ttefern; gtnat ber SD^agna S(;arta ; appen- ccuoutchouc, geberfiarj, or usually dages, 3u6e^6r, {sing.)'; seal, ©iegcl ; ^autfdjuf ; for season see p. 99, n. signature, Untcrfd)rlft ; to preserve, 11. (a) The expression in abun- aufbetraljren ; Cottonian, Sottonifctjen ; doMce is to be put after Archi- to exhibit, here an firfj tragen ; marks pelago,hec2cvise adverbial expressions of dilapidation, ©i^uren ber SSer» (^ manner are placed after all other ftummelung. (a) Construe 'when Sir adverbial expressions. (6) Construe Robert Cotton was one day at his the remaining clauses: 'can in tailor's, he discovered, &c.,' and 8 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 35. Practice must settle the habit of doing without reflecting on the rule. 36. During the eruption from the crater of the Tombora mountain^ in Sumbawa, the darkness occasioned by the ashes in the day-time was so profound, that nothing equal to it was ever witnessed in the darkest night of Java. 37. A piece of caoutchouc or india-rubber is very elastic, but not perfectly so, for it becomes permanently elongated by stretching. Glass, on the contrary, is per- fectly elastic, for it will retain no permanent bend ; when drawn into a fine thread, it may be twisted round upon its' axis many times without breaking, and when set free always returns to the point from which it set out. i^ 38. Dr. T. Fuller had such a wonderful memory that place after signatures the words (c) Render owA^s in accordance with from was to measures. (6) Tvirn the rule that wa??i€5 of material are, Ms hand by *the hand' in accord- commonly, not used in the plural, ance with the rule that the definite (d) The above Extract refers to the article is usually em'ployed in Oer- eruption of the volcano of Tom- man, (as is the case in Greek and bora in 1815, when the ashes were French) instead of the possessive pro- wafted from the isle of Sumbawa to 7ioun when the context clearly shows that of Java. who the possessing object is. (c) Cf. 37 Jndia-rubher, @ummi ©kfltcunt; for is preserved, Ext. 4, n. a, and perfectly, 'ooVLUmmm-, for, here icnn; for exhibiting, Int. p. xvi., b. permanently, bleibent; by stretching^ ^^ Practice, lletmng; to settle, tux^ ^ln^itf)m; on the contrary, here here toertetfien; habit, (i.e. apti- f)ing^tqm', to retain, hcibt^idUn-, bend, tude,) (^erttgfeit ; of doing, say ctiraS JBieguug ; when drawn into, toenti man ju t>oK6rtngen; to reflect on, nac^* c8 gu...augte^nt; fine, here, bimn; bcnfen iiBer; r^ile (the precept or thread, ^aicn- be — upon,um...qt'txd}t maxim), 9tege(. (a) Abstract nouns iuevten; many times, melmalS; to denoting actions require in German break, ^txi)xt(^cn, when set free, tvcnn the de^nite article, (b) Cf. for the egto^getaffen toirb ; returns, say fd()nettt term,without reflecting 'Ext. SI, n. a, eg-.-jurucE; point, ^unft; set out, aug* 36 Eruption, 2lu§Brud(j ; darkness, gtng. (a) For glass, cf. Ext. 5, iJinjlerni^ ; to occasion, »erurfaci)en ; n. a. (6) Turn it will retain by, iiVLxcf) ; in the day-time, am Sage; by ' it retains. ' {c) For when see profound, ttef; that — witnessed, tute p. 41, n. 9. {d) When may is a man nte trag 2le^nIic^eg...n3al;rgenom* synonym of io 6e a6Ze, it is rendered men J dark, 'tuxdd ] o/, here auf. (a) by fonnen. The above sentence does not begin 38 Such a wonderful, etn fo ou^a» with the subject, see Ext. 12, n. a. orfcentHcfjeg ; render could by tm (6) Turn occasioned by the ashes, @tanbe tvar; unconnected, ungufam* (which words qualify the term menl)angcnb ; turn after — them by darkness) by ' the by the ashes ' after he had heard them twice ; ' occasioned/ and see Int. p. xiv., I. to recite, here l^erfagcn ; the — signst MINOR EXTRACTS. 9 ne coald repeat five hundred unconnected words after twice hearing them, and recite the whole of the signs iu the principal thoroughfares of Loudon after once passing through and back again. 39. It was the just boast of Schiller that in his country no Augustus, no Lorenzo, had watched over the infancy of poetry. The rich arid energetic language of Luther, driven by the Latin from the schools of pedants, and by the French from the palaces of kings, had taken refuge among the people."^ 40. The Philippine Islands were discovered by Ma- gellan in the first voyage that was made round the world. They were first called the Archipelago of St. Lazarus : this was in the year 1520. In the year 1565 a Spanish fdmmtttc^e @rf)tlbet ; principal tho- their (Jacbretanb, &c, ; Greek and roughfares, <^au^tfiraf en ; after — Latin scholars will find analogous again, na(^bem er turd) ttefelbcn l^in* terms in ttutpi^, patria, from which itnb juritcfgegangentvar. If the activity the Romance expressions patriay expressed by a verb is represented patrie, etc, currently used in Italy as something which can or should be and France, are derived, done, we use in German tho supine. ^^ The Philippine Islands, tie It is, therefore, required after im $()tti))^tnen ; in, here auf; round, (Stautc feiu, and should be used used as a' preposition, urn; colony, here with the verb rej9ea« and recite. (Solonte; to found, grunteu; there. Dr. T. Fuller, the historian, lived tvifetbf^ ; command, Slnfii^rung ; to from the year 1608 to 1661. name, here bcncnnen. (a) For ^^ It — Schiller, ©(fitter ivar niit were discovered, were... called, tvas ■9Jedf)t ftotj tarauf ; to watch over, founded and ivere named, cf, Ext. 4, 6eirarf)en ; jooe^ry, $oejtc; energetic, note b. {b) Use the genitive of fraft»cU; driven, •ocx'txaxi'^t; by, iuvti) ; the def. article before Legaspi, pedant, 5|]etvint ; the French, taS 5ran* because with foreign proper names, jofifrfjc ; taken refuge, x^vt ^nfiucfyt a,C' even if not ending in a sibilant, the noinmen; among, here ^u; loeople, case is sometimes pointed out by 3L'oIf . When the word country refers means of the def. article, ic) to a man's land of nativity, we gene- The prep, of is generally ren- rally use in German the expres- dered by t»on, when the name of a sive term :i>viterlant. The same place, but more especially of a coun- is done in almost all Teutonic Ian- try, follows the noun by which it is guages. Thus the Swedes speak governed, as in the present instance: of their gatcrne^taut; the Danes of Philip II. of Spain. * The above extract, from Macaulay's Essay on Frederick the Great, refers to Schiller's poem, " Sie bfiiidie 3}i'uff,''' the first verses of which run — *J?etu Shtguftifd) 2lltcr btii^tc, J?einc3 SDieticder^ ®iitc Sdcfcclte tcr teutfd(?en J^unft,' &o. !0 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. colony was founded there under the command of Legaspi, and the islands were named after Philip II. of Spain. 41. A bitter plant with wavy sea-green leaves has been taken from the sea-side, where it grew like wild charlock ; it was transplanted into the garden, lost its saltness, and has become metamorphosed into two distinct vegetables, as unlike to each other as is each to the parent-plant — into the red-cabbage and the cauliflower. 42. Camoens, the celebrated poet of the Lusiads, was wrecked at the mouth of the rivh' Mekon, and with difficulty reached the shore, swimming with one hand and bearing his poem above the water in the other, the only treasure which he had saved, and which was dearer to him than his life, v 43. Sir Humphry Davy relates, that a friend of his, having discovered under the burning sand of Ceylon the eggs of an alligator, had the curiosity to break one of 41 Wavy, (in botany) irellenformig ; sea-green feegrun'j sea-sidey ©ieereg* f iifle ; like, lute , charlock is the general English name for 5lc!erfenf or toUber ©enf ; to be transplanted, werpjTanjt trerfcen ; saltness, ©aljge* frfjmacE; foroJw^mc^see Ext. 17; vege- tables, here ©cmufcorten ; supply * which are. ' before as unlike (fo imai^nltd^) ; as is each, say : tcic iebc tcrfet6en. (a) Use for Acw been taken the passive iniperf. of nel^men. (b) Kender has become metamor- phosed by the imperf. of fic^ tier* ivanbein; the reflective form being, in German, preferred to the passive voice, when the agent from whom the activity proceeds is not men- tioned. The plant alluded to in the above extract is the wild cab- bage or Brassica oleracea. 42 Celebrated, fceriil^mt ; Lusiads, Sufiabcit,^!?.; to he icrecked, ©d^iffbrud? teiben ; month, (of a river) 03tiinbung; Mekon is a river in Cochin China ; •uoith difficulty, mit 3}hil)e ; to reach, frretdjcn ; shore, Ufer ; with one, say : nitt ber etncn; to bear, here cmpor* lialten ; poem, @efcict)t ; treasure. /,to save i. ^. / to rescue,* retten ; dear, tl^eiicr. (a) Place reached be- fore ivith difficulty. (6) For swim- ming oxid beariiig, cf. Int. p. xvii.,^, and construe s^oimming — other : ' with the one hand swimming and in the other his poem,' after which clauses place the words above tli^ water and bearing. (b) Camoens, the greatest Portuguese poet, was born in 1524. His great epic poem, OsLusiadas, {i.e. Hhe Lusitanians,' as the Portuguese are called) des- cribes Vasco di Gama's expedition to India, and the brilliant exploits of his countrymen. 48 To relate, erjd^tcn ; turn that — under, by ' that one of his friends who had discovered in ; ' burning, here gtul)cnb ; retain the word alli- gator ; turn had — them by 'from (aug) curiosity one of the same broke (gerbrac!));' cameforth, 6erau6* trocf) ; perfect, say : »oKjianbtg...au6gc* bilbet; passions, here Zxitht ; hatched, auSgcI^erft ; influence, ©inttiir!ung : sun-beams, @i)nncnftral;tcn ; it made towards the, cittc er t>em...ju ; proper, etgentlid[j ; element, (Element ; when MINOR EXTRACTS. ll them, when a young alligator came forth perfect in its motions and its passions; for although hatched in the sand under the influence of the sunbeams, it made towards the water, its proper element : when hindered, it assumed a threatening aspect, and bit the stick presented to it. 44. Several of the British forests which are now marshes, were cut down at different periods by order of the English Parliament, because they harboured wolves and outlaws. Thus the Welsh woods were cut and burnt in the reign of Edward I., as were many of those in Ireland by Henry IL, to prevent the natives from harbouring in them and harassing his troops. 45. A grain of musk is said to be divisible into three hundred and twenty quadrillions of parts, each of which is capable of affecting the olfactory nerve. 46. Our knowledge of the origin and affinities of European languages has been, within the last forty or fifty years, greatly increased and improved by the labours of German scholars. hindered, aiifge'^alten; to assume, the Latin aflcere ; olfactory nerve j anne^mcn ; asj^ect, 2tefc^en ; supply ®erud)gner»(e). ^a)Wheii the phrases 'in' after htt axidi r&udier presented it is said, they say, are used to re- to it, by ben man t^m ioorf;iett. port the assertion of others — like ^* Several, meftrere ; to cut [doicn) the Latin dicitur — they must be a forest or wood, cinen2i>atb umBauen; rendered by the requisite tense of 29eriocZ, here3«it ; 6?/orc?«r, nuf 33efeH; fcUen. (&) Of affecting ought ac- to harbour used transitively, de- cording to the rules given before noting * to give shelter,' is rendered to be rendered by the Supine ; the by Sufliicfjt genjvl'^ren ; when em- infinitive without ju is, however, ployed intransitively, denoting ' to always required in German after seek shelter ' it is translated by the auxiliary verbs of mood tonnen, 3ufhtd)t fucihcn ; Welsh, tDallififci) ; mogen,fciirfen,tt)oIIen,foXlen, miiffen, and Welsh woods may also be turned by also after a few other verbs, as fefien, * woods in Wales ; ' to hum, nie* l^&ren, ftntcn, &c. Cp. the English bcrbrennen ; tuni as—those by ' as usage of omitting the prep. ' to ' also many ;' to prevent, ver^inbern ; before infinitives after those verbs. natives, @ingct)orne ; to harass, here 46 Knowledge, J?enntnt§ ; Origin, ■belafttgcn. (a) For in the reign see llrfprung ; affinities, SSerivanbtfdfjaft, Ext. 12. (6) The verb i>erbinbern sing. ; transt. here within by in, or Would here require the prep, an; by 6i3, greatly by bebeurenb, in- cf. p. 97, n. 2. creased by Seretrfjert and improved by 45 Grain (weight), ®ran ; each of crttjeitcrt ; labour, Slrbeit ; scholar, which, ttcn benen jeber ; to he capable, ©etcl^rte. When by is a synonym fonnen ; to affect, here afficircn, from of ' through,' denoting the means 12 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 47. At the battle of Sol way, in the time of Henry VIIL, 1542, when the Scotch army, commanded by Oliver Sinclair, was routed, an unfortunate troop of horse driven by their fears, plunged into a morass, which instantly closed upon them. The tale was traditional, but it ia now authenticated ; a man and a horse in complete armour having been found by peat diggers in the place where it was always supposed the affair had happened. The skeleton of each was well preserved, and the different parts of the armour easily distinguished. 48. The works of Milton cannot be comprehended or enjoyed unless the mind of the reader co-operate with that of the writer. 49. The town of Guatemala was founded in 1742 on the side of a volcano, in a valley about three miles wide, opening on the South Sea. Nine years afterwards it was destroyed by an earthquake, and again in 1773, during an eruption of the volcano. The ground on which the town stood gaped open in deep fissures, until at length, by which an effect is produced, it German in the singular only, {d) is generally rendered by burd(j. Turn a man, <£.'c\, by ^ since 47 At, in; the battle of Sohoay is b. man and (fammt) a horse, &c. called in German t>ie ®rf)Iadjt feci was found.' (e) The verb /lad ©otoa^ ^lo^ ; in the, jur ; to com- may be left out in the translation, mand,ltfti)lii^tn;by,xion',toberouted, the omission of the auxiliary verbs iicrftirengt inerfcen ; a troop of horse, ein of tense Ijabtn and fein, being sanc- 2;rup)5 .Oieitcr ; to plunge, jiurjen ; in- tioned in dependent sentences, stantly, here fofcrt ; to close upon, fid[j especially when occurring in com- fd)(ie^en iiBcr. The tale was tra- pound tenses. diiional, say: bag ©reignif iDar rehend, cerfle^en ; to aut6cntifci;cr£Diefen; arriiour, 3ftuftung ; enjoy, gcme^cu ; unless, tt)enn...nidf)t ; 'peat digger, S^orfgraBer ; ^t was mind, here ©eift ; writer, here iBcr* always supposed, loo, trie man fictS faffer ; to co-operate, gufamincnnjitfen. aima^m ; to happen, firfj jutragcn. Cf. for the — Milton, Ext. II, n. a. The skeleton of each, say fcte bcifccn and for be, Ext. 4, n. b. ©felctte ; to preserve, here er^attcn ; "^^ /Side, (of a hill, &c.) 2I6fiang ,' distinguished, transl. ju erfenncn. about, ungefd^r ; ivide, here brett ; (a) IJegin the German version opening on, bag...gegeniiber lag; to with aU (when), {b) The words be destroyed jcrjlort trerben ; again, commanded by Oliver Sinclair, here abcrmalg ; ground, )Boben ; to qualify the expression Scotch gape open, aufflaffen ; fiss'M'e, t7i<7 used substantively, are general- barauf tt»te. Use for the cry, ba3 lyrendefed in Germanjby the simple ©cbclt, which is the frequentative infinitive used as a neuter noun. substantive of Sellen, and form in 2 The German expression for the same manner frequentative bloodhound is : ®d)n)ei^{)unt),_ be- nouns from tram^eln, for trampling, cause the blood of wounded animals from fttrren for ringing and from is called with sportsmen ©(^vreif . rajjcln for clattering. Render here To trace steps, fctc @^itrcn \5erfDtgen ; men by 9)icnfcf)en ; then — sure, by Kender the expression Galloway bann toarb eg il^m jur ©emijpl^ctt, and men, men of Gallmcay by btc 3Jianner supply ba^ before the enemy oon ©alloroai^. Along vdth, here Id; were (see p. 14, n. 5); Hver side^ t^iim guided by it, by ' were guided Xlfcr. Iflsful^t) by tho same.' 16 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. to give my meu the alarm,^ these Galloway men will get through the ford without opposition ; and that would be a pity since it is a place so advantageous to make defence against them.'* He therefore sent his followers^ to waken his men, and remained alone by the bank of the river. In the meanwhile^ the noise and trampling of the horses increased, and the moon being bright, Bruce beheld the glancing arms of about two hundred men, who came down to the opposite bank of the river. The men of Galloway, on their part,"* saw but one solitary figure guarding the ford, and the foremost of them plunged into the river without minding him. But as they could only pass the ford one by one,*^ the Bruce, who stood high above them on the bank where they were to land, killed the foremost rnan with a thrust of his long spear, and with a second thrust stabbed the horse. In the confusion five or six of the enemy were slain, or, having been borne down the current,^ were drowned. The rest were terrified and drew back. But when the Galloway men looked^ again and saw that they were opposed by only one man, they themselves being so many, they cried out that their honour would be lost for ever if they 1 To — alarm, urn metne Scute ju ^ q^ their part, t^rerfeitg ; hut, 'Hzxi S35affcn ^u rufen. Cf. for the here nur ; solitary figure, etnjelne ,Qext clause the note to Ext. 7. To ©efialt ; to guard, beiuac^cn ; see Int. get,\iQre^ommtn',toithout opposition, p. xviii. ; the foremost, 23cirberflc ; ungel)inbert ; that— pity, bag Irdrc to mind, (any one) fid) urn CSemanb) @d^afcc. Render it by fciefelBe, cf. fummcrn ; see note a to Ext. 31. for so advantageous {%im^\(i) ^hicln ^ Onehyone,\tt\mx;toland,'hiQre qualifies place. Int. p. xiv., I. and anS S?anbftctgcn ; to stab, erfled()cn. transl. to — them briefly by jur 33er* ^ Place having — current, »on bcr tbetttgiing. ©tromung fortgertffen after were 2 Followers, S3egtetter ; to waken, drowned, which latter verb is here ttjecE en ; use the supine ; hy the, am. used intransitively. 3 In the meanwhile, unterbeffen ; ^ Looked, say : l^inbticftcn ; turn to increase, |uncl^men ; for leing, cf. they — man by * that only one man Int. p. xvi., c; to behold, cxUidtn; stood opposite (gcgcnii&cr) to them ; ' for m£n, cf. Ext. 82, note d ; oppo- they th^jnselves being, trd^renbt^rcr... site here icnfeitige. toaren for ever, auftmmcr; did-^uai/t GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 17 did not force their way, and encouraged each ether, with loud cries, to plunge through and assault him. But by this time^ the king's soldiers came up to his assistance, and the Galloway men retreated and gave up their enter- prise. — Walter Scott, Tales of a Grandfather, II. SCHILLER'S FLIGHT FROM STUTTG^RT.^ Schiller's embarassments ' became more pressing * than ever.^ With the natural feeling of a young author,® he^ had ventured to go in secret^ and witness the first representation^ of his tragedy at Mannheim. His incognito say : nidfjt ken lle6ergang erjnjdngen * crieSy ®ef4)rct, sing. ; to plunge through^ burc^jmuaten. 1 Avoid the Anglicism fcei ttcfcr 3cit for hy this time which should be rendered by ie^t or nun ; or here by the more emphatic fd;on ; came — assistance, f amen . . . fcemfctben jur «S>uIfe hzxhzx, 2 Fw the benefit of those who are not acquainted with the life of Schill , we will briefly add that, after having been educated at the Military Academy at Stuttgart, later called „3)ie ivarl§fd;ulc," after the founder, Duke Karlof Wlirtem- berg, he became military surgeon, and continued to be kept under strict military discipline. Having been refused permission to visit Mannheim in order to witness the performance of his first di-ama, S^ie jRauber, he did so clandestinely, and was put under arrest for a fortnight, and forbidden to write in future on anything except on medicine. He then threw up his post and freed himself by flight. 3 Embarrassment, 3SerIcgenl§eit. 4 Pressing, fcringenb. 5 When the adverb ever signifies * at any time ' past or future, it is rendered by j[cmat3, or the more expressive ie. Compare the French jamais and the Latin unquam. 6 Author, 2lutcr or (gdjriftfteller. '' When the object of a sentence is a supine or a whole clause, and the leading verb in the principal sentence governs the accusative case, we generally add — to that principal sentence — the accusative of the pronoun e§, in order to supply the direct object ; more particu- larly when the emphasis is laid on the governing verb : e.g. 20er irngt eg, Otittergmann oter ^na)?v, ju taudt^en in kiefen ©c^lunb? Who ventures, hiight, or squire, to dive into this gulfi* 8 To — secret, fid) l^eimlid^ aufj^u* mac^en; to witness, i.e. to see by personal presence, lieirool^nen. ^ Representation ,\Lere Sluffiil^ntng. * According to our opinion, the pronoun ti, in the above application mighi properly be called the grammatical object. C 18 GERMAN PKOSE COMPOSITION. did not conceal him ; he was put under arrest during a week^ for this offence; and as the punishment did not deter him from again transgressing ^ in a similar manner, he learned^ that it was in contemplation to try more rigorous measures with him. Dark hints* were given to him of some exemplary ^ as well as imminent severity ; and Dalberg's aid, the sole hope of averting^ it by quiet means, was distant and dubious. Schiller saw himself reduced to extremities.'^ Beleaguered^ with present distresses and the most horrible forebodings on every side, roused to the highest pitch of indignation,^ yet forced to keep silence ^^ and wear the face of patience, he could endure this maddening ^^ constraint no longer. He resolved to be free, at whatever risk ; ^^ to abandon advantages which he could not buy at such a price ; to quit his stepdame^^ home, and go forth, though friend- less and alone, to seek his fortune in the great market of life.i* Some^^ foreign duke or prince was arriving at Stuttgart ; and all the people were in movement, occupied with seeing the spectacle of his entrance : Schiller seized this opportunity of retiring from^^ the city, careless whither he went, so^^ he got beyond the reach of turnkeys and "^He — w6'eA:,U)mtr>urbc. . .eineSSoc^e sioti. Distresses, ^Xdi\)zxi\ ow, tton. Slrreft aufertegt ; q#ewce. SSerge^en. ^Roused — indignation, bt3 auf 2 When to transgress, is used ten ftod^ftcn @rab entriiftet. transitively, it must be rendered "^^ To keep silence, \\iViiVi\6:jXQZiQ,z\\', by fid? etneg SSergel^enS fdjutfcig madjcn. face, here yjia§fe. Use here begfelben instead of eine§. n Maddening, transl. i^n 6t§ jiir 3 To learn, here crfa^reit. Transl, JKafcrei treifcenben. it was i7i coniera2)lation hy man ht* ^^ jh — ^^g^^ ^^^^ jjg^,^ ©efa^r l^tn abftfi(jttgte. abandon = give up. 4 Hint, here 21iiteutung ; given = i3 Stepdame, ftiefmrttterlic!) ; to go made. forth, fi^x^uwaixinn ; to seek, here 5 Of some exemplary, t>on etner "Derfucijen. crcm^tarif4)en ; imminent, nai^c &e- ^^ We use in German the meta- fcorflcl^cnt. ^ phor fcer Sa^rmorft U% ficBem^. 6 To avert, aitcenfcen ; xise Supine. is Some, irgenb etn ; occv.piedmih 7 Reduced to extremities, aufS seeing, nur barauf feefcat^t . . . ntit an. Sleu^erfte getriefcen. giifel^cn ; entrance, ©tn^ug. 8 The expression 5«?ea^2terec? must "^^ Of— from, au^ . . . i\i flucfttcn here be rendered freely, since we careless, imBetitmmert. * cannot say in German that a man ^^ So, used in the sense of ' pro- is iDcn Sll^nungen fielagert or inngeBcn. vided that,' is rendered by ii^cferii; The term ]^eimgefud;t, * afflicted,' tucnn nur ; yo^—reac/i, aunem ^crei* would here be a suitable expres- ...fcime. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 19 grand-dakes and commanding officers. It was in the month 0/ October, 1782. ^ '^ * Schiller was^ in his twenty-third year when he left Stuttgart. He says he ^' went empty away ^ — empty in purse and hope." The future was,^ indeed, sufficiently dark before him. * * '^ Yet his situation, though gloomy enough, was not entirely without its brighter side.^ He was now a free man — free, however poor. — Carlyle, Life of Schiller, III. SILHOUETTES. Etienne de Silhouette was Minister of State in France in^ 1759. The treasury^ was in an exhausted condition, and Silhouette endeavoured to save the country by ex- cessive economy. At first the Parisians pretended''' to take his advice, merely to laugh at him :^ they cut their coats shorter, and wore them without sleeves; they turned^ their gold snuff-boxes into rough wooden ones;^^ and the new-fashioned portraits were now only profiles ^^ traced by a black pencil round the shadow of a profile cast by candle on white paper. ^^ These portraits retained ^^ since those times the name of Silhouette. 1 Was =: stood. previously mentioned, or merely 2 Away, l^intneg ; in, an. These understood, it is suppressed in are Schiller's own words. Gorman. Rough, rcT;. 3 TFa5, say. lag. ii Were — ino files, fcejlanbcn nun 4 Tts brighter side, Stcf)tfeltc. 6Io^ auS ^roftten. 5 Cf. Ext. 49, n. h; Ext. 4, n. a. i2 Traced— paper. The above ^ Treasury, ©djafefammer ; was, sentence must be given in German Befant) fi(^; condition, Sufianb; ly, in a thoroughly different form, \)Ut6^ ; economy, @parfam!cit . viz. ' which with a pencil round 7 To pretend, fid? ftcUcu; to tahe the through a candle on white = as if they. ..followed. paper cast shadow of a profile 8 To — him, um ftd() u6et xl)U lufHg were traced' (gc3ci<^net). Yor round, ju madf)en. cf. Ext. 40 ; on, auf governs here ^ To turn into, "oertaufcljcn mit. the accusative. '^^ When one is used after adjec- i3 To retain, fceitel^atten; for times, tives, as a substitute for a noun cf. Ezt. 50, n. a. c 2 20 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. TV. PEEHAPS IT WAS HIS UNCLE. We were towing^ through high reeds this morning, the men invisible, and the rope mowing over the high tops of the grass,2 when the noise disturbed a hippopotamus from his slumber, and he was immediately perceived close to the boat. He was about half-grown,^ and in an instant about twenty men^ jumped into the water in search of him, thinking him a mere baby;^ but as he suddenly appeared, and was about three times as large as they had expected, they were not very eager to close. However, the reis^ Diabb pluckily led the way,'' and seized him by the hind leg, when ^ the crowd of men rushed in, and we had a grand tussle. Eopes were thrown from the vessel, and nooses ivere quickly slipped over his^ head ; but he had the best of the struggle, ^^ and was dragging the people into the open river. I was therefore obliged to end^^ the sport by putting ^^ a ball through his head. He was scored all over^^ by the tusks of some other hippopotamus that had been bullying ^^ him. The men declared that his father had thus misused ^^ him; others were of opmion that it was his mother ; and the argument ran high, and 1 To tow, Bugfiren ; reeds, (£*i(f, lo To have the best of a struggle, sing, ; mowing, say : fu!^r . . . fca^in. fcie Oterl^ant tefcmmen. 2 Tops— grass, ©ragf^i^en. n To end, here ein (Snfce madjen ; 8 Half-grown, ^alb auggewad^jfen. sport, Sagb. ^ Ahoui...men, an.. Mann; in — '^^ By putting, infecm tc^... jvigtc; him=m order to seek it. hall, ^ugel; his=ihe. 5 Thinking — hahy, fca fie eg fiir ^3 Was — ove7', tear iiUx unb iifccr ein fclo^eS ^inb l^ielten; appeared, ftjtcgefctbt; tusk, ^au^aljn. say: auftaudjtc; eager to dose, l>e* i* There is no single equivalent giertg eg anjiigreifen. in German for the comprehensive 6 Jieis means in Turkish the term to hully. The expressions captain of a merchantman. given in the Dictionaries are mostly '^Pluckily — w«y,gingnmt^igtioran. quite inappropriate. We should 8 When — in, tcorauf tie 9Jiauner suggest here the idiomatic phrase nac^ftiirsten. fcag i^m ilbet mitgcfptelt {;atte. ^ Slipped over his, i^m . . . u^er ^^ To misuse, mi^^anfceln ; to be ben . . . gejogeiu of opinion, ter 3Jieinung fein. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 21 became hot.^ These Arabs have an extraordinary taste ^ for arguments upon the most trifling points. I have frequently known my men argue ^ throughout the greater part of the night, and recommence the same argument on the following morning. These debates generally end in a fight ; and in the present instance the excitement of the hunt only added to^ the heat of the argument. They at length agreed to^ refer it to me,^ and both parties approached, vociferously advancing their theories;^ one half persisting^ that the young hippo had been bullied by his father, and the others adhering to the mother as the cause. ^ I being ^ referee, suggested^ that ^'perhaps it was his uncle." " Wah Illahi sahe ! " (By Allah, it is true !) Both parties were satisfied with the suggestion. ^^ Dropping their theory, they became prac- tical, and fell to^^ with knives and axes to cut up the cause of the argument. — Sir S. W. Baker, The Albert N'Yanza. V. A EOMAN STEATAGEM.12 The place near the Mulucha was a rocky eminence in the midst of a plain. On the summit ^^ there was just room enough for a small town. The sides^^ of this hill- 1 Turn the — liot by ' the dispute ^ Being, say ai3 ; suggested, mcinte. (<2trelt) became loud and violent. -^^ Suggestion, 2lnfid(Jt ; dropping, 2 Tas^e, here aSorliebe ; argument, infccm fic.aufgabcn. 2)igcuffion ; trifiing, geriugfugtg. ^^ Fell to, maci^ten ftd(j baran ; to 3 / — argue, \6) \)a.ht eS oft criebt, cut up, ju ^erlegen. fcafi meinc Seute.,.btgputtrtcn; debates, ^^ The above is an episode from JDebatten ; instance, gall. the famous Jugurthine war, at the 4 Only — to, etl^o^etc.nur nod(j. time when Mariuswas in command ^ To — Tne, midE> ju fcefcagcn. of the Roman army in Africa. ^ Advancing their theories, tn* The leanied author from whose tern fic i^re 3)ictnungen...»or6rad>tcn. work the extract is taken conjec- 7 Render on^ half persisting, by tures that the siege of the fort bte ©tnen beftanbcn barauf near the iMulucha, (untueit fcec 3)iu« 8 And — cause. More briefly, in tucija) took place in 106 B.C. German, trdl^renb 2lntcre bte a)iutter is Summit, ©tjjfcl ; just, gerabe. 9.U bie Urfad^e ongabcn. i* Sides, hero Sli^ange. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. fort^ were steep and very high, and there was only one narrow approach to the town, for all the rest^ of the monntain was as precipitous as if it had been made so by the hand of man.^ This place contained Jugurtha's money,^ and Marius was very eager to get possession of it. But this was not an easy undertaking. The place had sufficient men^ to defend it, a good supply of provisions^ and a spring of water. ^ It could not be attacked in the usual way, by raising earth-banks and towers,'' and em- ploying^ other military contrivances. The^ single road by which the place was reached^ was not only very narrow, but steep on both sides, either naturally so,^^ or^^ the ground had been cut away. '^ ^ ^ Many days • passed, and nothing was done, when a lucky accident ^^ helped Marius out of his difficulty. A Ligurian,^^ who belonged to the auxiliary cohorts,^^ and 1 Hill-fort, 58ergfe|tc; tfiere — ap- proach, nur ein f(^maler SBcg fiifjrte. 2 The rest, ber iifcrige %f)nl 3 Translate hand of man, by the compound word QTienfcijenl^anb. The student of German will soon dis- cover that that language possesses greater facilities in compounding words forming one notion into a single term than any other modern language. Great vigour and poetic colouring is thus imparted to words which, when merely linked to- gether by means of adverbs and prepositions, produce no particular effect ; and as an additional ad- vantage afforded by these com- pounds, may be mentioned the possibility of avoiding the frequent repetition of the genitive relation, a drawback from which even the Latin is not free. Nobody should, however, coin new compound terms without having mastered the lan- guage. Special rules and hints for forming compound substantives will be given in the course of the present work. * Mcmey, say : ©d^a^ ; eager, fccgicrig ; to — it, ^cij fceffen gu bemadSj* tigen; not an, fein. men, ]^inldngti«f)e 9JJannf(f)aft. ^A — pj^ovisions, SSorrdt^e genug ; spring of water, SSrunnen, ^ By — towers, fcurd? tic (Jtricfi- tung »cn 2)ammen unt> S^^urmen. The military expressions are SSer- t^eibigungsbdmme and SSanbelt^urmt, i.e. * walking towers.' 8 Employing, transl. burd(> bie 5lntuentung ; contrivance, '^oxx\6:)» tung. 9 Turn the — reachedhj 'the only way which led to the place.' !<• Naturally so, say : »on Sflatuc 11 Supply the conjunction xodii to cut aioay, here abtrngen. 12 Accident, here 3ufa(J(. 13 There are various forms in German for the proper name Ligic- rian, all of which have the same form in both numbers. In accord- ance with the Greek At'^uer we have the word StgV;er ; whilst the forms Sigurier, Stgurer, and Sigurianer, are derived from the Latin Ligur. 14 The expression auxiliary cO' horts may be turned in German into one compound term by omit- ting the letter y in the first, and replacing s by en in the second, word. GERMAN PEOSE COMPOSITION. 23 had gone out of the camp to fetch water, saw some snails crawling^ among the rocks on the hack^ of the hill- fort. He picked up one or two; and as he went on picking more,^ he came at last almost to the top of the hill. Being* curious to reach the very^ summit, he made his way up^ with some difficulty,, and had a full view of the flat on which the town was built; for all the !Niimidians'^ were engaged on the opposite side, where the fight was going on.^ Having well examined^ the place, and carefully observed ^^ the way down, he reported his discovery to Marius, and urged him to make an attempt ^^ on the fort by the part^"^ where he had climbed up, offer- ing to lead the way. Marius sent a few men who were about him, and the Ligurian with them,^^ to examine the track that had been discovered. The reports of the men varied.^* Some said that the thing was^^ easy, and others that it was difficult. HoAvever, the general had some confidence that the plan would do.^^ Accordingly, he selected five trumpeters and hornblowers,^'^ the most active ^^ that he could find, and four centurions ^^ to look after them. * ^ '^ The little company ^^ were directed to obey the Ligurian as their 21 guide, and the next day was appointed for the 1 Cf. Int. p. xviii. is Render ^cith them by fammt, 2 Back, aciicfteite. placing this preposition before the 3 Turn he — 7nore, by * whilst he words the Ligii^rian, picked up always more.' 14 Varied, tauteten *erf(t)iefccn, i,e, * See Int. p. xvi.c;curious,6egierig. * sounded contradictory.' 5 The word very, in the sense i-5 See page 29, note 3. in which it is used here, must be i« The verb to do is here a rendered in German by fetbf^. synonym of ' to succeed.' 6 Made~np=yieut up. 17 The Romans are known to 7 Numidian, SRumibicr. have had two kinds of military 8 Was going on, ^iatijan't}. musicians, viz. trumpeters and ^ Having well examined, say : homblowers. nadjtjcm cr...gcnau fcefirfjtigt. is Active, here cnergifc^. !*> Carefidly observed, say: fid^... i9 The plural of Scnturto is, in gut gcmer!t f)attt ; down, herel^inuntcr. German, Senturtog, or more usually 11 Attempt =i attack. (Senturioncn; to— them, auf fie 2ld(jt Two prepositions are frequently 20 Company, here Siru^^Jc; wert used in German, as is the case directed, turn by 'received the here, in order to express du'ection, order;' to obey, here folgcn. or the course of a motion. ,_ 21 Use here the dative. 24 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. ascent. The snail-picker^ had no doubt often climbed his native rocks and mountains ; but his companions were less expert than himself. However, after a good deal of trouble and much fatigue,^ they reached the summit, afc the back of the town. They found all quiet, for the men, as on previous occasions, were fighting with the Eomans on the opposite side, y Marius had kept the Numidians actively engaged all that day^ up to the time when he was informed that the Ligurian and his party had reached the summit of the hill. He then came out from u.nder the vinese,^ and cheering^ his men, ordered them to advance to the wall with their ^ shields interlaced over their heads in the manner which the Romans named " testudo," or tortoise. At the same time the enemy were'' assailed with missiles from the engines, and with arrows and slings. The Numidians, who had often destroyed and burnt the vineae, did not fight from the walls, but^ con- fidently came, out in front of them.^ While the battle was raging, all at once the sound of horns and trumpets was heard at the back of the town. The women and children, who had crowded to^^ the front to see the fight, fied back in alarm ; they were followed by those who were nearest to the wall ;^^ and at last all the Numidians tu?.iied their backs.^^ The Romans pressed upon them,^^ 1 Snail- j>icher, ©dtjnerfenfammlec ; tecedent, it must be rendered by native, here l^etmatl^Iidf). The Italian ahtx ; when, however, it denies district formerly called ' Liguria ' is entirely the antecedent, it is to be traversedby the Maritime Alps and translated by fonbern, which was the Apennines. C Limbed, tilXommtn. in Middle High German 'sunder,' 2 After— fatigue, nad; toteler -iDiii^c a form still existing in English, unt) 2lnftrengung. with a cognate signification. 3 Had — day, l^atte bte yZumtbier ^ Confidently — them, tucftcn init» km gvinjen %eu t;tnait^. 4 The Latin term vineoe may be i<^ To crowd to, ftromeit nadj which, rendered by Saufcen* or Saufgang* being a verb denoting motion, is fiiUten, or by the more expressive conjugated with fein ; alarm, 5i3c* Sauftjatten, i.e. running halls. ftiir^ung. 5 Cheering = encouraging. i^ Turn they — wall by 'those 6 Turn with their by ' the ; ' in- who were nearest to the wall terlaced, transl. j^ufanmicitgel^atten. followed them.' 7 Use the singular number. 12 Turned their hacks = fled. 8 When the adversative oon- i^ Pressed upon them, brangert auf junction hut merely limits the an- fte ein. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 25 and passing over^ the bodies of the killed and wounded, maae their way^ to the wall without stopping to plunder,^ as we are told,^ though we cannot conceive^ that a poor l!^umidian had anything upon him that was worth taking.^ — George Long, Decline of the Roman Republic. YI. A SIG¥ OF THE TIMES. There was/ at all events, one class by which the memory of Joseph 11. was long and fondly cherished;^ and it was that to the sympathies of which he would have best loved to make his appeal.^ The Austrian peasantry 1^ of German blood are at once an eminently loyal race, and one on which" affection and kindness are rarely thrown away. They were never misled in their judgment of him. Even when^^ kneeling before the carriage of the pope,^^ they had no idea^^ that they were '^Passing over, infccm fie iibct... as is the case here (compare the tial^in fdjritten. French it y a) ; but if existence is 2 Made their way, famen fie. to be exjjressed in a definite man- 3 Without — jihinder, e^ne ftci() mtt ner, we must use the correspond- $tuntern auf^ur^atten. ing form of the verb fein. * To tell belonging to that class ^ By—dierished, bet tcr Sofc^^ bet of verbs mentioned in Ext. 22, note Sweite lange in t^curem 5Intenfen flanb. h, we cannot use it in the passive ^ Render to—apjyeal, by an bercn voice in German unless we employ @t)mpatf)teeramticb)ten ^dtteap^etltren it impersonally ; as, / am told, nnr mbgen. trivb geiagt. Here we might render ii> Peasantry = peasants ; hlood, funft ; a — 7-ace, eiue auger* 5 Though— conceive, obivo{)l wiv orbentUrf? losjalc Diaffe. una nici)t benfen fonncn; icpon him, n And — which, bei bet. fcet fiffa. 12 See page 41, note 9. 6 That — taking, ba3 be3 9^e^men§ is Pope Pius VI. visited Vienna tccrt^ genjefcn njdre. in 1782 with a view to persuade 7 The impersonal phrases there the emperor to desist from his is, there was, are rendered by e3 ecclesiastical reforms. gtbt, e^ gab, when existence is to -be i* No idea, transl. feinc Sfccc ba- expressed in an indefinite manner, locn. 26 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. assuming an attitude of opposition to^ their friend and emperor. ISTo royal name lives among them at this day in reverential tradition so truly ^ as that of Kaiser Joseph. Their estimate^ of him cannot be better expressed than in the simple apologue^ which is still current in Austria. The peasantry of a Styrian^ village are met^ to discuss the news of Joseph's death. They will not believe it."^ It is a lie of the Court nobles,^ the lawyers, the lazy friars. While they are debating,^ information is brought of the arrival, bit by bit,^^ of the old order of things : the Carthusians^ ^ have returned to the neighbouring abbey ; the Capuchins have resumed their rounds ;^^ the Forstmeister^^ and the gamekeeper have reoccupied ^"^ their lodges; and the ^^ steward is sitting at the receipt ^^ of feudal dues. The oldest peasant rises and takes off his hat : "Then Joseph is dead indeed ; may Heaven have mercy ^^ on his soul." — H. Merivale, Historical Studies. ^ An — to, einc feintlirf)c (2tcUunSAa^€r5 are a religious sect 7 ^t noon, um fcic 3JHttag8flunbc ; in America, the chief home of which turn following by 'they follow; is the village of Mount Lebanon, respect, here <$inficf)t. situated in the upper country of ^ Turn a —uniform by ' a cus- the Hudson River. The English torn which is almost general.' term Shaker may be retained in ^ To rally to, fid? t'erfammein auf. German, although it is translated io To file, here fid(j begeten ; single, by some writers by the coined etnfadj ; women going= the women expression @d)utter»£iudfcr. or the go ; place end — room after other. more euphonic Bitterer. n WUeyt, n.u'^raitf. 2 Bine in silence, ejfen fcE)tDetgenb 12 There is no single equivalent p 9Jiittag ; dine, fpeifen. for the expression to help, and its 3 Common is here to be rendered derivatives, in the sense of ' to by gemetnfcl)aftUc^ ; the simple form present to at table.' It may be gemetn would signify ' mean.' ^ rendered by fid) bcfciencn, anbteten, or * Turn ranged, d:c., by 'which reidfjen. The last term should bo are ranged (aufgejieUt) in a line, used here, food, see p. 65, n. 6. (did^t), some feet apart, {•oon ein* 13 See Extr. 4, note b. onber).* 1* In accordance with the remark fi Cf. Ext. 32, note d. ^ made in the last note but one, we <» Similar adverbial expressions must tui-n the above by 'except are expressed in German by the when (au^er trcnn) a brother from a genitive case, with or without the brother, or a sister from a sister, definite article, when they denote should want something to be an habitual occurrence of an action, reached ' {etrvaB gereic^t ^abcn hjoflte). GEKMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. A whisper serves.^ Iso one^ gossips with her neighbour^ for every one is busy with her own affairs. Even the help that any one may need is given and taken ^ without thanks;^ such forms of courtesy^ and politeness not being considered necessary in a family of saints, v Elder ^ Frederick sits at the end, not at the head, of one table ; ^ Elderess Antoinette at the other end. The food/ though it is very good of its^ kind, and very well cooked,^ is simple, being^ wholly, or almost wholly, produce of the earth; tomatoes, roast apples, peaches, potatoes, squash,^^ hominy, boiled corn, and the like. The grapes are excellent, reminding me of those of Beth- lehem ; and the eggs — hard^^ ©ggs, boiled eggs, scrambled eggs^^ — are delicious. The drink ^^ is water, milk, and tea. Then we have pies,^^ tarts, candies, ^^ dried fruits, and syrups. For my own part,^^ being a Gentile and a sinner, I have been indulged ^^ in cutlets, chickens, and home-made wines. ^" " Good food and sweet ^^ air," says Frederick, "are our 1 To serve being here ' a syno- rym of *to suffice/ translate by ^cnugen. 2 The assertion referring to the female portion of the company, we must employ the feminine of ^ein, and of the corresponding term, Sefcer, for every one. Transl. with — affairs by mit firfj fetfejl. 3 Heie again we must express the whole phrase by some other turn, viz. * even when something is reached to any one, it is offered and accepted.' 4 Thanh, say : SormHcijfeitcn. 5)an! might heie imply that the help offered was ungratefully or ungraciously received. s Courtesy, feiner ?lnflanb. 6 J^Jlder, ''Muftcx. The article may here be omitted in accordance with the rule, that common names used as titles before proper names require no article. Elderess, Steltefte. ''' Turn at — table by 'at the lower, not at the upper, end of the one table.' food, say : (Speifen. 8 Turn of its by ' in their.' 9 Well cooked,forgfdltig subereitet; being, say: ba fie...au§...befte^en. ^^' Squash, St'dthi^ ; corn, here fSlaxB ; the like, tergtcidjen. 11 Hard — eggs, fart* unb mi^Qt* focf)te ®ier, JRii|reicr. 12 Drink, ©ctranf ; is, f ej^e'^t auB. 13 Fies, when not made of meat, as is evidently the case here, retain the English name in German ; m.eat 2'>ies are called 5(etfct?)?afteten, or simply 5|5afleten. I'* Candy, Sucfertrerf, is used in German in the singular only ; and the equivalent of syrii]}, denoting the sweet juice of fruits, is grucf)t=< [aft. The word @iru)3 is employed in German for treacle. 15 2?\)r my own fart, h)a3 mid^ Dctrifft; being, 't(x\^...^\xi. ■16 Use the passive imperfect of regatiren (mtt). 17 We use in German for the ex- pression home-made wine the gene- ral term Dbftnjcin, i.e. 'fi-uit-wine.' 18 Turn here sweet by 'fresh.' GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION 2» only medicines." The rosy flesh ^ of his people, a tint but rarely seen in the United States, appears to answer very well for his assertion,^ that in such a place no other physic is required. ^ 'No words ^ being spoken during meals,^ about twenty minutes serve ^ them amply for repast. One minute more, and the table is swept bare of dishes ; ^ the plates, the knives and forks, the napkins, the glass, ^ are cleaned and polished ; every article^ is returned to^ its proper place, and the sweet, soft^^ sense of order is restored. — Hepworth Dixon, I^ew America, ^ VIII. BE:^r JONSOK" Ben Jonson had written conjointly ^^ 'vvith Chapman and Marston a comedy which contained some passages reflect- ing ^^ on the Scottish nation. The authors were thrown into prison, and threatened^* with the loss of their ears 1 i^/(357t,transl.5;eint,wi. (from the 7 Swept— dishes, say briefly aW Latin tingere), to be pronounced in gebecft. German as in French ; the United ^ Glass must be rendered by States, tie SSereinicjten (Sraaten. ®(a§gefdjtrr, if it is to denote in 2 To — assertio7i,tk3Saf)x^dt\cuKV general the various articles made 33e:^au!ptung ju fceftcitigen. of glass. Render article by @tu(f. 3 To he required, not^tg fetn. The ^ Is — to, Befintct fief) JDteber an. assertion being here a quotation i^ Yot sweet and soft we should from another person {oratio olli- prefer in German the epithets qua), the verb must be used in the ' beautiful/ ' friendly ; * sense, here conjunctive (called by some gram- (^'mii^. marians subjunctive) mood, which n Ben Jonson was a eontempo- mood we should also use in Latin, rary of Shakespeare, to whom he is * Use in German the singular, considered second as a dramatist. Cf. Int. p. xvi.^ c, and Ext. 4, n. h i- Conjointly ,^tmt\ix\^a^tX\^ ; pas- ^ The term meats must here be sage (in a book), ^tcUe. turned by * the eating,' to avoid -is Turn rej^^c^wi^ by the present the unnecessary repetition of the participle of ' to blame,' using it same expression in one and the as an attributive adjective, same short sentence. 14 The simple verb t>rot)en would ^ Serve, here genugen. See p. 2, here be inapplicable, since it is Extr. 7. Render more by npd(?. an intransitive verb, and co-jlc* 30 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. and noses. Jonson had no considerable share in^ the com- position of the piece,2 and was, besides, in such favour,^ that he would not have been involved;^ JDut he voluntarily accompanied his two friends to prison, determined to share their fate. They were not tried ;^ and when Jonson was set at liberty, he gave an entertainment^ to his friends. His mother was present on this joyous occasion, and she produced'' a paper of poison, which, she said, she^ in- tended to have given ^ her son in his liquor ^^ rather than he should submit to personal mutilation and disgrace, and another dose, which she intended ^^ afterwards to have taken herself. ^^ IX. A maide:^^ speech.12 The season ^^ had hardly commenced when the "Bill^* for regulating Trials in Cases of High Treason " ^^ was 11 To intend, 16ea6ftd()tigen ; to — herself, say : fell6|l ju nel^men. 12 As the nearest approach, to the idiomatic English expression maiden speech, there has been coined the term ©rftUngSrebc, i.e. * firstHng-speech/ in the same way as we say ©rj^Ung^tteb for the first song written by a poet or set to music by a composer. Some dictionaries translate maiden speech by erfte 9*icbc only, which is neither a characteristic nor a con- venient general expression. The literal translation, Sungfcrnrefce, coined by some contemporary Ger- man writers, does not grammati- cally convey the same meaning as the English expression. 13 The ' Parliamentary' season is called in German @efftcn. 14 Retain the English expres sion, using it as a fem. noun. 15 j^QY — Treason, uni bag C^Jcnctt^* terfa^rcn in J^cd)^jerrat:^§j"ad)Ctt gu reguUrcn ; Commons =■ House therefore not be used in the passive voice. But this verb can assume a transitive meaning by means of the prefix 6c. 1 To have a share in anything, an ctner ©arije 5Int6eit f a^en ; compo- sition, here Sltfaffung. ® The piece alluded to was called Eastward Hoe. 3 The idiomatic expression is, in German, ' to staoid in favour.' 4 Involved, in bie 'oduce, here t'orbringen. The term argument — to be pro- nounced as a German word — may be retained. 4 The term failure, in its com- prehensive signification, has no single equivalent, neither in Ger- man nor, I think, in most other modem languages. Here the word 9Jiii5gefd)tcf, i.e. 'ill-fate/ might pro- perly be used. 5 Fortune -standing here for ' possessions,' ^wealth,' is to be rendered by JCermogen ; character, 9tuf ; are, &c. , flcl^ii ntdjt auf fcem ©tiele. 6 When the word audience, refers, as is the case here, to an assembly consisting of regularly appointed members, we generally use the word -iBerfammlung ; when referring to an assembly of pro- miscuous listeners, it may also be rendered by ^uHtfum, and an assembly consisting more particu- larly of students, &c. is called Slufci* torium or .Sul^orerfdjaft. 7 From, aug ; nervousness, transl. 2lengftlidjfeit. 8 In addressing = to speak before. ^ My recollection, transl. SaffHitg, or, less literally, ten Saten, i.e. the thread. i<^ To he unable, ntdf)t tm @tante fein ; argument, here ©egenjlant. 11 Who — public. Turn the whole clause briefly by * who has never spoken publicly,' connecting it with the following clause by unb mm. 12 To he called upon, aufgeforbcrt toerten. Place to rej^ly after kingdom, 13 In order to translate the phrase without a moment's pre- paration with literal faithfulness, we should be obliged to spin it out to * without that one grants him even (aud? nur) a moment to his prepaiation ; ' but we can easily avoid this turn by simply saying cl^ne irgenb iwcldje S^crfcerettung. 14 Faculties, ©eiftegfrdfte. 15 That— fails, baf cr, trenn cS il^m nicftt gelingt ; 072, a, am. i** And — him. This clause wiU best be turned by ' and will leave behind those who are the dearest GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 83 reasonably be suspected^ that Ashley's confusion and the ingenious- use which he made of it had been carefully premeditated.^ His speech,^ however, made a great impression. — Macaulay, History of England. A SELF-DUBBED 5 MESSEITGEE. On the evening of the battle an officer^ of the Ziethen Hussars, who were forward"^ in the pursuit, rode as far as^ the gates of Koniggratz,^ and, finding ^^ there were no sentries outside, rode"in; the guard, immediately on seeing 1^ him in his Prussian uniform, turned out^^ ^nd seized him, when,^^ with a ready presence, he declared he had^* come to demand ^^ the capitulation of the fortress. He was conducted to the cgmmandant, and made the same demand to^^ him, adding that^^ the town would 10 Finding— outside, saj: to. ct fetnc ©c^Ubhjadjc bafclbfl »orfanb. 11 Supply *he;' thfi— seeing, fc trie bte aBa(^e i]^n...ctBItcfte. 12 Turned out, trat fie m% ®eiticl;r. 13 When, here irorauf; a ready ^presence, rafd^e @eifte^gegenit»art. 14 Use the perfect conjunctive, and remember that to come is a verb denoting motion, 15 To demandy forbern» 1^ To make a demand to any one, an Scmanb eine Sorbcrung fietlen. 17 By omitting here the con- junction that we obtain a more rhythmical construction, since the sentence assumes by this omission the form of a direct principal clause, and the inharmonious accumulation of verbs is thus avoided. Good writers have often recourse to this expedient, a cir- cumstance which the student of German should bear in mind. D to him in poverty and disgrace.' The superlative dearest is to bo used substantively : bic S^l^eucrjfen. 1 It — suspected. Turn here by ' one can well assume with reason ' (mit ®runb annefnncn). 2 Ingenious, here gcniat 3 Had— premeditated, ))(anmftftg »or6ercitet tt)ar. 4 See page 31, note 12. 5 Self-dubhed, felbflernannt. 6 Ojficer is here the subject of the sentence, and rode the assertion. Ziethen HiLssars, 3ietl^en'f(i?e "^ufarcn. 7 Who wei-e forward, say : bic fid? . . . borgetuagt fatten. Supply the words ' of the enemy ' after pursuit. 8 The literal translation of as far as would here be an Anglicism; transi. the same by fciS ju. ^ Koniggratz is a fortress on the Elbe, in Bohemia. The battle alluded to was fought near that place on 3rd July, 1866. 34 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 9 be bombarded if not surrendered^ within an hour; the commandant, unconscious ^ that he was not dealing^ with a legitimate messenger, courteously refused to capitulate ; but^ the Hussar was conducted out of the^ town, passed through^ the guard at the entrance, and got off safely^ without being made a prisoner. — H. M. Hozier, The Seven Weeks^ War, XL DON JOH]^ OF AUSTEIA^ AT LOUYAIK Meantime Don John of Austria came to Louvain. ^ % % rjy^^ object s with which Philip had sent him to the !N"etherlands,^ that he might ^^ conciliate the hearts of the inhabitants by the personal graces ^^ which he had inherited from his imperial father, seemed in a fair way of accomplishment; ^2 for it was^^ not only the venal applause of titled^* sycophants that he strove to merit, but he mingled gaily and familiarly with^^ all classes of citizens. 1 If not surrendered^ toenn bie ^ Object, here 5l6fid[)t. UeBerqabe nid^t . . . erf olgte. ^ Insert the expletive ' namely.* 2 Unconscioiis, transl. nt(^t a.f)^ 10 Use the pres. cond. of mogen, ncnb, i.e. 'not suspecting. and turn conciliate by win. 3 To deal, here unter^anbetn ; ^ Graces, transl. SieicnSmurfctgtett. legitimate, say: offictellen. 12 Turn in — a£compliskment by * By placing hut after Hussar 'upon a good way to be accom- the assertion becomes more em- plished.' To accomplish, erfiillen. phatic. Out of the, jur . . . l^inaug. i3 The English usage of making ^ Passedthrough,pa\\ittt; aithe,am. a verb emphatic by it is, was, <&:c., ^ To get off safely, gtudftidj fcn^on that, is not required in German, fommcn. See page 36, note 4. where the emphasis can be suffi- 7 Don John of Austria, fre- ciently marked by inverting the quently called 3)on Suan b'2luftria, regular order of words, and begin- son of the Emperor Charles V., ning with the term to be em- was born at Ratisbonne in 1546, phasized. and died at the fortified camp of i'* Titled, transl. "ootm^m. Namur in 1578. In 1576 he had is To mingle— with, here fic^ an* been appointed Governor to the fd^ttef en. See page 24, note 8 ; disaffected Netherlands by his gaily, fr51^ttd(j; familiarly, ticrtrou' brother, Philip II. Louvaiyi, 'Hmzn. ttct?. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 35 Everywhere Ms handsome face and charming manner^ produced their natural effect. He dined and supped ^ with the magistrates in the Town-house ; honoured^ general banquets of the burghers with his presence ; and was affable and dignified, witty, fascinating, and commanding,^ by turns. At Louvain the five military guilds^ held a solemn festival. The usual invitations were sent to the other societies and to all the martial brotherhoods the country- round.^ Gay and gaudy processions, sumptuous ban- quets, military sports, rapidly succeeded each other.V Upon the day of the great trial of skill ^ all the high functionaries^ of the land were, according to custom, invited, and the Governor was graciously pleased ^^ to honour ^^ the solemnity with his presence. Great was the joy of the multitude when Don John, complying with the habit ^2 of imperial and princely personages in former days, enrolled himself, cross-bo w^^ in hand, among the 1 Charming manneo', ctnne!^* menbcg SKefen. 2 He — supped, er f^jeij^e ju OJiittag nnt ju 2Itenb. 3 To honour means both cf)xtn and htei)xtn; but there is a very nice distinction between these two verbs. (5!^ren signifies *to enter- tain feelings of respect,' i.e. to revere, to esteem, &c., as Honour thy father and thy mother, ©l^re 3Sater unb QJiutter. 33ce^ren means 'to show marks of civiUty and respect/ i.e. to favour a person or thing by any outward distinction, as 'Favour me with a visit,' JBee^ren ©ie n\\ fum* mem um. Garnet being neuter in German, the corresponding pro- noun should be used throughout. ^2 Pays no attention, render acijtet mci)t barauf. 13 Be — back, i^m auf tem JRudEcn fi^c; set a-going, in ^BeiDcgung gc* !•* To turn aside, um abmUntm. 1^ Thorn, here st/ornfcufci?. 1* To allure out of, aBlocten »on. 17 The verb to continue, referring to an infinitive, as above, is gene- rally expressed by the adverb iDctt a*, and sometimes by fort. The infini- tive is in this case used in the same tense as the verb to continue. Supply ' it ' after the finite verb. IS Simply = merely ; dull = stupid ; into, here ' upon.' i** To cross, say: uber.. . gugcl^en; 'pasture, SBeite^la^, to be used hen. in the plural ; conveniently, mic SBequemlid^feit. 20 To effect, 6eh)erfjlemgctt. Soo Extr. 9, note a. 21 To set at advantage, iCottl^eiU QCiuaJjren. 38 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. hard^ blow or a downright ^ kick alone has any influence on him whether^ to direct or impel. He will never attempt to throw you^ off his back,^ such a trick being far beyond^ his limited comprehension ; but if you^ fall off, he will never dream "^ of stopping^ /or yoii, and walks on just the same,^ grazing while he goes,^^ without knowing or caring an atom^^ what has become of you.^^ jy turned loose,^^ it is a thousand to^* one that he will never find his^^ way back to his accustomed home or pasture, and the first comer ^^ who picks him up^^ will have no particular shyness to get over ;^^ Jack or Tom are all the same^^ to him; and the loss of his old master and of his former cameline^^ companions gives him no regret,^! and occasions no endea- vour to find them again. One only symptom will^^ j^q give that he is aware ^^ of his rider, and that is^* when the 1 The literal translation of hard with reference to blow is also used in German, but mostly when the word is employed figuratively ; used in the primitive sense, the usual German epithet is ftarf. 2 Downright, here entfrfjieten, i.e. ' decided ; ' kick, gu^tritt. 3 Turn whether by *be it,' and transl, to im]jel by anf^scrnen. 4 The pronoun you, used in Eng- lish colloquial speech indefinitely for * one" any one.' is usually ren- dered in German by man, Semanb, or SRtemanb; by the two latter, more generally, when you occurs in the accusative, as is the case here. s Suppress in German the words his lack, the verb to throw off fully indicating the action. Trick, @treid(?. 6 Turn far beyond by 'much too high for ; ' comprehension, here aScrfiant). Turn yoic by ' the rider.* 7 Be — dream. We use in German the idiomatic expression eS fdtlt il;m mdjt im S^raume cin. s To stop, here ftel^en fcletfccn. ^ And — same, fonbern eS fci()rettet riifiig ttjeiter. ^^ While he goes may be briefly turned in German by tni @el^en, to be placed before grazing, tDiiUnt, Of. Int. page xvii., g. 11 Caring an atom, translate fid) im ©eringften fcarum ju film* mcrn. 12 Turn here of you by ' of (aug) his rider.' 13 Turned loose, toSgelaffen. 14 To, here gegen. 15 See Extr. 34, note h. Accus- tomed home, here gett35I}nUd(jen5lufent* l;aUgort ; pasture, 2Beibepta^. 1^ The first cowier is idiomatically rendered in German by ter ©rfte a3cflc. 17 To pick up, here aufgreifen. 18 To get over, figuratively liter* toinbcn; Jack, ^an§ctec$eter. 19 Are — samCf gilt tl^m gtcidfj. 2" Omit the adjective cameline. Generally it would be rendered by the noun Garnet, which is, however, not applicable here. 21 To give regret, ,^ummer madfjen. 22 This emphatic future not being used in German, the prin- cipal verbs must be rendered by the present indicative. 23 To he aware, here fid) tcmu^t fein, which governs the genitive. 5W Turn and that is by ' namely.' GERMAN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 39 latter is about to mount ^ him; for on such an^ occasion he will bend back his long snaky neck towards his master, open his enormous jaws to bite, if he dared,^ and roar out a tremendous sort of groan,* as if to complain of^ some entirely new and unparalleled injustice about to be done him.^ In a word,^ he is from first to last an un- domesticated^ animal. — W. G. Palgrave, Narrative of a Year's Journey through Central and Eastern Arabia, XIII. SPEEDY » PEOMOTIOK A remarkable anecdote is related ^^ by Yoltaire of ^^ the circumstance that obtained for Leonard Tarstenson^^ j^ig first commission.^3 He had been in close attendance on ^^ the King of Sweden^"* during the campaign in Livonia in 1624,^^ and it happened,^^ at a moment of importance, ^'^ 1 To mount is rendered by fletcjeu when it is used intransi- tively, but it assumes a transitive meaning by means of the insepar- able prefix 6e, which possesses the faculty of transforming intransitive rerbs into transitive ones. 2 On such an, Bet btefcr. 3 Dared, say ben 9JlutI) baju T^fittc. 4 Arid— groan, unb ftojjt eine 2lrt fc^rcc!lt(ijen @e|io^ne§ icHetci)t the probability of an event. That adverb is generally placed before the word which has the principal accent, — here the term never. En- tered, fam . . . burdj. 7 Use the genitive case, and see Extr. 11, note a. 8 Celebrity, tcr 3tuftm. T\im fixed — him by * drawn the eyes of all (Sitter) upon him.' 9 When can, as a rule, be ren- dered in four difierent ways : — 1st, by aU, when it denotes an oc- currence that has once taken place, — in this sense it corresponds to the French lorsque; 2nd, by icenn, when it denotes an indefinite or habitual occuiTence, — in this sense when is equivalent to ' whenever ;' 3rd, by ioann, in questions, signifying *at what time;' 4th, by tcorauf, when standing for * apon, or after which.' 1" To enter, tretcn (in). 11 When peojile signifies persons in general, in the sense in which it is used here, we render it in German by Seute ; when, however, it denotes the 'commonalty,* we translate it by SSolt as in French by liewple, and in Latin by popu- lus. 12 To stare at, here unf^aunen. 13 Even — resembling, felbfl lie dI;nTtc[)ften. 14 When hvyt is synonymous with only, it is rendered by itur ; when with merely, by blop. iTidication, transl. ^cgvijf. 15 Most striking, am auffattenbftcn j appearance, say du^ecn @i:f(!^einung- 42 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. of tho features,^ but not the play of features ; nor^ are they very accurate as to the form. His features were large ^ and liberally cut, as in the fine sweeping lines ^ of Greek art. The brow was lofty and massive;^ and from beneath it shone large lustrous brown eyes of marvellous beauty, their pupils^ being of almost un- exampled size. The slightly aquiline^ nose was large, and well cut. The mouth was full, with a short, arched, upper lip, very sensitive and expressive f the chin and jaw^ boldly proportioned ; and the head rested on a handsome and muscular ^^ neck. In stature ^^ he was rather above the middle size : but although not really tall, he had the aspect ^^ ^f ^ tall man ; and is usually so described, because his presence ^^ was very imposing. His frame ^^ was strong, muscular, yet sensitive. Dante says this contrast is^^ in the nature of things, for " Quanto la cosa e pill perfetta. Pill senta '1 bene, e cosi la doglienza." * 1 Feature (of a face), 3ug : play line. The expression aquiline nose of features, 3)iienenfpiet. would be rendered by Sltkrnafe, 2 When no7' introduces a sen- whilst a slightly aquiline nose must tence, it is rendered by auct)...mcljt; be somewhat freely translated by and when it follows the negative etne letdjtgebcgene 9^a[c. "PFe^^jherefein. neither, h J X[i^<^. Accurate, %t\m\x; ^ Very — expressive, ^\x^zx\t \zn\\X\t as to, tuag...tetrifft. unb augtrucEswoU. 3 Render here large by fii^n, and » The article must be repeated liberally by cbcl ; cut, here gebtlfcet. before Slinnbaden {jaw), since, be- 4 The — lines, ken fd;5n ge[c(?tt)un* ing masculine, it differs in gender genen Sinien. from the noim ^inu. Boldly pro- 5 Massive, here getuclbt ; from portioned, in fiil^nen ^rc^jcrtionen. heneath it, unter fcerfelben ]|er»or ; of, ^" Muscular, mu§tu(og. here ^on. ii In stature, tton ©cftalt ; rather , 6 Pupil (of the eye) is in German here etn)ag ; middle size, 2)iittelgro^e. 513ii^iKe. We have also two genuine i^ As^uct, 5lu3fe^en ; turn tall by Teutonic words for the same thing, * tall-grown ; ' transl. so by al6 fold|jer. —viz. the homely 2luaa)?fel, i.e. the 13 Presence, here ^erfonlidje ^x* apple of the eye ; and the poetical fc^cinung ; imposing, tmponiicnt. Slugenftevn, i.e. star of the eye. i"* Frame, in the sense in which Size, here ©rof e. it is used here, means in German 5' There is in German no exact ^i^rpevbau. Transl. yet by unb tod^j. equivalent for the adjective aqui- 15 Use here the verb liegcn. * Longfellow translates the above with hteral faithfulness by— *' As the thing more perfect is, The more it feels of pleasure and of pain." Dante's Inferno^ Canto VI, v. 107. &<•- GERMAN PEOSE COMPOSITION. 43 Excelling^ in all active sports,^ he was almost a barometer in sensitiveness^ to atmospheric influences. Such, externally, was* the youth who descended at^ the hotel Zum Geist, in Strasburg, this^ 2nd April, and who, ridding himself of^ the dust and "ennui" of a long im- prisonment in the diligence,^ sallied forth ^ to gaze at the famous cathedral,^^ which made a wonderful impression on him as^^ he came up to it^^ through the narrow streets. — G. H. Lewes, Life of Goethe. ^ The present participle implying here a con cession, turn it by though he excelled ; ' and insert in the principal clause, to be given in an inverted form, the conj, kod) after he. To excel, here fic^ auSjeidjnen. 2 There does not exist in most continental languages a single equi- valent for the comprehensive term sport The English term has been adopted abroad, but more in refer- ence to horse races. Render here active sports by JBcibeSiifcungen, and see the note to Ext. 7. page 2. 3 Transl. in sensitiveness by in fciner ©mpfinblid^jfeit, and turn to by ' against.' * Transl. such — was by fo irar tag 9leuferc, and put youth in the genitive case. s To descend at (an hotel, & c. ), abfieigen in. Goethe makes use of this identical verb in relating his ariival at Strasburg in his auto- biography „a33al;rl^eit unb 2)i(!f)tung. " The hotel alluded to he simply calls SBirtl^g'^auS. ^ Transl. here this by an fccm 6e* fagten ; and see for the construction of the above sentences Extr. 4, note a. ^ Render here ridding^of by atfcfjuttelnb ; ennui, bte fiangcnjeile. 8 The expression diligence is alw used, with the French pronuncia- tion, in German. The words diU or @d)neltn)agen are also employed as equivalents for that term. 9 Rallied forth, transl. fort eitte ,- to gaze at, here befe^en. '^^ The cathedral (of Strasburg) ia commonly called in German bet (@trapurger) 93iitnfter; which term being derived from the Grseco- Latin expression monasterium, is sometimes also used in the neuter gender. 11 The conjunction as may gene- rally be translated in the following ways : — 1st, in comparisons by aU or njie ; by the latter more generally when perfect equality is to be ex- pressed. In this case as is fre- quently rendered by fo irie, more pai-ticularly when two actions are compared : e.g. He acts as he speaksy @r I;anfcelt fo ivie er fprtcljt. 2nd, when it occurs twice — before and after an adjective — the first as is generally rendered by fo : f.g. As cold as ice, ©0 !alt h)tc ©is. 3rd, when it stands for *if' it is rendered by ioenn; when for 'since' by fca; when for ' because ' by xodi ; when for whilst by "iia, tt)enn, inbem, and sometimes by trie ; and when for the conj. when, as above, by at§. 1'-^ Come — it, t?or benifctBen antam. 44 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. XV. THE PILGEIMS.i The^ next day they rose at five: tlieir morning prayers ^ were finished, when,* as the day dawned, a war-whoop and a flight^ of arrows announced an attack from Indians.^ They were'' of the tribe of the J^ausites, who knew the English s as kidnappers; but the encounter ^ was without further result. Again ^" the boat's crew give thanks to God,^® and steer their bark along the coast for the distance of ^^ fifteen leagues. But no convenient harbour is^^ dis- covered. The pilot of the boat, who had been in these regions before, gives assurance of a good one,^^ which may be reached before night ; and they follow his guidance. 1 The Pilgrims alluded to in the above extract were a number of Covenanters who, being perse- cuted under James I. for their opposition to the Church of Eng- land, emigrated to Holland. But being desirous to remain under English rule, and to do service to their native country as loyal citi- zens, they left Holland in 1620, in order to found an English settle- ment in America. 2 Use the accusative case. 3 Render morning 'prayers hj the compound 9}tcrgenanbarf)t, to be used in the singular only ; finished, here »errici)tet. 4 When is here to be rendered by fca, and the verb announced placed immediately after that adverb; as — dawned, 6ct S^age^anbrud^. s The term fiight, I'eferring to arrows, is rendered by ©dtjauer, i. e. 'shower.' 6 There exists in German a very convenient mode of distinguishing the natives of East India from those of the West Indies or of the American continent. The former are called ^Wnkx or Snber, and the latter Sitbianer. As regards the adjectives tnbif(^ and infctanifclj, the same distinction is made, but is not quite so strictly adhered to. 7 Translate were by ge^orten ... an, and of — Nausites by bem ©tamii! ber Slaitfiten. 8 Turn who Jcneio the English by ' to whom the English were known ;' kidnapper, here 33tenfd^enrdukr. ^ Transl. encounter by the fre- quentative nounfoi-med fromfecfjten, and turn was without further result by *had no further consequences.' 10 Turn again — God, by ' the boat's crew (©c^ipmannfc^aft) thanks God anew (con SZciiem);' crew requires in German the sing. only. 11 Translate for the distance of simply by vodt, placing this adverb at the end of the sentence. The term league may here be turned by 'mile,' though, arithmetically speaking, a German mile is longer than a league by 1*63 of an English mile. 12 See the note to Ext. 8, and use the third person plural. 13 The above elliptical construc- tion is not admissible in German, GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 43 After some hours' sailing,^ a storm of snow and rain^ begins ; the sea swells :^ the rudder breaks— the boat must now be steered* with oars. The storm increases; night ^ is at hand : to^ reach the harbour before dark, as much sail'' as possible is borne ; the mast breaks into three pieces; the sail falls overboard; but the tide is favourable. The pilot, in^ dismay, would have run the boat on shore ^ in a cove^^ full of breakers. "About with her,"^^ exclaimed a sailor, " or we are cast away ! " ^^ They get her about ^^ immediately, and passing ^^ the surf, they enter ^^ 9, fair sound, and shelter themselves ^^ under the lee of a small rise of land.^^ It is dark, and the rain beats furiously ;^^ yet the men are so wet and cold and weak, they^^ slight the danger to be apprehended ^o from the savages, and after great difficulty ^^ kindle a fire on shore. where it would be necessary to supply before a good one the words * that there was ;' but we can con- tract the above clause with the following one, turning them briefly by ' assures that they could reach (erreid^en) a good one before night.' 1 Use the third person plural of to sail in the pluperfect tense. 2 The expression @cfjneej^urm sounds like an Anglicism, though we use -!&age(flurm, and some modern German writers have coined the word 9f{egcn[turm. Turn, therefore, the above clause by ' a storm rises, accompanied by snow and rain.' 3 Swells, ge^t t)o6:), 4 To steer, here ten!cn. ^ Use the definite article, and render at hand by riicft f)aan. ® See Extr. 9, note a. Dm-k, here ©unfetocrben. 7 Use in German the plural num- ber, and render here to bear by aiif* f^annen. See also Extr. 4, note h. ^ Supply here the pronoun Ms, and see for the construction of the clause Extr. 5, note &. ^ Render the clause wottZc^s^ore by l^atte...ka§ 33oc>t...firanten laffcn. '0 Cove, here SSucJjtj o/ breakers, tranbenber SBogen. 11 About with her, hjenbet ! 12 The nautical expression to cast or to be cast away is rendered in German an ben Stranb trei&en. 13 Translate to get about by urn* ftjenben, immediately by fofort, and omit the pronoun her. 14 Render here 'passing by inbem fie . . . burdjfdjiffcn. 15 To enter, here gelangcn (in) ,* fair sound, ru^ige QJieerenge. 16 To shelter oneself, <2c!ju^ fitnben ; lee, Seefette, pronounced entirely as a German word, it being a genuine Teutonic expression. 1' Small rise of land, fcinftc (§r* ^o^ung. 1^ Beats furiously, here j^romt '^cftig nieber. 1^^ In similar constructions the conjunction that cannot be omitted in German. To slight, here t>er» a(f)ten. 20 The English passive participial constructions, expressing relation." of possibility or necessity, are gene- rally changed in German into the active form by means of the supine. Here to be apprehended = which was to apprehend (Befurd)ten). 21 Turn after great difficulty by *with great trouble* (9)iu^e). 46 GERMAN PROSE (.COMPOSITION. Morning, as it dawned, showed the place to be^ a small island within the entrance ^ of a harbour. The day- was required^ for rest and* preparations. Time was precious; the season advancing;^ their companions were left in suspense.^ The next^ day was the "Christian Sabbath." STo thing marks ^ the character of the Pilgrims more fully, than that they kept it sacredly,^ though every consideration demanded haste. ^^ On Monday the^^ 11 th day of December, old style,^^ the exploring party ^^ of the forefathers land at Plymouth.* * * The spot, when examined,^* seemed to invite a settlement ;^^ and in^^ a few days the Mayflow.er was safely moored ^'^ in its harbour. In memory of ^^ the hospitalities^^ which the company had received at^o the last English port from which they had sailed, this oldest I^ew England colony ^^ obtained the name of Plymouth. — George Bancro^x History of the United States. 1 Turn Morning — he by 'when the morning dawned (graute) it was discovered (jcigte eg ftd^) that the place was.' 2 Wiihinthe entrance, am ©tngang, 3 i^eg'WiVec? may here be rendered by the predicative adjective notl^ig. ■* Since the term 5lu§ru'^en {rest) requires the definite article, here contracted with the preposition ju, and the word ^orBcreitungen {'pre- parations) does not require the article, on account of its being used in a general sense in the plural number, the preposition gu must be repeated before preparations. ^ We should use here in German the past participle, oorgefdjutten^i.e. advanced. Companions, ©efcil^ttefi. ^ Left in suspense, in danger Un* gettiif^eit juriicEgelaffcn. 7 The word next should in the above phrase be turned by ' follow- ing.' 8 Marhsy here Bcjetc^nct ; more fully = better. » To keep sacredly might be ren- dered literally, or in accordance with Luther's translation of the Fourth Commandment, by l^etttgen. !<* Turn every — haste by * all considerations (9fCucfftdjten) urged to the (jur) haste.* 11 See page 44, note 2. 12 Retain the corresponding for- eign term, and use the genitive case. 13 Exploring party, ©r^ebtttcn. 14 When examined, 6et genauer llnterfudbung. For the construction of the whole clause see Extr. 6, note 6. 15 In German the accusative case would not be used here ; we must therefore supply the preposition gu after invite. 1*5 Turn here in by ' after.* 17 Was.. .moored, (ag...»or 9lnfcr. Retain the name of the boat — May- flower — using it as a fem. noun. 1^ /?i memory o/,i5ur@nnnerung an. 19 Use the singular of hospita- lities, and turn received by *en' joyed.* 2« At/m; port, ^afcn. 21 Turn this — colony by 'this oldest colony iu New England. GBKMAN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 47 XYL THE SLAYE-MAKIISrGi IKSTIKCT OF AISTTS. This remarkable instinct was first discovered in -^tlie Formica (Polyerges) rufescens'^ by Pierre Huber, a better observer even^ than his celebrated father.* This ant is absolutely dependent on its slaves ; without their aid the species^ would certainly become extinct in a single year. The workers, though most energetic and courageous in capturing slaves,^ do no other work. They are incapable of making'' their own nests, or of feeding their own larvae. When^ the old nest is found inconvenient, and they have to^ migrate, it is the slaves which determine ^^ the migration, and actually^^ carry their masters in their jaws. So utterly helpless are the masters, that when Huber shut up 12 thirty of them without a slave, but with plenty ^^ of the food which they like best, and with their larvae and pupae to stimulate 1* them to work, they did nothing ; they would not even feed themselves, and many perished ^^ of 1 A literal translation of the ''' "We say in German * to build epithet slave-making would here a nest.' See Extr. 9, note a. be inapplicable ; we must therefore ^ See page 41, note y. turn the above by ' the instinct of ^ Ilave to = must. the an ts to make slaves.' /w, say 6eu ^^ Supply here the preposition 2 The Formica rufescens, or ' red iiBer, and see for the construction ant/ is called fcie r5t(;ttdje 2lmeifc. The oiit is, &c. page 34, note 13. suflBx lid) modifies, like the English n Actually, tl^atfafijlicl), or, more ish, the intensity of colours. idiomatically, facttfcij. Use for jaws 3 Turn a— e-ygTiby 'a (use dative) the singular of 'mouth.' yet sharper observer.' 13 To shut up, cinftjerrcn ; of them, 4 Supply here was. The father say fcetfclbciu of the naturalist Pierre Huber was i^ With plenty, mit ctncr SD^cngc • Francis Huber, bom at Geneva in foodi^^ai)x\xnq,; and with, sayfammt! 1750. 14 Tostimulate,antta,tn\ use supine ^ Species, 2lrt; become extinct— with urn. To work, jum Slrbeiten. die out. lo Perished = died ; of in the ^ In capturing slaves, tm ©flatten* above phrase is rendered by xiot, or fangc ; do, here »em(|>ten. it may be omitted in the transla- 48 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. hunger. Huber then introduced^ a single slave ^ (Formica fusca^), and she instantly set to work,^ fed and saved the survivors, made^ some cells and tended the larvae, and put all to rights.^ "What can be''' more extraordinary than these well-ascertained^ facts. If we had^ not known of ^^ any other slave-making ^^ ant, it^^ w^ould have been hope- less to have speculated ^^ how so wonderful an^* instinct could Jmve been perfected.^^ — Darwin, The Origin of Species. tion, and the term hunger put in the genitive case. 1 Render here introduced by gefellte tattn gu if}ncn. 2 Use the masculine form of slave, but retain the feminine pro- noun she, the same referring to *ant' in general. 3 The Formica fusca is called in German fcte fdjtrar^graue 5Imetfc. 4 To set to tvork, fidj an fcte Slrfccit madjen. 5 Turn made, as with nests, by the verb 'to build;' to tend, here V^egen. 6 To put all to rights, Bracfjtc 5lttc8 in Orfcnung. 7 Turn here he by 'give,' sup- plying the pronoun eg before it. 8 Well-ascertained, vMltg ertciefen. When the word fact denotes *a deed or action,' it must b.^ ren- dered in German by S^at; and when it is synonymous with^event,' as is the case here, by S^atfad^e. The term factum, which has in the plural the two forms Sacta and ^acten, is sometimes used for fact in both significations. ^ It is a matter of course that the conditional mood is also to be used here in German, because a supposition is expressed which is contrary to reality. The conjunc- tion if may, however, in similar cases be omitted in German (as also in English), and the condi- tional clause given in an inverted form : e.g. SSclren fctefe Sorts ft)ie S6r fte fcfjitfccrt, tterftummen mii^t id) ; 6Dffmmg§to§ tierloren toSc'meine Sad^e, fprac^en fie vxi&i jc^utbig* — Schiller If these Lords were as you represent them, I must remain silent; my cause would he hopelessly lost if they pro- nounced me guilty. From the two last clauses will also be seen that the hypothetical clause may be placed after the principal one. 1^ To kno%o of means here ' to have a knowledge of,' and may, therefore, be rendered by ftjtffen von. 11 Here we might emp}oy for slave-making the expression !ned)* tenfc, i.e. to enslave, to enthral ; or turn the expression by ' an ant which makes slaves.' 12 See the note to Ext. 7 13 In German we can avoid the frequent repetition of the auxiliary verb :^a6en by using the supine of nadjfcenfen, preceded by the adver- bial compound fcariifcer. I'* The words so wonderful qua- lify in the above clause the term instinct. See, therefore, page 31, note 18. IS The agent performing the action not being expressly men- tioned, we ought to use here, according to the rule mentioned in Ext. 41, n. h, the reflective form of to perfect — here auSHlbcn— in the infinitive. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION 49 XVII. THE BATTLE OF^ THE ALMA.2 The French seized^ the empty ground which divided* the enemy from the sea, and then undertook to assail the enemy's^ left wing ; but were baffled^ by the want of a road for Canrobert's artillery, and by the exceeding cogency'' of the rule which forbids them^ from engaging^ their infantry on open ground without the support of cannon.^^ Their failure ^^ placed them in jeopardy; for they had committed ^2 go large a^^ proportion of their force to the distant part of the West Chlf ^* and the sea-shore, that 1 The preposition of before the name of a place near which a lattle was fought is generally ren- dered by the preposition bet when the place is a town, village, island, &o. ; by the preposition an when the place is a mountain, hill, stream, river, &c. : e.g. the, battle of Leipzig, tic mc^m. p. XV., II., a, and use the imperfect. 18 We should use in German in s We use also in German the phrases like the above the term military expression Sontrcmarfij. Sage for condition. i<> The Telegraph or Telegraph 1^ Render the preposition for in Height is a height joined on to the the above phrase by aug, before West Cliff, which was crowned which the adverb audj should be during the time of the war by an placed by way of expletive, unfinished turret, intended for a 20 Turn to order the by ' to give telegraph. ...mtt l^inetn. from the river, on the jutting rib i*^ Centre battalion,here Centrum, which goes round the front of the ^5 Brigade of Ghtards, Scibgarben* Kowrgan€ hill. SBrtgafce. 6 Hill-sides, -^iigctaBl^angc. is Pushed, transl. brdngtc. 7 Turn here were by 'formed,' 17 Crest,®ip^d;togetto,ticxt{(^cn. sindfortijied by 'firm.' The term i® Obliging — him, unb jrcang, obet position may be retained in Ger- reranla^te, i^n. man. ^^ To hang bach, ju jcgcm ; cover. 8 For a time, cine Seitlang. 9 Were — meet, ^ujanimentreffen 20 'Overcast, trube. ^ollten ; checkered, here afenjec^jelni). 21 Turn the clause Buir— changed E 2 6*2 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. up^ to the knoll; for not only did their fire extirpate' the Causeway batteries,^ and so lay open the pass,^ but it tore through^ the columns of Prince Mentschikoff's infantry reserves, and drove them at once from the field. This discomfiture of the Eussian centre could not but govern the policy of Kiriakoflf,^ obliging him to conform"^ to its movement of retreat -/and he must have been the more ready to acknowledge to himself^ the necessity of the step he was taking,^ since by^'^this time he had suffered the disaster^^ which was inflicted upon" his great " column of the eight battalions " by the French artillery. He retreated without being molested^^by the French infantry, and took up^^ a position at a distance of two miles from the Alma. Meanwhile, after a sheer ^^ fight of infantry, the whole strength ^^ that the enemy had on the Kowrgane hilP^ was broken and turned to ruin^" by the Guards and the Highlanders. Thenceforth the by 'but suddenly the battle as- sumed another face' (®eftalt). 1 Had brought up, !^atte...6tingen laffen. We use here laffen for ge- laffen, in accordance with the rule that the auxiliary verbs of mood — biirfen, mogen, fcnnen, miiffcn, njollcn, foUen, and laffen — are generally used in the infinitive instead of in the past participle when immediately following another infinitive. 2 To extirpate, here »erntcf)ten. 8 Causeway batteries, Sl;auff^e 33nt» terien. This refers to the two batteries which were placed by Prince MentschikofiT '* astride the great road, and disposed along the chain of hillocks which runs across the pass, looking down on the bridge." ^ So — pass, inad^te auf fciefc SCBcifc ten ^a^ fret. 5 Tore through, jetfiprcngte ; in- fantry reserves, Snfantiicreferioe. 6 Could — Kiriakoff, mupte natiir* Itd^ Jvtriafop ©trategif bectnfiuffeit. 7 To conform, here fic^ anfi^Uef en ; movement of retreat, riirfgangigc S3e- tt)egung. 8 To acknowledge to himself, ftdf) eingefteficn. ^ The whole of the above sen- tence might in German be con- densed by turning it by *and he must the more readily (urn fo el^cr) acknowledge to himself the neces- sity of this step.* 1^ By — disaster, cc »cn bem llnftcU fd^on betrcffen hmr. 11 To inflict upon, gufilgen, which V. governs the dat. of the person. 12 Use the supine. 1^ To take up, here einnel^men; at — from, jtaei 9)ieilen tweit ijon... cntfernt. 14 Sheer, here hXo%. The two foi lowing nouns form in German a compound tiTm. 1^ Strength, here 'JlRncljt, 16 The troops stationed on the Kowrgan^ hill were to oppose the Guards, the Highlanders, and the Light Division. 1'' To turn to ruin, here 'oernicJjtcn. The preposition by is rendered by ton when it refers to the agent or cause from which an action or eflfec*". proceeds. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 53 elaughter^ tliat is wrought by artillery upon retreating ^ masses was all that remained to be fulfilled.^ — Kinglakb, The Crimean War, XVIII. THE APOSTLE OF THE GOTHS. Ulphilas,^ the Bishop and Apostle of the Goths, acquired their love and reverence by his blameless life and^ in- defatigable zeal; and they received with implicit^ con- fidence the doctrines of truth and virtue which he preached and practised.'' He executed the arduous task of translating^ the Scriptures^ into their native tongue/^ a dialect of the German, or Teutonic, language ; but he prudently ^^ suppressed the four Eooks of Kings, as^^ they might tend-^^ to irritate the fierce and sanguinary^* spirit of the barbarians. The rude, imperfect idiom ^^ of soldiers and shepherds, so ill qualified ^^ to communicate any spiritual ideas, was improved and modulated^"^ by this genius; and TJlphilas,^^ 1 Slaughter (in fights, &c.), ®e* ^ Implicit, untefcitigt. me^el ; is wroiLght..,upon, unter... "^ To practise , here CL\x^i\hm, an^cridjtet )rirb. For the rendering * Use the Supine, of by see page 52, note 17. ^ The Scriptures, tie ^eiltge @d()rift, 2 RetreaMng — fleeing. or btc JBifcel. 3 That — fnljliledy ft)a3 nod^j ju '^'^ Native tongue, CDhitterf^radfje. tl^un iiBrtg blte6.. ' ^i Prudently, ^orfirfjtiger ^eife. ^ Ulphilas, the son of Chi'istian 12 gee page 43, note 11. captives-fromCappadocia, was born ^3 Might tend, translate taju 6et» about the year 318. Ulphilas, signi- traqcn tonntcn ; a(^c ^^ To support, here nal^ren. ful^ren; distressed, here Bcbrangt. i^ The two synonyms /oc^'5 and 7 Proper names — especially those herds might here be rendered by of foreign origin — terminating in a the single expression «&erte, though sibilant, i.e. i>, f, x, fd), 5, are not the term 9tubel is also used for declined, but have the case pointed herd, especially when referring to out by the definite article. deer and pigs. 8 To apply (a name), Ibcilcgen ; ^^ To enable, here in ten ig ; translate jufammen gcjimmert. The emigranfs team, 2lii§tr>anbcrergci>anu. verb gimmern is applied to work i^ Canvas awning (of vehicles), done by carpenters. $tane. In some parts of Germany 7 Translate with by aitS ; of. the people say ^lauc. note to Extr. 3. 16 There are no single equivalents '^ To wear a look, augfe^cn. for the adjectives red-shirted and ^ The German for settler is 5ln^ 6W^a7i(^-^oo/?;m9'> ^rid the expression ficbler, but the English word is also miners could not be rendered here used ; shipwrecked, fd)tff6rud[)ig. by ^ergteute, as this term is gene- 1^ See above, note 1. rally applied to professional miners 11 To dash away, ^dxf^uxitw. Ren- only. The whole clause must, der the Americanism stampede — therefore, be turned by * the gold- from the Spanish estampido — de- diggers with their red shirts and noting a sudden scamper of large brigand -like appearance' (rauber- bodies of cattle or horses on the !^aftem 2lu§fc^en). prairies, by gluc^t. i7 /^ search of, urn... oufjutuc^en; 12 Knot of trees, 93aumgru)3|)e. land of gold forms in German a 13 In German we could not use compound term. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITIOM. 57 gold ; and then again the silent solitude and the broken, woodless upland. — E. Dicey, Six Months in the Federal States, XX. CHIYALEYi IN SPAIN. Spain was indeed the land of chivalry. Th.e respect for the sex 2 which had descended^ from the Yisigoths^ was mingled^ with the religious enthusiasm which had been^ kindled in the long wars with the Infidel.'' The apotheosis^ of chivalry in the person of their apostle and patron, St. James,^ contributed still further to this exaltation of sentiment, ^^ which was maintained ^^ by the various mili- tary orders, who devoted themselves, in the bold language of the age, to the service "of God and the ladies." So that the Spaniard may be said to have put in action ^2 1 Chivalry, here baS JRttterf^um, or taS 9?itterrt>efen, and not bie 5Rittcr=> fcfcaft ; for the latter denotes the ' body or order of knights/ whilst the former expressions signify the 'system or practice of knighthood.' 2 The expression sex, alone, can- not be used in German, as is done in English, to denote 'womankind ;' the adjectives ^female' or *fair' must, therefore, be supplied before the noun. 3 To descend, l^erftammen. 4 The Visigoths have, like all other members of the great German family, at all times displayed the deepest respect towards women, to whom they attributed an almost sacred character. Visigoths, 9Beji* gotten. 5 Turn loas mingled by the reflec- tive form * united itself.' « See Extr. 4, note I ; to hindle, fig. anfad^en ; use the imperf. ? The term IiifideL, used here coUectJTsly for unbelievers, is in German employed in the plural. 8 Retain here the corresponding foreiS^. Peter\)j *the St. Peter's Church.' The abbre- viation St. is in accordance with the Latin sanctus, for which it stands, pronounced in German ' ®anct ; ' gigantic dome, 9liefent>oni. 4 2'o tower, empocragcn. ^ The spot, say ; an icncr ®te(le. ^ Turn which — martyrdom by * which the tradition has hallowed as that where the martyrdom of the Apogtle has taken place.' Accord- ing to tradition, the Apostle Petej was crucified on that spot a,D. 67. 7 Stately, here )3rdd;tig. s Out of the, toom. ^ High altar is in German a compound substantive ; and the principal nismber — that is, the component which determines the other — being an adjective, it is joined without any inflection to the subordinate member. Place out-— transept before up to the (&tg jum . . .^inauf) ; just beyond, gerabe l^tnter. '^^ Turn Arch of Triumph by the compound term Hriumpb -arch.* In German compound expressions the principal, or qualifying, member always precedes the other, as is also the case with the English com^ pounds forming one word. 11 See Extr. 4, note b. 12 Semi circular apse, I^albfreiS* formigc 5lpfig, The word apsis i« 00 GERMAN PKOSE COMPOSITION. around its walls ;^ in the midst, high above the rest,^ and looking down, past the altar, over^ the multitude, was placed^ the Bishop's throne, itself* the curule chair of some^ forgotten magistrate.^ From that chair the Pope now rose,^ as the reading of the Gospel ended, ^ advanced to^ where Charles — who had exchanged his simple Frankish dress for the sandals and the chlamys^^ of a Eoman patrician — knelt in prayer by ^^ the high altar ; and as in the sight ^^ of all he placed upon the brow^^ of the barbarian^* chieftain the diadem of the Caesars, then bent in obeisance ^^ before him, the church rang to the shout ^^ of the multitude, ^^ again free, again the lords ^^ and centre of the world : ^''Karolo Augusto, a Deo coronato, rifiagno et pacifico Imperatori, vita et victoria.^' ^^ In that shout, echoed by the Franks without,^^ w^as sometimes rendered by S^ornifcljc, i.e. niche of the choir, or by Wo» feite, oif-side ; clergy, ®eiftUc^fcit. 1 E,ender the clause rising — ivalls by in aufftciijenten 9lei^en an fcen SBcinten fcerum. 2 Transl. high above the. rest. . was pm«?ei<^^t lODr ; Frankish, fvcinfifrf). 1^ There is no exact and single German equivalent foi* the Greek term chiamys. We may retain the original expression, tie (S^lami^, or render it by @taatgmantel. 11 Turn knelt — hy by 'praying knelt at : ' as, here tt>ie. 12 Sight, here 2lnge[ic!;t. 13 Brow, transl. -ipaupt, which is the more dignified expression for Jtoitf, head. 14 The adjective barlaHan would in German be too strong- an epi- thet here : use, therefore, 'he less harsh expression JBarbarcn^ciu^tUng for barbarian chieftain. Turn dia- dem by ' crown.' Casars, denoting 'Emperors,' is in German (Scifaren. 15 Bent in obeisance, jid^ tier... verneigte. i« To ring to the shout, Xion tcir 9tufe erfdjatlen. 17 Turn multitude by * people^ and add 'which was.' 1^ For loi-ds use Ji3eI)errfdE}er, in tho singular only ; centre, TUttcipuntU 1^ Turn the above Latin phrase by 'Long life and victory to Charles Augustus, the crowned by God, great and peace-loving Em- peror.' Vita might also be ren- dered here by J^eil, i.e. hail. 2" Echoed — wii/ioutf in ft)flc!(jcn tic GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 61 pronounced the union, so long in preparation,^ so mighty in its consequences, of the Roman and the Teuton, of the memories 2 and the civilization of the South with the fresh energy of the I^orth, and from that moment modern ^ history begins.^ 2. CHARACTER OF CHARLES THE GREAT. No claim can be more groundless* than that which the modern French, the sons of the Latinised Kelt, set up to^ the Teutonic Charles. At Rome he might ^ assume the chlamys ^ and the sandals, but at the head^ of his Frankish host he strictly adhered to^ the customs of his country, and was beloved by his people as the very^^ ideal of their own character and habits. -^^ Of strength and stature almost superhuman, ^^ in swimming and hunting ^^ unsurpassed, steadfast ^^ and terrible in fight, to^* his friends gentle and condescending, he was^^ a Roman, much less a Gaul, in ^canfcn tion au^en ctnftlmmtcn. The literal tuiefcei-fiallen, for io echo, cannot be used with reference to persons. 1 Turn in preparation by * pre- pared,' and render so mighty in its consequences by the expressive com- pound term folgenreid) ; placing both adjectives as attributes before union (^Jcrbintung) ; of—Tevions, * between the Romans and Teutons.' 2 Memoi-ies, say : |iftorifci^en ".^tV' gangcnl^eit. 3 Render from that moment modern— begiTbs, hy X)on biefcm Qlugen- 6U(f e an tatirt bie neue. 4 Groundless, here unbcgriinbet ; Latinised, latinifitt. ^ To set up a claim to any- thing, einen 5luf)3rud; auf etmag mac^cn. Recent historical investigations have conclusively proved that Charles the Great was born in the country formerly called A ustrasia ; consequently, on genuine German soil. 6 Use here for might the imperfect of mogen; io assume, here ant^un. 7 See page 60, note 10. s We say in German, in the above and similar phrases, an fcct @ptBe ; host = army. 9 To adhere strictly to anything, flreng an etnjag fatten. 10 Very may here be rendered by the expressive term ocrforpevt, %.e. embodied. Cf. p. 42, n. 9. 11 Turn of — s^iperhuman by 'of nearly superhuman strength and stnture (Statut). 12 See page 15, note 1. 13 Steadfast, ftanbf)aft. 14 To is here to be rendered by the preposition gegeniibcr, which is put after the noun to which it refers ; gentle, mitbc. 13 The expression in nothing is to be placed in the translation after he was, and the indefinite article betore Roman and Oaiju, omitted. 62 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. nothiiig but ^ liis culture and his width of view," — otherwise a Teuton. The centre of his realm was the Ehine; hia capitals Aachen and Engilenheimj^ his army German; his sympathies^ as they are shown* in the gathering of the old hero-lays,^ the composition^ of a German grammar, the ordinance against confining prayer to'' the three languages — Hebrew, Greek, and Latin — were all for the race from which he sprang,^ and whose advance,^ represented by the victory of Austrasia, the true Frankish fatherland,^^ over Neustria and Aquitaine, spread a second Germanic wave^^ over the conquered countries. — James Bryce, The Holy Roman Empire, XXTI. LOVE OF 12 FLO WEES. Perhaps it may be thought, if we understood flowers better, we might love them less.^^ We do not love them 5^ The — to, in ber 93erorbnung xaS ®efct nidt)t bto§ auf...ju befdjrdnten. 8 Were — sprang, n^aren fcimmtltc^) fiix tie Sfaffe aug ttjeldjer er fiammtc, 9 Translate advance by 2lu8fce^* nung, and represented by twie fte . . . bejeidjnet trirb. Austrasia, Sluftraften. 10 The—fatherland,'tzm eigentltcijen •ipeimatlanb ber i^ranfen. Neustria, S^euj^rien; Aquitaine, Slquttanicn. 11 Wave, in the sense in whick it is used here, 2Boge. 12 The objective genitive, i. e. the genitive which stands as an object of some action or feeling, is fre- quently expressed in German by a preposition, in order to avoid all ambiguity. The governing sub- stantive or the verb from which it is derived will in such instances show which preposition is re- quired. The noun love is in German followed by the prepo- sition ;^u. 18 Turn Perhaps — less by 'one 1 But, referring here to the term nothing, is to be rendered by al3, and the preposition in repeated after it. 2 Width of vieio, umfaffenbc 2ln» fdjauunggtreifej otherwise, [onft 3 Engilenheim, now called lyigel- heim, lies between Mentz and Bin- gen, not far from the left bank of the Rhine. 4 Are shown, transl. fid? funbgeBen. ^ Hero-lay, «&eltcnliet. 6 Composition, transl. 5lu§at6et' tung, i.e. elaboration. We might also use the infinitive ttcrfafffu sub- stantively, and render the by tm. It may not be quite superfluous to remark here, that although the verb to compose (a book) is rendered by ^erfaffen, we rarely use the noun SSerfaffung for the composition (of a book), but employ it for the * state or mood of the mind,' and more particularly for the political constitution of a country. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITIOI^. much as it is.^ Few people care about ^ flowers. * * * 1 have never ^ heard of a piece of land which would let well on a building lease remaining unlet because it was^ a flowery piece. 1 have never heard of parks being kept for^ wild hyacinths, though often of their being kept^ for wild beasts. And the blossoming time"^ of the year being principally spring, I perceive it to be the mind of most people^ during that period to stay in towns. A year or two ago^ a keen-sighted and eccentrically- minded friend of mine^^ having taken it into his head^^ to violate this national custom, and go to the Tyrol in spring, was passing through a valley near Landeck with several similarly headstrong companions. A strange mountain appeared ^'^ in the distance, belted about its breast with a zone of blue,^^ like our English Queen. Was it a blue cloud ^ * * * Was it a mirage — a meteor ? Would it stay to be approached?^* (Ten miles of winding road^^ yet could perhaps believe, that we should love the flowers less if we understood more of them.* 1 Translate as it is hy audj fo, and place the same at the beginning of the clause. 2 Care about, in the above sense, macfjcn fie!) etivag au8. 3 Supply here t)at>on, and turn of — unlet by 'that a piece of land which would let well on a building lease (tag fid? ju SBaujtDccfen gut \)er* mietfeen lie^e) remained unlet.' 4 Use here the present tense, and translate a jloivery 'piece by ein blumenretc^er ^oben. 5 Turn here /or by 'on account of/ and construe the clause accord- ing to note 3 above. <> Turn of their being kept by ' that one kept them.' ^ Blossoming time, SSrutl^egett. See Int. page xvi., Cj and supply xm before spring. Toperceive, benier!en. 8 Turn it — people by ' that most people like ' (mogen). y Turn the above clause by' before one or two years ;' and in constru- ing the following clauses remember that the sentence does not begin with the subject, and that the ex- pression was passing through (fam... burd}) contains the principal verb. 1^ A — mine, ein fc^arffidjtiger unto crcctttrifc^cr Sreunb "oon mir. In similar phrases the dative is used in Ger- man for the genitive. 11 To take anything into on^s head, ftd^ etma^ wrne^men; to violate, here cntgcgcn l^anbetn. 12 To appear, here ftdf) jctgcn. 13 Belted— blue, in bcr aJhtte mit einem btauen ©iirtel gefc^mucf t ; like, here JDte. 14 Would — approached, hJtrk c§ 6ct bcr 5lnnd^erung nidjt tterfd^trinbcn ? i.e. will it not disappear at our approaching it ? Some free version of the kind is necessary in German, partly because to approach is an intransitive verb, and cannot be used in the passive voice, and partly because it seems more in accord- ance with the genius of the German language to ask whether the blue zone will not disappear, as a rain- bow would, than to inquire whether it would stay, since this verb would imply a voluntary action. 15 (y__^(,(j^^ eijij^ ^\jj^ ^intuinbenbcn 64 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. between them and the foot of its mountain.) Such ques- tioning^ had they concerning it. My keen-sighted friend alone maintained it to be substantial ;2 whatever it might bo, it was not air, and would not vanish. The ten miles of road 2 were overpassed, the carriage left,^ the mountain climbed. It stayed^ patiently, expanding^ still into richer breadth and heavenlier glow^ — a belt of gentians. Such things^ may verily be seen among the Alps in spring, and in spring only.^ Which being so,^^ I observe most people prefer going in autumn. — John Kuskin, Modern Painters. XXIII. LIFE 11 AMO]S"G THE BEDOUmS. If a Bedouin tribe ^^ be moving in great haste before an enemy,^^ and should be unable to stop for many hours,i^ or be making a forced march to avoid' pursuit over^^ a desert where the wells are very distant from each other, the (Strage. Supply Ui^m before yet ^ Heavenlier glow, transl. tieferer (noci()), and turn its by ' the.' •$?iinmetgfclauc ; gentians, ©Uj^tanen. 1 Questioning = questions ; had ^ Such things, ^Dercjleidjen ; may —it, ftettten fie fcariifcer auf. verily be seen = can one verily see. . 2 Substantial, transl. etiuag 2Birf* ^ Only should be placed before nd)e§. Cf. Int. page xvii., III. in spring. Whatever— was, tca§ immer e§ au6:i ^^ Which being so, unb ba tteS bcr fei, fo wax e§. Sail ift ; supply ' that' before mosi, 3 Turn road by * way/ putting and * it ' before prefer; going, ju it in the genitive case without reifen. any article ; overpassed, guriicf cjele^t. ^ Life, here Seben8t»eifc ; among Here the action may be considered = of. as quite past. 12 Bedouin tHbe, SBebuincnftamm. 4 Supply here the imperfect of 13 Turn be— enemy by ' flees be- hjcrbcn; to climb, erftimmen. The fore an enemy in great haste.' prefix er denotes here the achiev- i4 Render should— hours by vide ing of an action. (gtunten tang nirfjt «^att mac^en !anti. 5 Stayed, transl. tag... ba. 15 Tnmbe — over by 'if he, in 6 Use in German the reflective oraer to avoid pursuit (urn bet form, retaining the present par- ^^evfclgung ju entgelien), makes a ticiple ; i7ito 7-icher, gu trllcvcr. forced march (©ilnuufc^) through. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 65 women sometimes prepare^ bread whilst riding on camels. The fire is then lighted in an earthen vessel. One woman kneads the flour, a second rolls out the dough, and a third bakes, boys or women on foot passing the materials, as required, 2 from one to the other. But it is very rare that the Bedouins are obliged to have recourse to this process,^ and I have only once witnessed^ it. 2. The common Bedouin can rarely get^ meat. His food^ consists almost exclusively of wheaten bread'' with truffles, which are found in great abundance during the spring, a few wild^ herbs, such as asparagus, onions, and garlic; fresh butter, curds,^ and sour milk. But at certain seasons even these luxuries ^^ cannot be obtained : for months together ^^ he often eats bread alone. The Sheikhs 12 usually slay^^ a sheep every day, of which their guests, a few of their relatives, and their immediate adherents partake. ^^ The women prepare the food,^^ and always eat after the men,^^ who rarely leave them much wherewith to satisfy ^^ their hunger. 1 Cf . the note to Ext. 7, ^ expression ^flfefcutter is used in 2 Passing — required, brtngcn fcte some parts of Germany. ©adfjcn fo trie fie gebraud^t lucrten. ^^ Luxuries, hereiJecfertnffcn; caTi- 3 J^roce^* being here synonymous no% he obtained, ftTtb...iiirf^t ni fiaT^cn. with 'proceeding,' is to be ren- n Substitute in the translation dered by SSerfa^ren. ' long ' for together, and omit for. * Turn here witnessed by 'seen.' 12 Sheikh is written in GermPL.-, 5 To get, here fcetommen. either @djcif or @d[jetd(), and pro- 6 When food expresses in a nounced as a German word, general sense all that is eaten for is Tq gi^y ^an animal for eating), nourishment, we use in German fd(jtaci()ten. 3^at)vung; but when it is a synonym i^ Qf which.., partake, transl. an of dish, denoting a particular kind beffcn @enuf ...S^^eil neljmen. of food, the German equivalent is is gee above, note 6. ©i^eife. 16 Men denotes here male indi- 7 Form here a compound ex- viduals; we must therefore use the pression from loheat and bread. plural of 2}^ann. Compare the 8 A few wild, (x\xi eintgen Jrilt* Latin vir and the Greek uv^p. trc*fcnbcn ; such as, n.ne. 17 Turn wherewith to satisfy by * Cards, Quarg, for which the * with which they could satisfy.' F 66 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. The dish.^ usually seen in a Bedouin tent^ is a mess^ of boiled meat, sometimes mixed with onions, upon which a lump of fresh butter is placed and allowed to melt.'* The broad tail of the Mesopotamian^ sheep is used for grease when there is no butter. Sometimes cakes of bread ^ are laid under the meat, and the entertainer, '^ tearing up the thin loaves into small pieces, soaks ^ them in the gravy ^ with his hands. The Anezza^^ make very savoury dishes of chopped meat and bread mixed with sour curds, over which when the huge platter ^^ is placed before the guest is poured a flood of melted butter. Eoasted meat is very rarely seen in a Bedouin tent. Eice is only eaten by the Sheikhs, except among ^^ the tribes who encamp ^^ in the marshes of Southern Mesopotamia,^* where rice of an inferior quality^^ is very largely cultivated. ^^ There it is boiled with meat and made into pilaws. ^^ 1 See page 65, note 6. Usually Pien = which one usually sees. 2 Bedouin tent, SBebutnen^ett. 3 Mess, here ©ertc^t; lump = piece. 4 Turn and — melt by ' which one lets melt.' ^ Mesopotamian, mcfopotamtfdf). By moans of the suffix tfd) — the English ish — we form in German adjectives from the proper names of countries, nations, persons, &c.. For, here al8 ; grease, Sett. 6 Cakes of bread, transl. plattt aSrobfudjcn. 7 £ntertainer,^ivtf)] tearing up, kidjt. 8 To soah, here tunfen. Supply • the conjunction unt before soaks. 9 The equivalent for gravy is not the same in all parts of Ger- many. It- is called @aucc, 23ruf;e, or 3u6. The first term, in which an has the sound of o in grofe, and the e is also pronounced,' is tlie more usual. The last expres- sion is pronounced as in French. 10 The plural is in German 5lnc5jag. Savoury, fc})ma(fl;aft. 11 Huge platter, riefigc @d(>uffel; Jiood, here ©troiii. 12 Among, here Bci. 13 To encamp may here be ren- dered by the corresponding foreign terra, cam^jircn. 14 Propernames of countries pre- ceded by adjectives generally re- quire in German the definite ar- ticle. The names themselves are by some authors not declined, in analogy with the rule for the decl. of proper names of persons pre- ceded by the def. art. Southern Mesopotatnia, <£iib=?Re[otoDtannen. ifi Render an inferior quality by cine f(J)lcrf)terc 5lrt, placing this ex- pression before the term rice, and omitting the preposition of. 16 Is — cultivattd, in grower 2Jtengc gebaut 'mitti. 17 Made into pilaws, $Uawg fcac» aiig jubereitct. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. Q7 The Bedouins are acquainted with^ few medicines. The desert yields ^ some valuable simples, which are, kowever, rarely used. Dr. Sand with hearing^ from Suttum that the Arabs had no opiates, asked^what they did with one who could ^ not sleep. "Do!"^ answered the Sheikh: "why,"^ we make use of him, and set^ him to watch the camels." — La YARD, Discoveries in the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon, XXIV. SIE SIDNEY SMITH AT BATH. Not even a rumour of Sir Sidney's*' escape had or could have run before hun,^^for at the moment of ^^ reaching the coast of England ^^ he had started with post-horses ^^ to Bath. It was about dusk when he arrived ;^^ the postilions were directed^* to the square ^^ in which his mother lived ; "^ Are acquainted with, fcnncn. 2 To yield, Ucfern ; simples, ^vX» frdutcr. ^ Hearing y oft . . . l^orte ; Sheikh Suttum accompanied the author. * Supply ' he ' after asked ; did with one, mtt Semanb t^dten. ^ Could is here the conditional of ' can/ and not the imperfect. This remark may seem superfluous ; still the distinction between !onntc, the imperfect, and !i3nntc, the condi- tional, of fonnen is very often ne- glected even by advanced students of German. • Supply 'with him ' before do. ^ Why, here nun. ^ Render ma^6W5e of, by 6cnu|cn; iet by tajfen, and watch by l^uten. ^ That famous Admiral had been taken prisoner by the French in a naval combat near Havre in 1796. 1*^ Had — him, vaat tl^m vorangcgan* gen otcr l^dttc i^m ttorange^en fonnen. In German the repetition of the verb ttorangc^en is preferable on account of the diflferent auxiliary verbs which are required in the above clause. 11 Turn of— England by * when (tt)o) he reached the English coast.' 12 Post-horses, here ©rtrapoft. 13 Begin the German version by he arrived, and transl. it — when by ungefdl^r in ber 2)ftmmer|iunbe. 1^ Render were directed by er licfi ...fa^^ren. 1^ The term square denoting a thing peculiar to England, may F 2 68 GERMAK PROSE COMPOSITION. in a few minutes he was in his mother's arms,^ and in fifty minutes more^ the news had iiown to the remotest suburb of the city. The agitation 2 of Bath on this occasion was indescrib- able. All the^ troops of the line then quartered^ in that city and a whole regiment of volunteers immediately got under arms,^ and marched to the quarter in which Six Sidney lived. The small square overflowed with'^ the soldiery ; Sir Sidney went out,^ and was immediately lost to us^ who^o were watching for him, in the closing '^^ ranks of the troops. IS^ext^^ morning, however, I, my younger brother, and a schoolfellow of my own age, called formally upon 12 j^Y^Q naval hero. Why, I know not, unless as alumni'^^ of the school at which Sir Sidney Smith ^^ had received his own education, we ^^^ were admitted without question or demur ; ^^ and I may record ^"^ it as an amiable be retained in German, and used as a masculine noun. $la^ would not be the exact equivalent. 1 Tiirn 'in the arms of his/ &c. 3 Turn in... more by 'after; flown, transl. ftdj toertrcltet. 8 Agitation, 9lufregung. 4 The definite article after the numeral all is not required in Ger- man, except in emphatic speech. For troops of the line form in German the compound expression * lines -troops,' and supply the words • which were.' 5 To quarter, here etnqiiartteren ; volunteers, %xd'mxtlxQe. 6 To get under arms, titS ®emef)r tretcn; quarter, here @tabttl;eil or @tat)tt)iertel. 7 Overflowed with, tear gebrangt ttotl »on ; soldiery = soldiers. 3 Went out, tvat ^eraug. ^ Turn to us by *for us.' The author refers here to himself and his schoolfellows at the Bath Gram- mar School. 1"^ When a relative pronoun refers to a personal pronoun of the first or second person — singular or plural — the personal pronoun must, for the sake of grammatical dis- tinctness, be repeated after the relative which, in this case, is never to be rendered by Widc^tv, toelcije, njeldjeg, but by bcr, btc, bag. The verb in the reJative clause agrees in such cases, generally, with the personal pronoun. Render, there- ft^ie, who — him, by bie toxx auf iljn tuarteten. 11 Closing, transl. gefdf)Ioffencn. 12 When next refers, as is the case here, to a period of time past, it is usually rendered by folgeub, and when referring to the future by nAd^ft. See also page 59, note 2, 13 To call formally upon, einen formtirfjen JBefucij madden. For naval hero use the compound expres- sion ©ee^clb. 1* Unless as alumni, c8 fei bcnn ba0 n)ir 5llumnen....iuaren. 15 Supply the word fctbft, which will convey the meaning of the word own occurring in the original. 1^ Demur, Slufentl^att. Place the words we — demur, which form here the principal clause at the begin- ning of the sentence, viz., before why, I know not, (Sec. ; admitted, here twrgetaffeiL 1 7 May record, f aniu . . anffil^eti. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 69 brait in^ Sir Sidney, that he received us tJien with great kindness, and took us down with him ^ to the pump-room.^ Considering, however,* that we must have been most afflicting bores ^ to Sir Sidney — a fact which no self-esteem could even then disguise from us^ — it puzzled me at first to understand the principle'' of his conduct. Having^ already done more than enough in courteous^ acknowledg- ment of our fraternal claims as fellow-students at the Bath Grammar School,^^ why should he think it necessary ^^ to burden himself further ^2 yjifj^ q^j. worshipfuP^ society 1 I found out^* the secret, and will explain it. A very slight ^^ attention to Sir Sidney's deportment in public revealed to me that he was morbidly afflicted ^^ with nervous sensibility and with mauvaise honte}^ * * * And yet there was a^^ necessity that Sir Sidney should gratify ^^ the public interest, so warmly expressed, by pre- senting himself somewhere or other to the public eye.^^ * * * ^ In = from ; kindness, grcunb* ^^ To think anything necessary, (id[)!eit. cine @adje fur nct^tg l)aiUn. 2 Turn took — him briefly by 12 Further = still longer. To * went with us.' burden himself may be rendered 3 The expression pump-room literally, or by fid) aufbiirfcen laffen. may be considered as a proper i3 The expression worshipful, nameof the plfiwje where the mineral used here ironically, maybe ren- waters at Bath are drunk. The dered in German by l^octjloblidl) or corresponding designation for simi- 1^0(tacl)tf>arUdj. lar places is in German Zxint^allt, ^^ Turn found out, and further or simply SBrunnen. on revealed, by ' discovered.' ^ Considering, however, ka v^ ^^ Supply 'degree of;' to, auf; dbtt \n ©rtuagung jog. deportment in jpublic = public de- 5 Miist — bores, ftu^erfl Mfttg gc* portment {93cne^men). fallen fetu ttut^ten, or, toxt entfe^Uc^ i^ Was morbidly afflicted, auf langn)ciUg...f€iii mu^ten. franfl^afte 2Betfc. ..litt ; vnth, here an. 6 Render a — us by etn factum ^^ The French expressLDn maw- mctdjeg toir bei ber '6efkn 9)teinung ton vaise honte corresponds to the Ger- und felbfl, un8 fd^on bamalS nicJjt man falfd^c @djam. The term JBe- ticrtergen fonnten. _ fangcnl^eit would here be equally 7 It — principle, fo jerbrac^ ic^ mtr applicable. aucrftt!cnJ?t>pfbaruber(i.6.Irackedmy is Use here the definite article, brains about) ben ®runb...juenttecf en. and place the adverb there (»oc* 8 See Int. p. xvi., c. ftanben) after necessity. 9 Use def. art. before courteouK, 19 To gratify, here ©enugc tl&un, aO The English Grammar School which governs the dative. The corresponds in a great measure to expression so warmly expressed the German @elet)rt-«nfct)ule, which (be^eigte) qualifies the term interest term should here ba followed b? ($l!^cilnal)me). See Int. p. xiv., I. tho words at Bath. 20 Turn the whole clause by 70 GERMAN PAOSE COMPOSITION. Tba thing 1 was unavoidable, and the sole palliation 2 that it admitted was to break ^ the concentration of the public gaze* by associating Sir Sidney with some alien ^ group, no matter of what cattle.^ We, the schoolboys, being three,'' intercepted and absorbed^ part of the enemy's fire. — ^De (^xjuicwi^' Autobiographic Sketches. XXV. OF STYLE.» The eloquent Bufi'on says that the style is the man ; by which he means that we may^^see what the man is when we see his style. If this is true, every man should think ^^ well what he is before he begins to write, and whether it is wise to expose himself. ^^ It is true that nobody may^^ read his book, and that is often the best^* luck that may befall him. The first rule in good writing^^ is to know what you^^ are ' whilst he showed himself publicly ^ No— cattle, transl. »on XotX^n in (an) the one or the other place.' 2lrt fie aucfj yd. 1 There are two terms in Ger- '' Turn being by ' were^' and see man for the word thing, viz. 3)ing page 68, note 10. and@ad)e. For the present purpose ^ Intercepted, or3ugH4> »cti iaffen mu^ten. 12 Scanty = few. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 73 and granges^ in Roxburgh and ^N'orthumberland slept with their 2 swords under their pillows,^ and their horses saddled* in their stables. The^ blood of the children by the fireside was stirred by tales of wild adventure in song and story j^ and perhaps^ for two centuries no boy ever grew to man's estate'' along a strip of land forty miles across and joining the two seas ^ who had not known the midnight^ terror of a blazing homestead/^ who had not seen his father or brother ride out^^ at dusk harnessed and belted for some night foray, to be brought back before morning/2 gory and stark, across the saddle, and^^ been roused from his bed by his mother to swear with his child's lips^* a vow of revenge over the corpse. And the fierce feuds of the Mosstroopers ^^ were but an expression in its^^ extreme form of the animosity between the two nations. The English ^"^ hated Scotland because Scotland had successfully^^ defied them : the Scots hated 1 Farms, gormljaufer; granges, @ef/oftc. 2 See page 35, note 13. 3 Use the singular, and see for the possessive pronouns n. h to Ext. 34. 4 Saddled, transl. fianben gefattelt. ^ Turn The — story by ' the blood of the children was through nar- rations by the fire-side (am Jperbe) of wild adventures in song and story (©age) stirred up.' 6 Perhaps is to be placed after centuries, and for turned by 'during.' 7 Grew to mans estate, crirucfjS... jum 9}iannegalter. 8 Turn along — seas by ' upon a forty miles wide and on the two seas (3Jleere) bordering strip of land ' (^anbltvid)). » Use for midnight the attribu- tive adjective mitternadjtlic^. 10 Homestead, transl. ^etmfiatte. 11 Ride out, here fovtreiten ; har- nessed—for, gcfiarnifdjt unb gcriiflet gu ; night = nightly. 12 Before mm^ning, here tot TageSantrud^; ; across^ t-ransl. xAtx... ttcgenb. 13 Supply 'who had not.' The verb aufiwecf en, for to rouse, would be here hardly expressive enough. Besides, we should then have to paraphrase the words/rom his led by ' from his sleep.' But we may properly use here the very expres- sive and poetical term auffcfjrecfcn, somewhat corresponding to the verb to startle. I'* Child's lips, ttnfcttci()c Si^^jcn; vow of revenge, ^tadfjgeliibfce. 15 The only adequate expression for the terra Mosstrooper, peculiar to Scotland of bygone times, seems to be ©ven^rauber. 16 Turn its by ' the,' and retain the expression /orwy of, here wn, animosity, ©rBitteriing. 17 When the term English stands for 'the people of England,' we must render it by the equivalent of the word ' Englishmen :' when it is used adjectively, however, it is translated by engtifd^ The rale applies to the names of other nations. 1** Tuna successfully by ' with suo« oess ;' to defy, %x^% bieter.. 74 GERMAN PKOSE COMPOSITION. England as an enemy on the watcli^ tomake^ tliem slaves. Tlie hereditary hostility strengthened^ with time, and each generation* added fresh injuries to the accumulation of bitterness. Fortunately for mankind,^ however, the relations between nations are not eventually^ determined by sentiment and passion.^ The^ mutual sufferings inflicted by the existing condition of things^ produced its effect^ in minds where reason was admitted to inlluence.^^ — Froude, History of England, XXVII. A GEEMA:N' HAUTBOY.PLAYEE.li About 12 the year 1760, as Miller i^ was dining at Ponte- fract with the ofiicersi* of the Durham militia, onei^ of them, knowing his love of music, told him they had^^ a 1 On the watch, translate tcr auf tie ©elegenl^eit lauerte. 2 See page 36, note 4. 3 Turn Hrengthened by ' became stronger.' 4 Ketain here the term genera- tion, pronouncing the same as a German word ; to — bitterness, ber aufgcfammelten ©rbtttcrung. . . l^inju. 5 Mankind, here aJienfc^^ctt, to be used with the definite article. 6 Eventually being here used in the sense of ' ultimately,' is to be rendered by fcljlieplic^. 7 Turn sentiment and passion by ' feelings and passions.' ^ The contracted construction of the above clause The — things makes it in German necessary to give it in a completely different form. Turn therefore by ' the suf- ferings which through the exist- ing order (2:i;atbeftant») of things were inflicted upon (jugefiigt) both parties.' ^ To produce an effect, cine JiBir* !ung l^cr^orbringen (auf) ; mind, here ©emiit:^. 1^ Wa^ — influence, (Singang fanb. 11 Hautboy -player and, further on, performer onthe hautboy, -i^oboen* bldfer, or simply «^^oboift. 12 Translate here the adverb dout by um,and turn the sentence by ' as (alg) Miller about, &c.' 1-^ The above refers to Dr. Miller, organist at Pontefract, known as the historian of Doncaster. 1"^ Military and naval officers are called Offtjiere, and civil officers 5i3eamte. Durham militia = militia of Durham. i-^ The subordinate clause of the above sentence preceding the prin- cipal one, we must give the latter in an inverted form, i.e. begin with the principal verb, told (him). For love of music see page 62, note 12. I'' According to the rule men- uoned page 29, note 3, we should GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 75 young German in their band,^ as performer on th.e hautboy, who had only^ been a few months in England, and yet spoke ^ English almost as well as* a native, and who was also an excellent performer on the violin :^ the officer added ^ that if Miller would "^ come into another room this German should entertain him with^ a solo. The invitation was gladly^ accepted, and Miller heard a solo of Giardiai's^^ executed in^^ a manner that surprised him. He afterwards took^^ ^n opportunity of having some private conversation with the young musician, and asked him whether he had engaged himself ^^ for any long period to the Durham militia. The answer was,^* "Only from month to month." ^^ " Leave them then," said the organist, use here the present conjunc- tive : the preference ought, how- ever, to be given to the present conditional, which is frequently used in dependent clauses contain- ing the quotation, when the verb of the principal clause is employed in the imperfect or pluperfect. 1 A regimental hand is called in German {Uiufifcor^g or 3JiufifBanfce. * Insert here the preposition fctt, since^ which denotes in Ger- man * the whole period of an event, including the present time,' and use the aux. verb fetn in the pres. conjunctive. Only^ here erft. 3 See preceding page, note 16. ^ As well as, ekn [o gut trie. It may here be mentioned as a cau- tion that the general similarity between the English words good, well, and the German gut, rvo% very frequently misleads the stu- dents of German in their transla- tions It will in this place be sufficient to point out in general that the German adverb mo^l does by no means stand in the same relation to the adjective gut as the English well does to the adjective good. (5)ut is in German, like every other adjective, also used as an adverb, and the use of iroJ)! in its adverbial capacity is limited to a few verbs only, more particu- larly to those relating to the moral and physical condition of a person ; as, fidt) tt)ot)i befinben, e8 tft mtr tvo^l, &c. The adverb n)o^l is, besides, used in compound terms, and still more frequently as an expletive. ^ Performer on ,the violin =< violin-player. 6 To add, here tjinjufefecn. 7 Use the present conditional of hjoltcn. 8 Entertain him tvith, transl. tl;m etn...»ovfpieIen. 9 Gladly, here mit Srcutcn. 10 The genitive relation being in Germaii expressed with sufficient distinctness by means of the pre- position t»on, of, the proper name itself need not be put in the geni- tive case. 11 We use in German, in the above phrase, the preposition auf with the accusative. 12 To take (an opportunity), er- grctfen; some private conversation, eine $riv)atunter^altung. 13 To engage oneself, \x6) 6inben; {'or— period, auf Idngere 3eitj to, ere ^zi. 1^ Was, transl. tautetc. Cf. page 23, note 14. 15 Turn from month to month simply by ' inonthly;' themj here fie. 76 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. " and come and live^ with me. I am a single man,^ and think we shall be happy together; and doubtless youi merit will soon entitle^ you to a more eligible situation." The offer was accepted as frankly^ as it was made : and the reader may imagine^ with what satisfaction^ Dr. Miller must have remembered"^ this act of generous feeling when he hears that this young German was Herschel the astronomer. s — Southey, The Doctor. XXVIII. CEAKFORD. In the first place^ Cranford is in possession of the^® Amazons; all the holders ^^ of houses above a certain rent 1 When to live is synonymous with to reside, it is translated by h)ol^nen; with, here bei. 2 Single man, Sunggefetl. Supply after and the first personal pro- noun, and turn think by ' believe,' as in most cases when it stands for 'to conclude, imagine,' &c. 3 Entitle, transl. tterl;elfcn; el ' situation, ipaffenbe ©telle. ^ Frankly, freimutl^tg. Con- strue * the offer was as frankly accepted as it was made.' When as. ..as is used to express an equality of two compared actions, we must translate it by fo or eben fo...aB. When the equality refers to nouns, we generally use tuie instead of alg. ^ Turn here imagine by the re- flective form of ' to think.' ^ Satisfaction, ^cfinebigung, i.e. gratification. ^ To remember, \i6) ertnnern, governs the genitive ; oxt — -feeling, transl. gropmiit^ige JpanbUing. ^ Place the asti-onomer before Herschel. The celebrated astro- nomer, Wilhelm Herschel, was born at Hanover in 1738. His father, himself a musician, gave him instruction in music, and sent him over to this country to seek his fortune. The Earl of Dar- lington engaged him for the regi- mental band of the Durham militia, and afterwards Herschel settled in the neighbourhood of Leeds, Pontefract, and Durham as a teacher of music, devoting himself at the same time to that science which has made his name so illustrious. 9 In — place, *oor SlKctn. 10 The above clause may serve to illustrate a characteristic difference in the use of the article in German and in English. The te^-m posses- sion requires the definite article, on account of the object bemg singled out definitely, whilst the expres- sion Amazons does not require it, because the statement does not refer to them in a definite manner, but only in a general way, in which case the preposition r)on is quite sufficient. 11 Holders, transl. 33ett)oI;ner ; revU (of houses, &c.), a)aet^c; iUaet^jing. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 77 are women. If a married couple ^ come to settle in the town, someliow the gentleman^ disappears : he is either fairly frightened to death ^ by being the only man in th« Cranford evening parties,* or he is accounted for^ by being with his regiment, his ship, or closely engaged in business^ all the week in the great neighbouring com- mercial town'^ of Drumble, distant only twenty miles on a railroad.^ In short,^ whatever does become of the prentlemen, they are not at Cranford : what could they^^ do if they were there 1 The surgeon ^^ has his round of thirty miles,^^ and sleeps at Cranford ; but every man cannot be a surgeon. For keeping 1^ the trim gardens fall of choice flowers, with- out a weed to speck them,^* for frightening away^^ little boys who look wistfully at the said^^ flowers through the railings, for rushing out at^'' the geese that occasionally venture into the gardens if the gates are left open, for deciding all questions of literature and politics ^^ without 1 Married couple, (B'i)e)paax ; come to settle, briefly firfj ntebcrldfit. 2 Translate the word gentleman, standing here for @l;cmann, hus- hand, simply by 2)Jann. Further on it should be translated by >^err. 3 He — death, cnttDcber c3 uBcr» fcittt i^n cine tral^rc flobegangfij l^ being = because he is. 4 Evening jparties = evening- societies. ^ He— for, transl. eS \)t\^i. The words hy being must here be turned by ^ that he is ; ' with, here 6ei. 6 Closely — business, 'Qim ©efdjdf- ten fel^r fiarf in 2lnf)3rud) genommen ; all the = the whole. ^ Commercial town, eit. Turn soldiers by ' men,' and '^ The idiomatic rendering for see n. d to Extr. 32 ; with, hero bci. 80 GERMAN FKOSE COMPOSITION. First Army alone, and the bivouacs of so great a force ^ spread over a wide extent of country. Day gradually began to break,^ but with the first symptoms^ of dawn a drizzling rain came on, which lasted^ until late in the after- noon. The wind increased and blew coldly upon the soldiers,^ for they were short of both sleep and food,^ while frequent gusts'" bore down to the ground the water-laden corn in the wide fields alongside ^ the way. The main road^ from Horitz to Koniggratz sinks into a deep hollow near the village of Milowitz. On the side of this hollow furthest from^^ Horitz is placed near the road the village of that name,^^ and on the left of the road, on the same bank, stands a thick fir- wood. A little after^* midnight the army of Prince ^^ Frederick Charles was entirely concealed in this hollow, ready to issue ^^ from its ambush and attack the Austrians if they should advance. Soon after dawn a ^^ person istanding between the village of Milowitz and the further hill of Dub could see no 1 Force will here best be ren- dered by S^ruppenmaffe ; to spread, fidj au^breiten ; extent of country, i'anfcftrecfen (pi.). 3 To break (referring to day), auBredjen. Use the imperfect. ^ Symptoms, Betchen ; drizzling rain,\i\xm. Siecjen or Scebekegen ; came on = began. 4 To last, here an^alten; in the, am. ^ The phrase blew coldly upon the soldiers must in German be rather freely rendered by unb bie ©ottaten fut)lten [eine >^d)arfe, in order to express distinctly that the soldiers felt the wind the more keenly in consequence of want of sleep and food. ^ The clause they — food may be turned by 'they had had neither enough sleep nor food ' (9taf)rung). 7 Gust, 2i>int)ftof; to bear down to the ground, briefly ^u SBofcen trerfcn. •^ Alonaside, tangS. 9 Main road, •^auptflraf e ; to sink, here fid(j fenf en ; hollow, J^ol^l* njeg. i<^ Furthest from, bie oon ... am tt)etteftcn entferiit liegt; is placed, befinbct firfj. 11 Render of that name by ge» nannte, placing it before village. Stands = is ; thick, here bic^t. 12 Translate a little in the above phrase by batb. 13 The German language has two expressions for the word prince, viz. ^vinj and Siirft. The former title, to be used here, is given to descendants of sovereign princes as long as they do not exercise any sovereign power ; and the latter, in a general sense, to all sovereign rulers, as kings, emperors, dukes, &c., and, in a more limited sense, to rulers of principalities, and to those who have been raised to the titular dignity of prince. 1* To issue, r^ervorbrcdjen. 15 See next page, note 1. GEKMAN PKOSE COMPOSITION. 8i armed men^ except a few Prussian vedettes ^ posted along the Dub ridge,^ whose lances stood in relief* above the summit against the murky sky. A few dismounted^ officers were standing below a fruit-tree in front of Milo- witz, with, their horses held by some orderlies behind them.^ These were Prince Frederick Charles and liis staff. All was still except when^ the neigh of a horse or a loud word of command,^ as the last division formed, rose mysteriously from the hollow of Milowitz. Until nearly four o'clock the army remained con- cealed. * * * To hold the Austrian army in front ^ of the Elbe was absolutely necessary for the success of the Prussian plans/^ and Prince Frederick Charles resolved with his own army alone ^^ to engage the whole of Bene- dek's forces,^^ and, clinging to^^ the Austrian commander, 1 A — me)i. The whole of the above clause must be given in German, where we should use the conditional, in a different form ; arrange therefore : ^would a person {l)5.tte Scmanb), who between the village of Milowitz and the further hill of Dub (entfcrntern 2)ubpgct);' and insert here the verb 'stood' (gcllanfcen) for standing, and could see (fel^en f onnen) after men (9Jtannfc(>aft). On the omission of the aux. verb after gej^anben, cf. Ext. 47, n. c. 2 We use also in German the foreign military expressions 3Sebette for ' a sentinel on horseback,' and poftixt for posted. 3 Dub ridge, 9iiic£en teg S)ub^itgcl8. 4 Stood in relief, jiarf ab|iadjen ; murJcy, tritfc. 5 The adjective dismounted must in German be turned into a regular clause with a finite verb, viz. bie con xXjnn ^ferfcen abgefttegen tt?aren. We also use the foreign military expression bemonttren, but more in its transitive meaning, i.e. 'to unhorse soldiers,' or ' to disable cannon.' ^ Turn xoith — them by * whilst some orderlies (Orfconanjcn) held their horses behind them. 7 See page 41, note 9. 8 Word of command, (5ommanbo» irort ; as, tDdfirenb ; to form, \\i5;) auf» jleflen ; rose, here ^eraugfrfjott. 9 In front, transl. btegfettS. 10 The German version of the above clause can be made more emphatic by employing the gram- matical subject eg, which, besides with impersonal verbs — as c8 regnet, &c. — is used for the sake of em- phasis, or to impart more poetic colouring to a construction, — as ej l^cult ber @turm, e^ braiiji bag 3)iecr. The real subject follows in such a case the inflected verb, and some- times even other far less impor- tant parts of the sentence. Turn, therefore, the above clause by 'it was for the success of tne Prussian plans absolutely (buvc»jaug) neces- sary to hold,' &c. Ji The adverb alone, Hof . has in the above clause the emphasis : place it, therefore, at the beginning of the clause, viz. alone with, &c. To engage = to attack. 12 The whole of ..forces, bic ®e» fammtmacfjt. 13 To cling {to), firfj !Iammcm (an). The preposition an governs here tiie accusative case. 82 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. to hold^ him on the Bistritz until the Prussian flank attacks 2 could be developed. A few short words passed^ from the commander of the First Army to the chief of his staff; a few aides-de-camp, mounting^ silently, rode quietly away; and, as it were by the utterance of a magician's spell,^ one hundred thousand Prussian warriors springing into sight, as if from the bowels^ of the armed earth, swept '' over the southern edge^ of the Milowitz ravine towards the hill of Dub. — H. M. Hozier, The Seven Weeks' War, XXX. A DISPUTED 9 BOUND AEY. A peculiar ^^ interest attaches itself at the present time to^^ everything which throws light upon the debated question of ^^ the boundary between the two kingdoms ;i*^ a question which is not less keenly debated ^'^ among naturalists than that of many a disputed frontier has been between adjacent nations. 1 To hold, here feft^^alten or U> ^ Disputed, j^rctttg. fdjfifttvjen. Bistritz is in German w Peculiar, here befc>nbere3. feminine, most names of rivers n Attaches — to, fnii^ft fictj ic^t belonging to the feminine gender. (or gegcnnjcirtig) nn. 2 Flank attacks, Slantenangriffe ] ^^ Debated question of, ©trettfragt le developed, fid(j entfalten. in 93e^ug auf. 3 Passed, transl. iDurtcn...an... 13 Kingdoms, transl, S^aturreidjc, gcrtdjtct ; chief of his staff, Sl^ef fetnc3 the expression referring here to the (§)cneralfla&6. animal and vegetable kingdoms. * Mou7iting,'h^^\zo^tn...\^xt^\Qxlt. i^ Which — debated, uber t)ie...ni(i)t ^ As— spell, ft)ic auf ben 2lugfprud) mtnbcr IcBl^afi gcjhttten wirb. That ctneg Sau&ernjortcg ; after which of must, in accordance with the clause ought to be placed the translation given of the preceding words springing into sight, to be clause, be rendered by iiber; dis' turned by ' appeared suddenly.' pitted, ftreitig gemacijt ; adjacent = " As — bowels, gletdjfam aug bem neighbouring. The auxiliary verb ha^ been need not be expressed 7 Transl. swept by flromten, con- in the German translation. If it necting it with the preceding clause were retained, it would be neces- ^bv means of the conjunction ^and.' sary to supply the verb gcftrttten, ^ Edge, here 5lbf;ang ; towards — which would make the sentenee Dul, bem 2)ut)pgcl gu. much too long. GERMAN PKOSB COMPOSITION. 83 For many parts of this border-country ^ have been taken and retaken several times ; their inhabitants, so to speak, ^ having^ first been considered on account of their general* appearance to belong to the^ vegetable kingdom; then in consequence of some movements being observed in^ them being '' claimed by the zoologists ; then, on the ground of their evidently plant-like^ mode of growth, being trans- ferred back ^ to the botanical side ; then, owing to the supposedly detection of some new feature in their structure or 11 physiology, being again claimed as members of the animal kingdom ; and lastly,!^ on the discovery of a fallacy in these arguments, being once more turned over^^ to the botanist, with^* whom for the most part they remain. For the attention which has been given i^ of late years to the study of the humblest i^ forms of vegetation has led to the knowledge among i'^ what must be ' un- ought to be used here. Mode of growth, 2Da(^§t:^um. ^ To transfer bach, jururfBringen. The present participle bei7ig may be omitted in the translation, both in this clause and the next. 10 Owing — supposed, in ?5oIge bet vermeintlic^en; feature, Umftanc, i.€. circumstance. 11 The possessive pronoun must here be repeated on account of the difference of the gender of the nouns structure, J8au ; and jfhysio- logy, ^l)i9[io(ogie. 12 Lastly, fd?ae^U^. The follow- ing present part, [being) &h.ovXdi here be inserted according to note 1, above. On, tei ; fallacy, %xv.%\6)hx%. 13 To turn over, iiBerlicfern. i-* Translate with by the prepo- sition iet, and for the most part by grof?tent{;eitg. 15 Render has been given by man ...fc^cnftc, and of late by in te^tercn. 16 Humblest, here unterften. The expression forms of vegetation may be translated by the compound term ^3fIanjcnformcn, i.e. 'forms of plants.' 17 For the rendering of the whole clause from ha^ to phenomena see next page, note 1. Q 2 1 Border - country, ©ren^lanb ; transl, here taken by erobert, and retaken by guriicferpfcert. See page 89, note 8. 2 Turn here si)eak * say.' 3 Compare Int. p. xvi., c. The frequent occurrence of the present participle in the above extract will afford the student an excellent opportunity for practice in the construction so commonly occur- ring in English, and so very rarely in German. 4 Render general by im SlUge* meincn, to be placed after the term appearance (Slugfe^en). 5 To belong to the. nl^ jum . , . gel^ortg ; vegetable kingdom., ^flanjcnrci*. ^ To observe in, tca^rnc^men an. Turn being observed by ' which one observed.' '' The present participle being, re- ferring to claimed (reclamirt), should %e turned by a finite verb, viz. tourben fie, and inserted after then. 8 The term like, j oined t o another expression and employed in its compound form as an attributive adjective, is frequently rendered by nta^ig or arttg. The latter expres- sion added to the plural of plant 84 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. douMedly* regarded as plants of so many phenomena^ which would formerly have been considered ^ unques- tionable marks ^ of animality, that the discovery of the like phenomena among* the doubtful beings in question,^ so far from being evidence^ of their animality, really affords^ a probability of the opposite kind. — Dr. W. B. Carpenter, The Microscope and its Revelations, XXXI. THOMAS CAKLYLE TO GOETHK* Craigenputtoch, Sept. 25, 1828. You inquire^ with such warm interest^ respecting our present abode and occupations that I am obliged to say a few words ^0 about both while there is still room left.^^ 1 Translate the clause Ao^s—pAc- of course, be omitted in the trans- nomena by 1:^a.t bet bcm n)a6 unjmcifet* lation. ]&aft ats ^5[an^c angefe^en trerben mu^, 7 Affords,h.ereiiaxt^vit\ of— hind, §ur @t!enntmf fo »ieler ^^cinomcne be§ ®egent^eil8. Compare with the gcfiifirt. above passage, Ext. 27. 2 See pasfe 85, note 2. ^ To inquire . . . respecting, for* 3 Jf ar^, iiere 2Jkr!mat ; anima- fci^en...na(|. ZiX'A 5lmmaH6mu«. . ^ Interest, here Xf)tiinoi}mt; occu- 4 Of— among, transl. ganj a'§nUd[>er pation, S3efci)dfttgung, to be used here 5P:^anomcne bet. in the singular only. Cf. p. 83, 11. ° Translate in question by be- '^^ When the expression words de- trcffcnb, placing it as an attributive notes 'single, unconnected terms,' adjective before dowJ^/w/y so far itistranslatedby SOB orter, and when from, iteit entfcrnt. it stands for * connected terms, 6 Being evidence, ^u bemeifen. The having a coherent meaning,' as is word animality being used after the case here, by 3Borte. this verb in the accusative case, n While — left, ba nQ6) Siaum baju the preposition o/'must, as a matter iibrtg bletbt. ^ * Goethe took such a lively Interest in Carlyle, on account of his being one of the first to make his British countrymen acquainted with modem German literature, that the veteran poet wrote a preface to the German edition of his " Tiife of Schiller," inserting at the same time a translation — of which some use has been made in the notes — of the above letter, chiefly, as it would seem, in explanation of a woodcut, representing the writer's secluded residence in Scotland, which was added to the German edition. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 85 Dumfries is a pleasant town, containing^ about 15,000 inhabitants, and is to be considered^ the centre of the trade and judicial system^ of a district which possesses some importance in the sphere of Scottish activity.* Our residence^ is not in the town itself, but fifteen miles to the north-west,^ among the granite hills and the black morasses which stretch^ westward through Galloway almost to the Irish Sea. In this wilderness of heath and rock our estate^ stands forth a green oasis, a tract of ^ ploughed, partly enclosed, ^^ and planted ^^ ground, where corn ripens and trees afford ^^ ^ shade, although sur- rounded by sea-mews and rough- woolled^^ sheep. Here, with no smalP* effort, have we^^ built and furnished ^^ a neat, substantial dwelling; here,^^ in the absence of 1 This present participle might here be renderea according to rule <5, Int. page xvi. 2 To consider, here anfcl^cn, to be followed by alg, as is the case with fcetradtjten, to consider, and barfleCen, to represent, when used in the sig- nification pointed out page 36, note 4. These verbs require the accu- sative ; but this case is changed into the nominative in passive con- structions and after the supine. See page 45, note 20. 8 Judicial system, ©crtcijtgfearfeit. ♦ Activity, here ©etriebfamfeit. 5 When the expression residence refers to the private dwelling of an individual, it is rendered by aBc»()n» ort, 2Bo{)n[i^, or 2Bol)nung ; but when signifying the capital of a ruling sovereign, it is in German Oiefibeixj or JHefilenjftatt. 6 North-west, nortnjej^Uc^, which is to be followed by ba^)on entfernt, as an equivalent for the words to the. Granite hills forms in German a compound expression. 7 To stretch, here firf) jte^en. 8 Render here estate by 58efi^* rftum, and stands forth by biltet. '^ Tract of . . . (/round, ^tvcdt . . . SanbeS, stands here in apposition to cusisj&nd should, therefore, be used in the accusative, in accordance with the rule that the apposition always agrees with the term which it qualifies in number and case : the apposition agrees also in gender wheh the qualifying expression is the name of a person, the gender of which is distinctly marked. i<* Enclosed, here uimciunt, com- pounded from the noun 3aun, hedge, and the preposition um, round. 11 Use here the past participle of bebauen as an attributive adjective. 12 To afford, getua^ren, forms here with ©d^atten a kind of compound verbal expression, thus making the indefinite article superfluous. 13 Rough-woolled, ^arttuollig. 1-* The epithet small, referring to effort, is to be rendered by gertng. 15 It is an idiomatic peculiarity of the German language to point out distinctly the subject to the advantage of which an action has been done, by means of the dative of the personal pronoun. Supply here, therefore, the dative un§. 1^ To furnish (a house, &c.), etn* rtd[)ten. The expression substantial m&Y here be rendered by tauetl^aft, or still better by folib. 1^ The words we live are to be inserted here. 86 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. professional or other office/ we live to cultivate ^ literature according to our^ strength, and in our peculiar way. We wdsh a joyful growth'^ to the rose and flowers of our garden; we hope for health and peaceful thoughts^ to further our aims. The roses, indeed, are still in part^ to be planted, but they blossom already in antici- pation.''' Two ponies,^ which carry ^ us everywhere, and the mountain air,^^are the best medicines ^^ for weak^^ nerves. This daily exercise, to which I am much devoted,^^ is my only recreation ; for this nook of ours is the loneliest in Britain — six miles removed from any one likely to visit me.14 * * * I came hither solely with the design ^^ to simplify my way of life,^^ and to secure the independence through which I could be enabled 1^ to remain true to myself. This bit^^ of earth is our own : here we can live, write, and think, 1 The above clause, in — office j must in German be rendered freely by in (Jrmanglung trgeni) eine^ S3eruf§ ofcer 5lmteg, where we take the expression SSeruf in the sense of * professional occupation/ and not in that of ' vocation.' 2 To cultivate (a science, &c.), ftdfj fcefletftgen, or \x^ fcefleipen, which belongs to that class of reflective verbs which govern the genitive of the thing, having the reflective pronoun in the accusative. 3 According to our, transl. nad(j eigencn, and use in German tne plunl of .Rraft for strength. * Joyful growth, frof)(id^e§ (Se* bei^en. ^ Peaceful thoughts, friebtic^e ®e- mutl§g|limmung ; aim, ©trefcen, to be ttsed in the singular only. 6 Still in 2)art, gum Zt)di no^. 7 Turn anticipation by ^ hope.' 8 Goethe renders ponies by letcfjte $feri)C, but we use now the word ^onie§ also in German. ^ llie primary sense of to carry is in German simply tragcn : here, how- ever, we ought also to express the dire ction of the action . Add there- fore the pronominal adverb l)'m. 10 The words mountain air form in German a compound term. 11 Medicine, ^Irjnei. W© use in German also the word Slrjt, physi- cian, figuratively in the sense in which medicine is employed here. 12 Translate here weak by jart, and exercise by ^ctuegung. 13 Devoted, here ergebenj recreor tion, 3erftreiiung. 14 Removed — me, x>on etncr ieben Sperfon entfernt, bic mid(> attetifall^ bcfudjen mocfjte. 15 With the design, ju bem Broecf e. 16 Way of life, iJeben^rueife. Trans- late here to secure by eriDerben, and t/ie by the demonstrative pronoun iene. 17 The clause through — enabled might be rendered with literal fidelity by burd) bie icf> in ben StanD qefe^t roerbcn fonntc, or, far more briefly, bie e8 niir m5glic^ madbtc. Time, in the above sense, treu. 1^ Bit, here ©titcf. The words our 02vn may be simply turned by the possessive pronoun 'ours.' GERMAN PKOSE COMPOSITIOIS-. 87 as best^ pleases ourselves, even though ^ Zoilus himself were to be^ crowned the monarch^ of literature. Not is the solitude of such great importance ;^ for a stage-coach takes us speedily to Edinburgh, which we look upon as our British Weimar. And^ have I not, too, at this moment piled up"^ upon the table of my little library a whole cart-load of ^ French, German, American, and English journals^ and periodicals — whatever may be their worth. Of antiquarian studies, too, there is no lack.^^ Erom some of our heights I can descry, about a day's journey ^^ to the west, the hill where Agricola ^^ and his Eomans left a camp behind them. At the foot of it^^ I was born, and there both father and mother still live to love me. 1 The relative superlative (or superlative of comparison) of adverbs is formed by prefixing am = at the, and adding en to the simple form of the superlative : e.g. He ruTis quickest of all, tx Iduft am frfjueltjlen ton 5ltlen. 2 Even though, transl. unb ft>enn. Zoilus lived in the time of Philip, of Macedon. He was celebrated for his carping criticisms, and his name has become proverbial for a cynical, malignant critic. 3 Were to he, tnerten foUte. 4 Render here monarch by Jtonig, and see page 36, note 4. ^ Of — importance, transl. fo 6c* beutenl) ; takes = brings ; to look upon, anfcl^en. •> The conjunction and may be omitted in translating the above exclamation, which can be made more expressive in German by means of the expletive benn, to be inserted between / and not. 7 To pile up, auf^aufenj cart- load, Sabung. s The preposition of is here to be rendered by t>on, as is frequently the case with partitive genitives, viz. when an entire number or quantity, from which a part is taken, occurs in the genitive case. ^ Journal, Sonrnol, pronounced as in French ; periodical, Bc-itfcijrift. ^0 There is no lack, fe^It eS ni(1)i. The objective relation of verba expressing want requires the pre- position an with the dative. 11 Form here the compound term 'day's-joumey.' To the west =west- ward. 12 The Roman Consul Cn. Juliua Agricola was governor of Britain from 78 to 85 a.d. 13 Turn of it by 'of the same. 88 GERMAN PKOSE COMPOSITION. XXXIL A STURDY SQUIRRi King David 2 was taken prisoner on his homeward'^ retreat, but not without making* the most gallant^ resist- ance. When the Queen of England heard that her army- had^ gained the victory, she mounted on'' her white charger/ and went to the battle-field. She was informed on the way^ that the King of Scots was^ the prisoner of a squire 1^ named John Copeland, who had rode off^^ with him, no one knew whither. The Queen ordered ^^ j^^jji to be sought out, and told^^ that he had done what was not agreeable to her in carrying off ^* her prisoner without leave. Next^^ day Philippa wrote with her own hand^^ 1 A sturdy squire, transl. ein tro^tger 'ijafaH. 2 The above extract refers to an incident which occuired in 1346, after the battle at Nevil's Cross, . which was fought between the brave Philippa of Hainault (J?en* negau), Queen of Edward III., and David Bruce, King of Scotland. 3 Homeward, transl. in bie "i^ei* matf), to be placed after retreat. 4 In participial constructions like the above we frequently de- part in German from the rule re- quiring the supine by translating without by o^nc bap, and employing a regular sentence with a finite verb in the conditional mood. The sense of the passage will show which tense is to be used. In the present case the verb to make, here Iciften, is to be employed in the perfect conditional. ' Gallant, here ta'pfet. ^ Compare Ext. 47, note c. 7 Mounted on, befiteg fie ; charger, (Sd)(ac!jtrtt§. Use for went the im- perfect of ficl? fcegeben ; to, here aiif. 8 Turn She — tcay by ' on the way "vas communicated to her.* 9 See page 29, note 3. 1^ Render here squire by ^bet* mann, :^nd turn named by the geni- tive singular of Siamc. 11 To ride off, baoonrcttcn. The assertions had rode off and no one knew are included in the indirect quotations. 12 To order, here ben SSefe^I gcBen, which is a more dignified expres- sion than Befe^len. Use the two following verbs in the supine of the active voice. 13 The verb fagen governing the dative of the person, we must sup- ply here the pronoun it^m before told. 14 To carry off, toegfu^rcn. Con- strue 'whilst (inbem) he. ..carried off." 15 The point of time of the pre- dicated action may in Grerman also be expressed by the preposition an with the dative. The definite ar- ticle should here be used, whether the accusative or an with the da- tive be employed ; but if the pre- ference be given to the latter, the adjective next might be rendered here for euphony's sake by folgcnb. 16 The phrase \viih her {his, &c.) GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. S9 to John Copeland, commanding him to surrender ^ the King of Scots to her. John answered in a manner most contumacious 2 to the female Majesty^ then swaying the sceptre* of England with so much ability and glory. He replied to Philippa that he would not give up^ his royal prisoner to ^ worn an or child, but only to his own lord^ King Edward, for^ to him he had sworn allegiance,^ and not to any woman. Philippa wrote immediately to the King her husband,^® relating ^^ all that had occurred. When the King had read the Queen's letter, he ordered John Copeland to come to him at Calais, who, having placed ^2 his prisoner in a strong ^^ castle in [N'orthumber- land, set out and landed near^* Calais. When the King of England saw the squire, he took him by the hand, saying, " Ha ! welcome, my squire, "^^ who^^ « To give up, here au§5utieferiu ^ To... or, say : tueter etner . . . nod^ 7 Translate here lord oy <§errn, and connect it with King by the conjunction 'and.' 8 For used as a conjunction — in which case it is synonymous with 'because' — is rendered by benn, but when occurring as a preposition — corresponding to the French pour — it is generally translated by filr. The expletive nur may here be inserted after /or. ^ To sivear allegiance, ben ^e^cng* eit) tetftcn. Turn an^/ by ' a.' 1® Render the phrase to — hitsband by the attributive expression i^rem fontglici^cn ®tmai}L 11 Render relating by tfieiltc IT^m mtt, connectmg this clause with the preceding one by the coiij. ' and.' 12 To place, hereunttxhx'mqm. Use the pluperfect with the conjunction nadjtcm. 13 Strong, here feft. 14 Near, transl. untuctt or in ter 97a'&c 'oon. 15 Translate here squire as given in page 88, note 1. 1^ See page 6S, note 10. own hand is, more briefly than in most other languages, expressed in German by the single term etgen* ^dnbig, which students of Greek will be able to compare with the com- pound aiTOxetp. 1 To surrender, au6liefern. The verb 6efe()len always requires the supine, since the verb to which it refers expresses the object of the sentence, 2 Tiie phrase in a manner most contumacious may be turned in German by 'in a most contuma- cious (tro^igc) manner,' or rendered briefly and forcibly by the adver- bial expression au| evft tro^ig. 3 The epithet female would, in German, not be applicable here, since it would not be considered, as is the case in English, as forming with the noun majesty one expres- sion, equivalent to ' Queen,' but merely as an attribute qualifying the noun majesty. We may em- ploy, however, the expression tontgtidje 5rau as an elegant equi- valent for female Majesty, ■* To svay the sceptre, ten Sci^ter fii^ren. See note to Ext. 23, and use the verb in the imperfect. 90 GEKMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. by tLy valour hast captured^ mine adversary, the King of Scots ! " John Copeland fell^ on one knee, and replied, " If God out of ^ His great kindness has given ^ me the King of Scotland, and permitted^ me to conquer him in arms, no one ought ^ to be jealous' of it; for God can, if He pleases,^ send His grace to a poor squire as welP as to a great lord. Sire, do not take it amiss ^^ if I did not surrender King David to the orders ^^ of my lady Queen, for I hold my lands ^^ of you, and not of her, and my oath is to you,^^ and not to her — unless, indeed, through choice." ^^ King Edward answered, "John, the loyaP^ service you have done^^ us and our esteem for your valour is^^ so great, that it^^ may well serve you as^^ an excuse; and shame fall on^^ those who bear you any ill-will I^^ You will now return home, and take ^^ your prisoner, the King of Scotland, and convey him to my wife f^ and by way 1 To capture, gefangen nel^men. 2 Fell, transl. lief \i6^...mtux. 3 Turn out of by * in ;' kind- ness, here ®nabe. ^ Given, transl. xiBerltefert. ^ To permit, geftatten^ in arms, transl. bie SBaffen in ber >^ant). 6 See the note to Ext. 7. 7 Jealous requires in German the preposition auf. 8 If He pleases, toenn eS il^m fo gefaltt. The verb se7id may here be rendered by angebeil^en laffcn. 9 Place in German the adverbial expression as well before to a poor, &c. ; great lord, corneljmer «§err. 10 The usual rendering for to take amiss, viz. iibei nettmen, would not be in keeping with the elevated tone of the above speech : transl. the phrase do — if by jitrnet mir nic^t baroS, bafi. 11 To the orders, auf SSefel^t 12 1 — lands, tdj tragc mcinc ®uter »u Sel)en. The pronoun you should be rendered here by the second person plural, which pronoun was used from about the beginning of the thirteenth to about the middle of the seventeenth century in ad- dressing persons of rank. 13 Is to yoiL, transl. ^u^ ^afce ic3[> ...geletftet. 1^ Turn unless — choice by * it be then out of (aug) free choice.' 1^ Retain this identical expres- sion also in German. IS To do (a service), leiflten. 1'' Use here the plural, since the verb refers to two subjects, viz. service and esteem. IS Render here it by bieS, the ab- breviated form of biefeg, which is used indefinitely, without regard to the gender or number of the persons or things spoken of. 1^ Render as in the above phrase by alg, without any article, or bv the preposition ju contracted with the definite article. 20 Fall on, transl. treffe, 21 To hear any one ill-will, Scmanb iifcel ft)oUen. 22 Suppress the verb take in the translation, supplying its place by the subsequent verb convey (iifeer^ Uefern). 23 Wife, here ©emal^Uiu GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 91 of ^ remuneration I assign ^ lands as near your house as you can choose them to the amount^ of £500 a year for you and your heirs. — Agnes Strickland, Lives of the Queens of England. XXXllI. THE HISTOEY OF SCIEI^CES. There is* a certain uniformity^ in the history of most^ sciences. If we read such works as^ Whe well's '* History of the Inductive^ Sciences" or Humboldt's " Kosmos," we^ find that the origin, the progress,^^ the causes of failure ^^ and success, have been the same for almost ^^ every branch of human knowledge. There are^^ three marked periods, or stages,^* in the history of every one of them,^^ which we may call the • empirical,' the * classificatory,' and the * theo- 1 By way of, say briefly at3. ^ To assign, here anroeifen; lands, Santereien. The clause /or — heirs ought to be placed in German after to assign, sitAfor you rendered by the dative. 3 To the amoimt, ju tern SCDertl^c. * Render here is by l^ertfc^t, i.e. reigns. s Uniformity, (Sleirf)f5rmii5!eit, which must be distinguished from @tnfi3rmigf eit ; the latter expres- sion indicating 'monotony/ or 'tedious sameness in all details.' 6 The superlative most requires in German, contrary to the usage in English, the definite article. 7 Render here as by trie. 8 We use also in German the neo- Latin expression tnbuctto, de- rived from the verb mducere. » See the note to Ext. 7. ^0 The article must be repeated in German before all substantives, although they are of the same gender, whenever they are placed side by side in a kind of antitheti- cal order. That it must be repeated here in German before causes is, besides, a matter of course, since it is not used in the same number as the preceding substantives. 11 Translate here failure by 2JtMp» tingen, and success by ©elingen. The antithesis would greatly lose in force by rendering the latter ex- pression by ©rfotg. 12 Place almost before the prepo- sition/or, and the same after know- ledge (2Btffen). 13 See page 25, note 7. Marked, transl. beftimmt. 1"* For the expression stage, de- noting a 'degree of progression in any change of state,' we use the Latin word @tafcium, from the Greek ard&iov, denoting fixedness, firmness, and also a fixed standard of length (about COO ft.), and figu- ratively a race-course. Neuter nouns having the Latin termination ium take in German ieit in the plural. 1'^ Eender of them by the geni- tive plural of terfelbe. 92 GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. retical.'^ However ^ humiliating it may sound, ^ every one of our sciences, however grand* their present titles, can be traced back to the*'* most humble and homely^ occupations of half-savage tribes. It was not the true/ the good, and the beautiful which spurred^ the^ early philosophers to deep researches and bold discoveries. The foundation-stone of ^ the most glorious structures of human ingenuity in ages to come^^ was supplied ^^ by the pressing wants of a patriarchal and semi-barbarous society. The names of some of the most ancient departments ^^ of human knowledge tell their own tale. Geometry/^ which at present declares itself free^* from all sensuous impressions, and treats of its points and lines and planes as^^ purely 1 The above terms are also used in German ; viz. em;pirical, em^trifd), classificatory, claffificirent, and theo- retical, tl)eoretifdj. 2 However, ic.aud). The verb ■mai/ in the preceding sentence is "lynonymous with ' can/ whilst here it corresponds to the German mbgen. 3 To sound, tlingen. The other usual equivalents of to sound, as fct)aUen, l^aUen, tonen, would not be applicable here. •* However grand, mic grofarttg (tudfj ; titles = names. ^ The whole of the above sen- tence might be rendered, almost literally, with grammatical correct- ness ; but we should obtain a far more elegant version by turning it by ' the trace of all (fcimmtlict^cr) sciences, however grand their pre- sent names, can, however humili- ating it may sound, be followed back (verfolgt) to the,' &c. ^ When two or more adjectives, placed side by side, occur in the comparative or superlative degree, the respective termination must be added to each of them. 7 Abstract substantives, or such as denote things, formed from adjectives, take in German the neuter gender. For the construc- tion it was . . . tvJiic/i see page 34. note 13. ^ To spur (to), anfpornen (ju; Turn here early by Hhe oldest.' ^ In phrases like the above we use in German the preposition ju with the dative, instead of the preposition of. 10 The clause the — come must be rendered somewhat freely, since the expression in ages to come makes it here necessary to supply in German a verb distinctly ex- pressing ' the future glorious deve- lopment of the structures of human ingenuity.' Translate therefore, ben glorreicijften ©ebauben beg menfdtjUcJjcn ©eifteg, tie fiir alle tiinftige Beiten t>a* ftel;en fctten. 11 To supply, Hefern; hy, »onj want, here ^ebiirfnip. 12 Department (referring to sciences, &c.), 5acf); tell their own tale, fpredjcn fiir fief) \tVb% i.e. speak for themselves. 13 Use the definite article. 14 Adjectives referring to the verb ertldrcn (orto l^alten, anne^men, &c.) must be preceded by the pre- position fiir. Of. page 36, note 4. 15 The preposition von must hero be repeated. Translate purely by GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 93 ideal conceptions, not^ to be confounded with, the coarse and imperfect representations,^ as they appear on paper to the human eye, — geometry, as its very name declares,^ began with measuring a garden or a field. It is derived^ from the Greek ' ge,' land, ground, earth, and * metron,' measure. Botany, the science of plants, was originally the science of *botane,' which in Greek ^ does not mean^ a plant in general, but fodder, from ' boskein,' to feed. The science of plants would have been called *phytology,' from the Greek ' phyton,' a plant. The founders^ of astronomy were not the poet or the philosopher, but the sailor and the farmer.^ The early ^ poet may have admired the " mazy^^ dance of planets," and the philosopher may have speculated ^^ on the heavenly harmonies ;^^ but it was to^^ the sailor alone that a know- ledge of the glittering guides of ^^ heaven became a question of life and death. ^^ It was he who calculated their risings and settings ^^ with the accuracy of a merchant and the shrewdness of an adventurer ; and the names that were given to single stars or constellations clearly ^^ show that I hey were invented by the ploughers of the sea and of the land. The moon, for instance, the golden hand^^ on the reiii> and ideal by fecatcn. Concep- 12 The heavenly harmonies are Hon, here SiBcgviff. called in (Jerman Jjarmonic tet 1 Cf. the note to Eit. 23, and page @)3{)dren. 45, note 20. To confound, here oer* ^^ Translate here to by fur, and tr)cd(jfetn. place before it the word crfi as an 2 Transl. here representations by equivalent for alone. Siguren, and use the definite article ^^ Render here o/by am. before 'paper. 1^ Translate a — death briefly by 3 As — declares, ft)ie ter 9^ame fc^on jur SebenSfrage. fcejcugt ; with measuring a, mit bem ^^ Their — settings, i^ren 2luf* unb 2Uigmeiten eineg. Untergang. When two compound ^ Itis derived, feerfetBc fiammt l^cr. expressions having the same sub- Retain the Greek terms, given in ordinate member are placed side inverted commas, also in German, by side, the latter is generally ^ In Greek, tm ©ried^ifcijcn. omitted in the first expression, the 6 To mean, here feebeuten. principal member of which is con- 7 Founder, here Scgriinber. nected with the second compound 8 Translate here sailor by ®ec- term by means of hyphens, fairer, im& farmer by iJanbmann. i^ Clearly, here beutUcf). 9 Turn here early by * old.' '8 The word hand, denoting the 10 Mazy, tterfdjlungen. ' index of a watch,' is rendered by " To s^^ecw^a^e, here gruBcln (ubcr). 3cigcr or SBeifer; the latter ex- u GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. dark dial of heaven, was called by them the measurer— -the measurer of time ; for time was measured by^ nights and moons and winters long before it was reckoned by days and suns and years. — Max Muller, The Science of Language. XXXIY. THE WAETBUEG. In the midst of the wild upland tract which forms the centre of Germany, between Frankfort and Leipsic, is ^ one spot^ distinguished from all the surrounding country^ by its singular and romantic beauty. The unmeaning^ downs rise into bold, rocky hills ; the patches of wood^ sink into unfathomable depths of forest ; '^ and from the midst of these ^ towers the cluster of heights,^ on the highest of which^^ stands the ancient castle of the Wartburg, or Watchtower, of Eisenach. pression being more used in higher diction, should be employed in the above metaphor. 1 By, referring to * measure/ is rendered in German by nad). 2 The verb to be is generally ren- dered by fid? beftnfcen, not only when it refers to the state of health of a person, but also when it denotes 'being in a place.' Compare the French se trouver. 3 ^joot, here Stette. Turn distin- ffuished by 'which distinguishes itself, and all by whole. 4 The surrounding country, briefly in German, bie-.-Hmgcgcufc. iSingidar, here etgentl^iimltdj. ^ Unmeaning, unfcefccutenb ; downs, here fd[>Ue^en. 7 Turn here That by ' this.' 8 See the note to Ext. 23, and uso the pluperfect of the passive voica To carry... off, ju entfii^ren. 9 The above refers to a well- known incident in the life of Luther, whose personal safety was in danger after his memorable attendance at the Diet of Worms in 1521, before the Emperor Charles V. i<^ Spot, here Ort 11 Use here the present condi- tional of fetn, this mood being gene- rally required in adverbial clauses of time which are introduced by the conjunctions biS, e&e, aU, ob, &c. Overpast, t»or6ei. The expres- sion was overpast may, however, also be rendered, rather freely and idiomatically, by fi^ getegt ^dtte. 12 Turn in what by ' in the place which ; ' called = named. 13 Patmos, one of the islands called Sporades, is celebrated as the place where the Apostle John wrote the Apocalypse. 14 The verb to live may here be rendered by the expressive term »erleben, which denotes * to spend a certain time in living.' The prefix tier (compare the Latin pros, pro, and per), expresses ' a consuming, spending, destroying,' &c. 15 In disgicise, tserborgen. 16 Insert here the expletive fd(>on, which gives greater force to the word atone. 1^ To —ages, fiir atle f iinfttgcn 3ettcn . 18 By means of his unsurpassed version of the Bible Luther became the founder of the glorious New- High -German idiom, which has since his times become the general literary language of Germany. GERMAN PROSE COMPOSITION. 97 This castle, then,^ is remarkable ^ as comhinrng^ in itself] more than any other spot, the associations* of the old and the new — of the Middle Ages and of the Eeformationwhich destroyed ^ them ; and, accordingly, in the popular tradi- tion^ Luther and St. Elizabeth still hold divided sway. — Dean Stanley, The Reformation. (A Lecture.) ^ Render here then by aifo. 2 Supply the adverb fcatui-ci; be- fore remarkable, in accordance with the rule that, if the adjective or verb upon which the objective claiise or the supine depends be followed by a preposition, the latter is added to the demonstra- tive adverb ta or tar, as tartn, raniit, fcavvnif, taju, &c. These compound adverbs are always placed before cnedepeudent clause; andif a 'ver- bal form in wt^r' occurs in the latter, it is generally changed into a regu- lar sentence with a Unite verb : e.g. We rely upon your keeping your word, tviv vcrlaffen unS fcarauf, ta^ ^ie 3fir SHJort fallen luerten. The adjective i^ei^fiuiirti^, in the above clause, requires the preposition buvrfj ; it must, therefore, be pre- ceded by taturd?. The reason for the above rule is to be found in the characteristic feature of the German language, to give all con- structions with unequivocal gram- matical distinctness, and to em- ploy, as a rule, distinct forms and inflections. ^ Kenaer as coniOiiiinc) by 'that it ... combines ' (verbintet), placing the verb after hew. "^ Association, transl. ©rinncrung (an) ; the old, tag '2lltc ; the new, fcaS Sleue. ^ To destroy, vernicJitcn. 6 In — tradition, transl. tag Oteid) tcr '-Bolfgfage. We use here in Ger- man the accusative case, because the expression hold... sway will, in the above clause, best be translated by the transitive verb bel;evfrf)en. Translate still by nod? imniev, and divided by gemcinfct;aftiid;. VOCABULARY,^ WITH GRAMMATICAL INDEX TO THE NOTES. a or an, ein, eitte, ein ; £500 a year, £500 be§ .^n^reS ; as an excuse, al§ or iwx Gjntfc^utbtgiinfi; with- out a weed, frei t)on iebem Un* Iraut ; not a tree, !eiit 5Boum a coming between an adjective and noun in Ejiylish precedes the adjective in German, e.g. quite as promising a sign, eitt efeenjo bietberfpvec^enbeS ^d&jtxi a {omitted) : I am a single man, id) t)in ^unggefetl; to be a surgeon, 5lr^t fein ; it is a thou- sand to one, e§ ift taitfenb gegen ein§ ; in a few minutes, in tr)eni= gen 5Rinuten; in a wild stampede, in tDiIber ^Iu(^t ; as day dawned, a war-whoop announced, 6ei SiageSanferitc^, »et!itnbigte ^rieg§= gefdirel A.D., mM* abandon (to give up), aufgefeen abbey, bie Slbtei ability, bie ga^igteit ; ba§ (SJefc^icf able, adj. fd^ig abode, ber 2lufentftatt§ort aborigines, bie Stngebornett abound with, toofl fein toon about (nearly), uugefafir; about dusk, ungefdi)r in ber 2)dmmer== fhmbe; about 20 men, an 20 5mann about (to write about a sub- ject), itber; what (you write) about, tuoriiOer ; there is nothing to describe about the prairie, e§ Idfet fid) nid)tg Don ber ^-]3rairie 6e== jd^reiben about : (men who were) about him, Id iijm ; to flicker about, t)in unb ^er ftadern ; to get (a ship) about, unmenben; about with her! n^enbet! about : to be about (to), tm 33egriff fein ; to be about (to do a thing, to purpose doing it), iDotten; an injustice about to be done him, eine Ungerec^tigfeit bit man it)m ontt)un toiU^ See also p. 40, note 12 1 The Vocabulary is based upon Dr. Buchheim's Key to the work, and therefore gives in each case the German word which expresses the meaning of the English word in the special sense in which it is used in the passages selected. This often differs from the ordinary meaning, and the German word given therefore is not always that which is to be found most readily in the dictionaries. h2 100 VOCABULARY. above (more than), iiber ; (the summit), it&er; high above (surronndingpersons or things), iifterraijcnb ; high above (higher up), 1)06) itber; rising tier above tier, in auffteigenben 9?ei(}eu abreast, net en emanbev absence (of anything), bie (Svmancj* lung absolutely (completely), bollfldn^ big; (necessary), buvdjauS absorb, a'bfDrbiren abstract, afeftvact abundance : in abundance, in great abundance = in large numbers, in grofeer 30^enge abyss, ber 3Ib(-]intnb accept, annetjnieu accident, bet* 3itfat( accompany, begteiten accomplishment: in a fair way of accomplishment, aitf gutem 2Bege erfiittt jit tuerben according to, nac^ ; gemag accordingly, beSftatb account: on account (of), toegen; or he is accounted for, ober e§ l^eifjt baf? er accumulation of bitterness, bie aufgefammette (Srblttentng accuracy, bie ©ettauigfeit accurate (exact), genau Accusative, used in elliptical clauses, 35, 7i. 13 Accusative, with infinitive, con- struction of, Gr. Int. xvii. Ill, Accusatives, two, not used with verbs of choosing, appointing, etc., 36, n. 4 accustomed, adj., getui5I}uUcf} achieve (a task), loicii acknowledge (to one's self), [ic^ cingefte'^en acknowledgment, bie 2Iner!eintung acquaint: to be acquainted with, leniteit acquiesced in their settlement = settled peacefully, tie^en fic^ vu^ig nieber acquire (for one's self), fi^ ev* juertjen across fthe prairie), burc^ ; (forty miles) across, fercit; across the saddle, iiber bcm <2:aml liegenb ; from across the mountains, t)Dm (55el3irge t}er act : in the act of freezing, im ©e- frieren ; act of generous feeling, bie groOnnttT)ige ^aitbtung action, bie SBirt'ung ; to put in ac- tion, tl;atia(l}fic^ auSfit^ren active (energetic), energifc^ ; active sports, bie ^eibeSiiOungeii actively: to keep actively en- gaged, befdjaftigett activity, bie 2;i)dtig!eit ; hk Sfjat* !roft ; (industry), bie Setriebfam^ !elt actually, t^atfdc^Iid^ ; faftifc^ acute, \ijavf add (to say further), I)in5ufel3en ; tjinjufiigen ; (he) addiug that, inbent er I)in3itfitgte ; add to, Inn- pfitgen; add to (the heat), er^ p^en address := to speak before an au- dience, t?or einer iBirimunilnng fpred^en adhere, gnfammenfiatten ; (to a cus- tom), anl)atteu; (to an opinion), 6et (ber 5!)?einung) fitei&en adherent, sb., ber 5rn(}dnger adjacent (nations), Oenoc^&art A djectives denoting colour, use of, 2, n. 10 Adjectives, formation of, from pro- per names ; (1) by if 4 QQ, ji.5; (2) by er, 95, n. 20 Adjectives referring to erfldren, fatten, etc., 92, n. 14 Adjectives, repetition of termina- tions of comparative and super- lative of, 92, n. 6 Adjectives upon which the objec- tive clause or supine depends followed by a preposition, 97, n. 2 _ A djective Sentences. Caution about the formation of them, Gr. Int. xiv., etc., I. admire, betunnbern admirable, mnfterlioft admit, gnlaffen ; (to see a person ), borlaff en ; (where reason ) VOCABULARY. 101 was admitted to influence, ©m= gang foiib advance, sh.,ta§ ^ovxMm ; (spread- ing out), bie 2lu§bet)ttung advance, th. : to order to advance (mil.), \jQXxMm taffen; to ad- vance (to step forward), »Dr= fc^reiten; (to put forth), 'dqv= triugen ; (the season) advancing = advanced, Dorgefc^ritteit advantage, bet* SSort^eit ; to set at advantage, 2Sortt)eiie geludl^ren advantageous, gitnftig adventure, ba§ 5l&enteuer adventurer, ber Slbenteurev Adverbial Expressio))s. I. Place of, (1) of manner, 7, n. 32 («), (2) of place and time, 1, n. 4 (a) II. — of time, rendered by the genitive, 27, n. 6 III. Elliptical use of adv. expres. of place, 36, n. 12 Adverbs, relative superlative of, how formed, 87, n. 1 adversary, ber ©cgneu advice, ber ^Hat^ advocate, ber Slbljofat affable, fjerafctaffenb affair (incident), ba§ Sreigniy ; (tournament, &c.), bie S3egebett= i)eit ; see also p. 58, note 16 affairs (everybody's affairs), Stttgelegetifieiten ; busy with his own affairs (i.e. eating and drinking), mit fi(^ felbft '6efd;dftigt affect (the nerves, &c.), afficiren; (to pretend), fid) ftettett (atS ob) affection, bie ?iebe affinity, bie 3Seviranbtfcf)aft afflict: to be afflicted with, leibeiv an; to be most afflicting bores,*^' du^erft Iciftig fatten ; entfe^tic^ tang* toeitig fein afflicted (the), bie 33eh:itbten affliction, bie Sebrdngni^ afford (a shade), gcUjii^ren; (a probability), bartlntn; could not afford =: could not risk (luagen) after, nac^bem ; after some hours' sailing = after they had sailed some hours, nadibem fie einige (Stunben gefegett luaven after (great difficulty), mit after ages, filnftige 3eitett afternoon, ba* ^Zac^mittag; in the afternoon, am D^ac^mittag afterwards, nad}t}er ; (later), fpdter ; (after an event), barauf again, njieber; (yet again), at>er== mats ; to find again, njieberfinben ; to give thanks again, toon -Jleuem banfen; and back again, unb Suriitf against, gegcn; against all comers, gegcn atfe 2Bett; ordinance against confining, bie SSerovbnung nid^t gu befd)rdnfen age, ba§ Sitter; at the age of, im Sitter don ages: after ages, ages to come, Jiinftige 3eiten agile, be^enb agitation, bie Stufregung ago : a year or two ago, bor ein ober Jinjei ^'^tircn agoing: to set agoing, in 33en3C=» gung bringen agree, iibereintommen agreeable, hngene'^m aid, bie §ittfe aide-de-camp, ber Stbjutant (eine§ ©eneratS) aim (for which one strives), bo§ 'f'aWit amies (if )'=.' do not be angry with me about it (if), prnet ntir nid^t baroft (ha^) amity, bie ^^^reimbfc^aft among, imter; (nations, tribes, plants, &c., in a general sense), ftei; (between), j^lmfd^en ; among (the hills), ^toifc^en; had taken refuge among the people, Ijatte {■^re S«f(ud)t 5U bent SBoIfe genom^ nten; life among the Bedouins, tie ^eftenStoelfe ber S3ebuinen amount (value), ber SBerf^ ample (fortune), gro^ amply, uoGftdnblg ancient (castle), alt and, unb ; (slept with their swords under their pillows) and their horses (saddled), toa^renb bie ^T>ferbe ; a few men and the Ligurian with them, einige?[Rdn= ner fammt bem ?igurier ; a man and a horse, ein 3)iann fammt einem ^ferbe ; (a lump of butter is placed) and allowed to melt, treldjeS man fc^mctgen lagt anecdote, bie Stnefbote Anezza (plur.), bie Slneg^oS angry (jerks of the head), fteftig animal, t)Ci§> St)ier animal kingdom, ba§ Sftierreid^ animality, ber 5Inlmali§niu§ animosity, bie ©rftitterung another, ein onberer, &c. ; ein 3tt?ei»= ter, &e. answer, s J., bie 2lnttoort; to make no answer, anttoorteu nlc^tS answer, vb., anttoorten; to answer very well for his assertion, bie 2Bat)r^eit feiner SBetjauptnng gu fte= ftdtigen ant, bie Slmeife anticipation : (to blossom) in an- ticipation, in ber §Dffnung antiquarian, anttquarifc^ any, irgenb treldjeu, treld)e, trjeld^eg; (every), ein jeber, etne jebe, ein iebeS ; more than any other spot, nte^r rtie jeber anbre Ort ; for any long period, auf Idngere 3eit; not to any woman (p. 89), nic^t elner ^van any {omitted) : without waiting any longer, Dl}ne langer aftjulrarten any one, ^enmnb ; eine jcbe ^erfon apart : a few feet apart, einige %n% Don einanber Apollo, SIpoGo apologue, bie @age apostle, ber StVc^f^^I^ apotheosis, bie STpotfteofc apparel, bie ^fetbung appeal : to make appeal, to ap- peal, appeHiren VOCABULAEY. 103 appear, cdc^ehten; f{(^ geigen; conspicuous, geii^neit fid^ '6efon= bcr§ an§; (above water), ouftaitc^ett ; (seem), fd^ emeu appearance (outward), ba§ SluS- fel^en; (personal), auKete erfc^ein^ itng ; first appearance, erfte§ 2luf= treteit appendage (feathery), bie Sln^ang* jet; (appurtenance), ici§ ^it^c^r applause, ber SSeifaU apple, ber 5lpfel apply (a name), beitegen appoint (a day), Beftimmen Apposition, agreement of, with the nouns qualified, Gr. Int. xix. IV., 85, 71. 9 apprehend (to dread), Sefitrd^ten approach, sb., there was only one approach to, nur ein 2Beg fit^rt approach, vb., ftd^ na^ent; Would it stay to be approached ? 2Btrb e§ 6ei ber 5Inndt}eruttg tti(^t t)er== fd^tuinben ? [Slprit April : on the 2nd April, \:>ax 2ten apse, bie SlpftS aquiline: slightly aquiline (nose), leid^tgeBogen Aquitaine, Slquitanien Arab, ber 2lra6er Arabic, ba§ SlraBifc^ arch, ber SSogen; Arch of Triumph, ber Siriitmppogen arched, gettjiJl&t archipelago, ber %xd}ipd arduous, f(i)trierig argue, biSputiren argument, ta^ Slrgument ; ber 33e* lueiS; (subject of a discourse), ber ©egenftanb; (dispute), ber (Streit ; bie ©iScuffion arise from, enftef)en ait§ arm : in his mother's arms, in ben 5Ivmen I'einer ^JJuttet arm (weapon), ha§ ©etrte^r; bie SBaffe ; in arms, bie 2Baffen in ber ^anb; passage of arms (be- tween knights), ber 9Jitterfampf armed, geluaffnet; armed men (sol- diers), geiuaffnete ^Hannfd^aft armour, bie 9ftit[tung army, bie $lrmce ; the First Army, i)a§ erfte SlrineeforpS aroimd its walls, an ben SBdnben l^erum arrest, ber 2lrreft ; a week's arrest, eine '^[i^odi^ 2trreft arrive, anfommen arrival (introduction), bie ©infii'^r* ung arrow, ber ^feit art, bie ^unft article (of table furniture), ta^ (Stii(! Article. I. Use of def. (1) with abstract nouns, 1, n. 1, and 8, n. 35 (a) ; (2) with common names, l,w.2; (3) with names of materials, 2, n. 5 (a) ; (4) with names of mountains, 6, n. 30; (5) instead of possessive pronouns, 8, 7i. 34 (b) ; (6) with names of countries preceded by adjectives, 66, n. 14; (7) with foreign proper names, 3, n. 15 (a), and 9, n. 40 {b) ; (8) with adjs. 31, 18; (9) after aUt,6S,n. 4 ; (10) before meifte, 91, n. 6 II. Omission of — , with com- mon names used as titles, 28, n. 6 III. General definition of — , 76, n. 10 IV. Place of — , when used with adj., 31, n. 18 ; 49, n. 13 V. Repetition of — , Gr. Int. xix. IV., 42, n. 9 ; 91, n. 10 artillery, W ^Irtillerie as, at§ ; tote ; fo ; eBenfo {the as pre- ceding the first or only adjective in a phrase = fo or efeenfo ; the second as = toie or ot§) ; "ta ; lDdI)renb, &c.: as an excuse, at§ or gnr (gntfd^ulbigung ; operate as but a slight check, nur gertngen (Sin'^att t{)iin ; as far as (the gate), 6i^ gu ; as if it had been made so, oI§ lodre e§ fo gemac^t; as if (springing from), greid^fom; as if to (complain), al§ ofe e§ tootttc {see also p. 39, n. 5) ; as the day dawned, bei StageSan&rud^ ; as (the division formed), n?d!^renb; 104 VOCABULARY. (we do not love them) as it is, au(^ fo {placed at heyinning of sentence) ; as (the reading end- ed), fo trie ; as the thing more perfect is, the = the more per- fect anything is, the, je tiofltom^ mener ©tH^aS ift, befto ; as to (with regard to), traS ♦ * * feetrifft; as well as, fotuie ; almost as well as, faft eltenfo Ci^Mt irie, quite as, efeenfo* {See also p. 43, n. 11 ; p. 76, n. 4) ascent, bie Sefteigung ascertain : well-ascertained, t»Bnig= ertoiefen ashes, bie Slfd^e aside : to turn aside, ablenfen ask, fragen asparagus, ber ©|)arget aspect, "aa^ SKuSfe^en assail, angreifen assault (him), angreifen assembly, bie 35erfamm(ung assertion, bie 33et)auptung Assertion, placed (1) after the subject, 2, n. 5 {h) ; (2) before the subject, 3, n. 12 {a) assiduously improve (one's abili- ties), burdj g-teif? ^ftegen assign, antoeifen assistance, bie ^itlfe associate, sugefeHen ; BeigefeHen associations of (remembrances of), bie ©rinnerungen an assume, anuetjmen; (a dress), antf)«n Assyrian, sh., ber 2Iff^rer astronomer, ber STftronom; Herschel the astronomer, ber 5lftronom Jperfdjet astronomy, bie Slftronomie at, §u ; aw ; in ; ouf ; 6ei, &c. : at a depth, in einer Siefe; at a dis- tance, in ber 3=erne ; (arrive, be, descend, take place at a town), in ; (to land at a town), Bei; to set at advantage, 25ort^eite ge= \udt)rett ; no ... at all, none at all, gar fein; at all events, anf nite gdfle ; at certain seasons, -^n gcttjiffen ^a^reSgeiten ; at dusk, in ber ©dmmerung; at first, gu= erft; night is at hand, bie 9^a(^t xMt ^eran ; at his side, gitr ©eite ; at his tailor's, '&ei feinem €(^nei:= ber ; at length, enblic^ ; to set at liberty, in g^'eifteit fe^en ; at once, fofort; at present, je^t; at the age of, im filter toon; at the battle, in ber ©(^(oc^t ; at the be- ginning (lived), i\x srnfang; at the foot, am ^\i^ ; at the head (of an army, &c.), an ber ©pi^e ; to sit at the king's side, fid) neten 'azw tonig fe^enj at the school, on ber (Sd)ute* at the moment, in bem Slugenbticf ; at the right minute, im red^ten 9)^o== ment; at (the same time), nm; ' at six (o'clock), urn fed)§ U^r; at the time (just then), im 5lu= genbUde ; at this day (up to this day), &i§ anf biefen Sag; at this moment, in biefem Slngenfctid; at whatever risk, anf febe @efof)r :^in ; at which = where, too atmospheric, atmD^|.->ftdrifd) atom : (without caring) an atom, im ©eringften attach, an{)angen; attach itself, fid) anfnitpfen attack, vh., angreifen attack, sh.: flank attack, ber gtanf^ enangriff ; column of attack, Ut 2lngriff^!oIonne ; plan of attack, ber Slngriff^ptan attempt (to take a fort), sb., ber Slngriff attempt, vb., tierfndjen attendance : to be in close atten- dance on him, fid^ ftetS urn xh\ Sefinben attendant, ber 33egteiter attention, bie Slitf inerffom!eit ; at- tention (to), Wnfmertfamleit (anf) attitude, bie ©teCung ; an attitude of opposition to, eine feinblic^e ©tellnng gegen audience (an assembly of regu- larly appointed members), bie SSerfammlung, {See also p. 32, n. 6) Augustus, 2ruguftu§ Austrasia, Slnftrafica YOCABULAEY. 105. Austrian, adj., 6fterreirf)ifc[} authenticated, at§ autl;entijd) er* tuiefen author, ber 2Iutor; ber (Sd^riftftetfer ; ber SSerfaffer autobiographi :, auto(nogva^t)ifci^ autumn, bev §er6ft auxiliary cohort, bie ?[ujiUarcot)orte avert, abiueitben avoid, entijefteu awaken, tueden aware : well aware, itt'cvseugt ; to be aware of, fid) beiuu^t feiu away, Ijintceg ; to be cast away (driven on shore), cax ben ©trattb treifiett ; to dash away (to take flight), fortftitr^en ; to ride away, fortreiteit axe, bie %ict axis, bie 5lc^ie baby (child), ba§ ^iiib Babylon, ^abt)Ion back {in conjunction with verbs), ioieber ; guriid ; to go back, 5itrii(fget)en ; to turn back, guriitf fetiren ; to find the way back; ben 2Beci tuieberfinben; to trace back, tja'folgen ; there and back, tiin unb surittf back, sh.: turned their backs (fled),ftLViicn; back (of a build- ing, of the town), bie Oiiidfeite bad (worse than his reputation), fc^Iimni baflie (to frustrate), tiereiteln, (See p. 49, n. 6) bake, bacfen baker, ber iBdcfer ball, bie ^nc;et band (music), ha^ Wlu^itcovpQ bank (of a river), ba§ Ufer; (side of a hollow), ber 5lbl)attg banquet, ta§ 23anfett barbarian, sb., ber S3ar6ar barbarian chieftain, ber 33av6aven* ftauptUng barometer, ber Sorometer basilica of St. Peter, bie ^eterS* t'irc^e Bath, 33at^ battalion, taS' iBattaittott battery, bie 23atterif battle, bie Sd^tac^t; battle of, He !2d)tad)t bei, or an. (See jj. 49, n. 1) battle-field, taS (Sd)Iad)tfelb baying (of a hound), ba§ 35effett be, iHsep.preJix, transforms intrant sitive verbs into transitive oneSy 39, n. 1 be, fein; trerbeit {see p. 1, ??. 4 {b)) ; \i6:j befinben {see p. 94, w. 2); &c.: the treasury was (in an ex- hausted condition), bie (S^at5= Jammer befanb fid) ; to be (to con- sist of), beftet)en oit§; the drink is water, milk, and tea, "iia^) (^e= trdn! beftet)t ou§ 2Baf jer, &c. ; to be (a strong position, &c ), bitbeit; (her life is (forms) a record), bitbet ; what can be (more ex- traordinary), imS fann e§ geben; to be of (to belong to), angefiii* ren; to be without result, feme ^•olge t)aben ; the object was, bie§ t)attc jum 3iued; night is at hand, bie 9lac^t ritdt '^eran; the answer was, bie 3lnttDort tautete; to be; (in the nature of things), liegen; the future was, bie Q\\^ fUttft lag ; to be on the back (of a camel, &c.), auf bem 9^iiden fi^en; to be at stake, auf bem ©piete ftct)en; to be (in favour), ftef)en; to be (in one's — rd year),, ftebeu be : there is, see there be : being : though the blos^ soming time being spring, o^^ gleic^^ bie SIittt)e5eit im grii'^Ung ift; I being referee, ic^ al§> (S(^ieb§= rioter ; (I) being a gentile, bo ic^ eiu §elbe bin ; which being so,, unb ba bie§ ber gatt ift ; the moon being bright, "tiCi ber ^D^onb bell fd)ien; they being so many, xoai)- renb il)ra' fo blcle tuaren ; no words being spoken, ba fein SBort ge* fproc^eu trirb ; without being made a prisoner, oiine gum @e== fangenen gemad)t ju loei-beu; by being the only man = because he is the only man; he is ac- counted for by being, e§ beifjt,. baij er fei 106 VOCABULARY. be {followed hy a past parti- ciple), see tuider Passive Voice ; declared to be fairly achieved, fiir boaftanbig gelbft er!rart; (the roses) are to be planted, miiffcn gepftanst hjerben; (though he) were to be crowned, getrfint toerben foffte; it may be sus- pected, man fann annel)mett ; to be moored (in harbour), tior Sinter liegen; not a tree to be seen, fcin 33aum ift ju fe'^en be : it was {omitted) : but it was to the sailor alone, afeer a*ft fiir ben ©eeman* {See also p. 34, n. 13) beam (from the sun), ber ©tta'^l bear, vh., ttagen; (to hold up), em* por^alten; to bear (sail), mtf- fpannen ; weapons bearing points of, SSaffen beren ©ipi^en ou§ ^ * ♦ tccren; to bear clown to the ground, jn SBoben trerfen; borne down by the current, toon ber (Stromung fovtgeriffen ; to bear ill- will, iifeel tDoIIen; to bring (guns) to bear on (a position), auf* rid}ten beast, 'ta^ %Wc beat : the rain beats furiously, ber Slegen ftromt Ijeftig nieber beautiful, jc^on; beautiful (youth), :^ertU(^ beautiful, si., ba§ ©ciiijne beauty, bie (2d}onf)eit because, xodl ; "iia. become, tuerben; whatever does become of the gentlemen, n)a§ QX\6) immer au§ ben §erren h?ivb; has become (now), ift fet^t becoming, adj. , gejlemenb bed (place of rest), ba§ ^ager Bedouin, ber 35ebuin; tribe, ber Sebuinenftamm fcebiirfen, governs genitive case, 6, n.29 befall, toiberfa'^ren tiefe^Ien, requires the supine, 89, /i. 1 "beflei^en (fic^), governs gen. case, 86, n. 2 loefore, prep., "oox; co/i;., et)e; adv. (had been there before), fdjon fritl}er beggary (poverty;, bie SIrmutt) begin, anfangen; Seglnnen; from that moment history begins, to begin = batiren ; a storm begins, ein (Sturm ertjebt ftd^; day gradu- ally began to breaks day gradu- ally broke beginning, ber STnfang ; at the be- ginning (lived), 5U 3Infang behind, {(inter; to lead behind them, mlt fid^ fitl}ren; to leave behind, suriitflaffen behold, erfetiden being, sb. (creature), bo§ SGBefen beleaguer (to aflSict), f)etmfud^en believe, glauBen bell, bie ©lodfe belong, gct)oren; belong to the vegetable kingdom, gum ^flang* enreic^ geprig beloved, geliebt below (under), unter belt, ber ©itrtel belted (knight), geriiftet; belted about with a zone of blue = decorated with a blue girdle, mit einem fitauen ©itrtel gefd^miidtt bend, bie 33iegung bend back, guritdf&iegen ; bend in obeisance, fid^ tief tterneigen Benedek, 33enebe(J Berber language, bie 33er'6erj'prad§c besides, au§erbem best, adj., fceft; best luck, ba§ grii^te &IM ; to have the best of the struggle, bie Oberftanb 6eIom* men best, adv. : as best pleases our- selves, ttiie e§ un§ am beften ge== f dttt ; to like the best, om liebften mi3gen better, feeffer; better (observer), fcficirfer; to understand flowers Tbetter, me^^r &on 33(umen »er* fte'^en between, jiuifd^en beyond (one's comprehension), p f)Dd^ fiir; beyond (the arch), "Winter ; to get beyond the reach, awB tzm 33ereic^ !ommen VOCABULARY. 107 bill (parliamentary), bie 33ltt bird, ber 3Soget bishop, ber S3ifcf)of Bistritz, bie S5iftvi1j bit. ba§ Stitd; bit of land, i}a§ fStitd ?anb bit by bit, at(mdr)Ucf| bite, bei^en ; to bite a stick, in einen (Btod teifjen bitter, Ijitter bitterness (of feeling), bie (£rl3it= terunfj bivouac, ba§ S3i\jouaf ; bivouac fire, ba§ S3it)Dua!feuer black, fd^raarj black (lead) pencil, ber SSteiftift blameless, tabettoS blazing, bremienb blood, ba§ 23tut; (descent), bie 216* fimft bloodhound, ber !Sd}tt}ei^t}unb blossom, vb., blii^en blossoming time, bie SSWit^ejeit blow (a knock), ber Sd^Iacj blow, vb. : but for the wind blowing, tcenn nid^t ber 2Binb t)er ti3ef)te; it (the wind) blew coldly upon the soldiers = the soldiers felt its keenness blue, Blaii boar, ber ©6er boast : it was the just boast of Schiller, ©c^iGer \mv tiiit 9iec^t ftolj barouf boat, ba§ 93DOt; boat's crew, bie (S(^iff§mannfcE)aft body, ber ^orper; (denoting mat- ter as opposed to spirit), ber ^or^er boil, vb., !D(^ett; boiled, adj., ge= bold, !it^tt boldly, fit^n ; boldly proportioned, in !iit)nen ^roportionen bombard, fcombarbiren book, bo§ 33ud^ ; Books of Kings. bie Slicker ber ^Cnige border, bie ©renge ; border-country, ba§ ©rengtanb; border feud, bie ®ren5fe'£)be bore : to be a bore, laftlg fatten ; langtoeilig feln born, gefcoren borough, ber ^(edfen; borough of Poole, ber gteden ^oole borrow, cntletjnen botanical, botanifcf) botanist, ber 23Dtanifer botany, bie SSotanif both, beibe; to be short of both sleep and food, tueber ©d^Iaf nod^ 9^at)ritng genug Xja^en boundary, bie ©ren^e bowels (of the earth), ber (Sd^o§ boy, ber ^ixa^z branch, ber Bloeig bravely, tapfer bread, ba§ SSrob; cake of bread, ber ptatte SSrobhtcften break, ferec^en; 5erbred)en; (to di- vert), ablenfen; day gradually began to break = day gradually broke (to break, onbrecf)en) break (in the monotony), bie Hbnjcc^felung breakers, branbenbe SBogen breast (of a mountain), bie g«itte breeze, ber SOBinb brigade of guards, bie ©arben^ S3rignbe brigand-looking, nut rdubcrt}aftem 2lu§fe^en bright, !^etf ; the moon being bright, ba ber '$llont tjtU fdfiien; bright (sky), f (ar ; bright side (of affairs), bie ^id^tieite brightly, t)ett bri6g, feringen; bring back, gurM^ feringen; bring down (shoot), I)erabfd^ie§en ; bring up (guns, &c.) =to cause or to order (gims, &c.) to be brought up, anf bringen lafjen; bring (guns) to bear on (a position), onfrid^ten Britain, S3ritanien British, adj., britifc^ broad, breii: broken (land), uneben brother, ber ^rnber brotherhood, bie 23riiberfd^aft brow (forehead), bie ietenb ; commanding of- ficer, ber Sommanbant commence, anfangen commercial town, bie §anbel§ftabt commission (as ofl&f^er), bie £)i\\^itC'» ftette ; first commission, bie &r=* nennnng gum Offigier commit (to send), jc^iden ; commit (a fault), Begetien common (Bedouin), gemein; com- mon (colour), getuiJ^ntic^ ; com- mon (room), gemeinfd)afttid) VOCABULARY. Ill Commons (House of), ba§ Unter^ communicate (ideas by speech), auSbrilrfen companion, ber ©efd^rte ; (friend), bcr ^eitub company, bie ©efeflfd^aft ; (of guards), bie dompaguie ; (of soldiers), bie Sruppe competitor, ber 93iitit)er6er complain of, ^ii) beftagen ii6er complete, tooHftcinbig complying with the habit, bent (SJebraud; nad^fommenb compose (an alphabet), bilben; to be composed of, beftet^en au§ composition (elaboration), bie 5Iu§s arbeltung; (of an essay), bie 2lb* faffung. {See p. 30, n. 1, and p. 62, n. 6) Compound Expressions^ two, hav- ing the same subordinate mem- ber, 93, n. 16 comprehend, berfte^en comprehension, ber 35erftanb conceal, berbergen conceive (imagine), ftd^ bettfen concentration, bie Eoncetttration conception (geometrical), ba* S3e=» griff . concerning : (such questions) con- cerning it, baritber conciliate (the hearts, win them over), toinnen condescending, ^erabkffenb condition (state), bie ^age; ber 3u* ftanb; (position), bie ©teHung; improving the condition of the poor, bie ^flege ber Slrmen Conditional mood, used (1) in clauses expressing supposition, 48, n. 9; (2) in adverbial clauses of time, 96, n. 11 ; (3) for the present participle after hut for, 55, n. 7 ; (4) instead of the con- junctive, 74, n. 16 conduct (to lead, to bring to), fit'^ren; to conduct out of the town, 5ur ®tabt t)inau§ fiifireu conduct (behaviour), "tia^ S3e= tragen confidence, "Qa^ SBettrouen confidently, mut(}ig confine (to limit), befc^rciitfen conform (one's self to), ficfi an^ fc^tiejjett confound : to be confounded (with), berttjed^feln (mit) confusion, bie S^ertrimtug conjointly, gemeinfcfjaftUd} Conjunctive mood, use of, 26, n. 16; 29, n. 3 conquer, beftegen; conquered, a^Z;'., befiegt conqueror (victor), ber ©ieger* {See p. 36, n. 1) consequence, bie gofge ; mighty in its consequences, fotgenreic^ consider (well), ertoagen {see p. 71, n. 13) ; I, considering however, "iia. i(^ in ©rtuagung gog ; consider (as, expressed or understood), betcad^tenatS; onfe^en aU {see -p. 85, n. 2) ; consider necessary, fitr ttof^ig tjotten considerable (share), bebeutenb ; considerable (degree), :^od^ consideration, bie 9?itcffid^t consist (of), beftetjeu (au§) conspicuous : to appear conspicu- ous, geidinen fitf) befonberS ou?^ Constantine the G-reat, Gonftantin ber @ro^e constellation, bn3 ©ternbilb constraint, ber 3ioang Construction, characteristics of German, Int. xiv. I. Construction, elliptical, 35, n. 13 consume (one's life) = to pass, ba^inbringen contain, ent^alten; (a town) con- taining 100 inhabitants, Vit 100 ©introtirter '^at contemplate (doing something), beab[i(f)tigen continent, ber Continent j (world), "ait^ 2BeIt continue (to last), bauern ; to con- tinue to walk on, iceiter fAceiten, {See p. ^1,71. 11) contrary, ba§ ©egent^etl; very much the contrary, gan>; im ©egent^eil; on the contrary, I}ingegen contrast, bcr ©egenfa^ 112 VOCABULARY. •contribute, fecltragen contrivance (arrangement), bie SSorric^tung contumacious, trotjig; most contu- macious, dui^erft tro^ig convenient, beqitem conveniently, mit 23equcmlld}feit conversation, bie llttterl}attung convey : to take and convey (a prisoner to anyone), itber^ Uefern <»onvince, it&erjcugett cook: well-cooked, forgfdttig su* bereitct cooperate, jnfammettiuirlen copy, t'i., abjdjreibett ; (to repeat), wiebertoten corn, ta§: torit; (Indian corn), ber mai§ coronation, bie ^riSnitng corpse, bie Sei(^e correct (precise), teftimmt corresponding(change),entfprec^enb cost, vb., foften Cottoniau (Library), Sottottif^ could, see can counter-march, ber Gonttemarfd^ country, ba§ ?anb ; (native land), bQ§ ^'aterlatib (see p. 9, n. 39) ; surrounding country, bie Umges= geiib; country round, bie Umge= geub ; an extent of country, eitte Sanbftrede couple: married couple, ta^ (£^e== ipaar courage, ber '^utt) courageous, mutt}tg couise (of his speech), ber 3?ev(auf court, ber §of; Court noble, ber §i3f(ing courteous, t)o[{id^ courteously, ^^ii) courtesy, feiner Stiiftanb cove, bie 23uc^t cover, vb., bebetfen cover (protection), ber S(^u^ cradle, bie SSiege ; from their cradles, uon beu 2Blege an crater, ber ^I'ater crawl, Iriec^eu create (discontent), ^criiovrufen crest (of a hill), ber (S^ipfel crew : boat's crew, bie SdjiffSmann* fd^aft Crimean War, ber ^rim=.^tieg crisp (hair), !rau§ critical, fritijd) cross, vb., iibergcf}en; (to cross, to ford a river), burd}lciaten cross-bow, bie Slrmbruft cross-bowman, bee Stnubi'uftfd}iil^ crowd, vb., (to flock towards), fa-ijmen crowd (number of people), bie SJJenge; crowd of men (the whole of them), ber ganse $aufe; bie yDtdimer crown, sb., bie ^rone crowned, adj., ge!ri3nt cry (of a hound), ta§ &eUU; cries (shouts), baS ©efc^rei (sine/.) cry out, aitSrufen crystal, ber ^xi)]taU cultivate (land), baiten ; (a science, &c.), fid) 6ef(eifugen culture, bie iBilbung curds, ber Ouarg; ber Cuarf curiosity, bie 9leugier; from curi- osity, au§ 9^eitgier curious (wishful), begierig current, sb., bie (Stromiing current, adj., im Umlauf curule, curittifc^ custody, ber (^eira'^rfam custom, ber ©efiraud^; bie ©etcofin* t)eit customary, getrdudjlic^ cut, fd)neiben; (features liberally cut, gebitbet ; (nose finely) cut, gefc^uitten; to cut away (the ground), abtragen; to cut (down), um^auen ; to cut up (paper, &c.), geri'djueibeit; to cut up (an ani- mal), jettegen cutlet, bie ^otetette ba, or bar, when added to 2^1'^posi' tions, 97, n. 2 daily, tdgUc^ dance, ber stang danger, bie ©efa^^r Dante, 2)ante Danube, bie SDonait dare : if he dared, jccmt er ben aJiut:^ bagu ^dttc VOCABULARY. 113 dark, bUttf el ; (gloomy), bufter dark (nightfall), ta§ ©uttfettoerben darkness, bic ^inftcmijj dash away (to take flight), fort= ftttrsctt BatBy place of, in German, 98, n. 1 Dative, idiomatic use of, 85, n. 15 dawn, s&., bie ©dmmcruttg dawn, vb., graucn; as the day dawned, td S^ageSanBrud^ day, bcr Sog; day on which an event occurs, when not governed by a preposition is in the accusative case, e.g., the next day we went, ben nac^fteit Sog gingen tuir; all that day, ben ganjcit Sag ; at this day (up to this day), 6i§ mtf biefen Sag ; in our own days, in nnfevev 3ett; in the days of Charles II., nnter ^axl "tstxa gtoei^^ ten; day's journey, bie Sagereife daytime : in the daytime, am Sage dead, adj., tobt; the dead (of night), sb., bic ©title deal (to treat with), imtertjanbeln deal : a good deal of, Diet dear, t^eia* dearest, sb. (plur.), bie S^enerften death, bet Sob ; he is fairly fright- ened to death, e§ iiberfaUt iftn eine n3at)re SobeSangft; (became) a question of life and death, pr ?ef)en§ftage debate, t>&.,bebattiren ; (to dispute), ftreiten debate, sb., bie S)e6atte debated question, bie ©treitfvage decaying (fire), ertufc^enb decide, entftJ^eiben declare, crfldren ; declare itself free, ft(^ fiir frci ertldren; (to testify), Bejeugen^ decline (of an empire), i)a§ ©infen deed : in deeds of charity, in bee SruSitfenng ber 2Bo^ttt)dtigfett deep, tief ; deep (potation), ftarl defeat, vb., fc^tagen defence, bie SSert^eibigwng ; to make defence (for the purpose of making a defence), gur 35ertt)ei= bigung; (men) for defence, ai§ SSerf^eibi^er defend (a place), uertljeibtgen ; de- fend (a passage of arms), aufs" ne'^men definition, bie definition defy, Sro^ bieten degree, betr ®rab delicious, ICftUd^ delight, sb., tk gireube delight, vb., entsitden delivery: for delivery, gur 33cfiet=» lung demagogue, ber 2)emogogc demand, sb., bie g^orbentng demand, vb., forbern demur, sb., (hesitation), ber 2jfuf^ cnt^att department (of knowledge), haS^ depend (on), uerlaffen (ouf) dependent, ab'^dngig deportment (in public), ba§ 33e* ne^men depose (kings, &c.), entf^ronen depths of forest, ba§ 2Batbe§bitfid^t derive : to be derived, l^erftammen descend, abfteigen descend from (to be derived from), l^erftammen t>on describe, &ef(^rei6cn descry, erfclitfen desert, sb., bie Siifte desert, vb., Vterfaffen design, with the design (object), gu bem Btued designate, feagetd^nen despondency, bie SSershjeiflung destined : to be destined (to meet) foUen destroy, gerftiiren ; bernid^ten detection, bie ©ntbedung deter, a'6'^atten determine (to resolve), 6ef(^Iie§ett; entf(^ne§en; (to settle about), Be* ftimmen (itber); determined by (sentiment), feeftimmt burd^ develope : to be developed, fid^ entfatten ; strongly developed, ftar! aitSgeprdgt devote themselves, fid^ toibmen devoted (addicted to), ergefeen devotion (to a duty), bie §inge=: Bung 114 VOCABULARY. devout, fromm diadem (of the Caesars), bie ^rottc dial, ba§ BifferHatt dialect, ber S)iale!t dictatorial, bictatotifd^ die, fterSen bie§, use of the abbreviated form, 90, n. 18 different, berf(3^ieben difficult (to do), jc^iuer; difficult (road), fd^tuierig difficulty, bie (Sc?^lrierig!eit; (trouble), bie ^ii'^e ; (fix), bie SSerlegen'^eit dignified, tourbetooti dilapidation, bie 33erftiimmetitttg diligence (coach), bev (gitluagen dine, fpeifeit; effcn; (at noon, e.v- pressed or understood, gu SJiittog) dining-room, ber ©peifefaal dinner, ba§ SUiittagSma'^i: direct, vb. (to drive, understood), fa'^en laffen; direct (a camel, &c.), lenfen; to be directed (to be ordered), ben 23efe'^t et^alten direction, bie 3ftid)tung; the direc- tions which he had directed him to give = the order (23efe^I) which he had given him for delivery (gut Seftettung) disappear, berfc^lcinben disaster, 'iia§> Un^eit discipline, vb., bifci^Iittirett discomfiture (of an army), "niz Sfiieberlage discontent, bie Ungufriebett^eit discover, etttbetfen; (to invent), er* finben; is discovered (by them understood, they, and not the thing discovered, being the chief subject of the narration), fie ettt= bedften ; is discovered (is found), tnon finbet discovery, bie ©ntbedfung discuss (to talk over), ftefpred^ett disgrace, bie ©c^anbe disguise (to hide), berBergen; (to live) in disguise, (hidden), »er= 16orgett dish (earthenware), bie ebrangt district, ber ?anbftrid§ ; ber Siftrict disturb, ftfirett divide (to separate from), trennen ; still hold divided sway, no(^ int:^ mer gemeinfc^aftlid^ 6e:^errfc^en divisible, t^eit&ar division (mil.), bie S)it)ifion do, trans, vb., tl)im ; to do (work), toerrid^ten ; to do (a service), Ieift= en; (to accomplish anything), (ettoaS) DoCtringen ; to do (any- thing to a person), ant^un; (no- thing was) done = undertaken, untentommen do, intrans. vb., (to succeed), gcUngen docile (in temper), fattft docility (of temper), bie ©anft* ^eit doctrine, bie ?e'^re dog, ber §unb dome, bie Puppet; gigantic dome, ber afiiefenbom Don John of Austria, S)int Qfuan b'STuftria dose, bie SDofiS doubt : no doubt, oljtte 3loeifel doubtful, ^tueifcl^aft doubtless, o^ne 3tt>clfel dough, ber SScig doughty, topfcr I'OCABULARY. 115 down (the way down), l^inuttter; to go down, l^inunter ge^ett; to bear down to the ground, gu S3oben werfen; to lay down (any- thing), nleberlegcn; cut down, um'^auen; to push down (from), :^era6brattgcn ; looking down over the multitude, t)intrieg bie SDlenge iiBerfe^enb ; took us down with him = went with us downright (decided), enti"(!^iebett downs, ha^ v^itgeUanb downy, flodic^t drag, 5iel}en draw (into a fine thread), an^i^ bet)nen draw back, suviicfsietien dream : he will never dream (of), e§ faflt i^ni nic^t int 2;raume ein dreamlike, traum^aft dress, vb., fic^ fteibctt dress (clothing), bie itteibung. {See also p. 78, n. 18) dried, adj.y getroditet drink, i>a§ ©ettdnf drive: to drive from (displace), berbrangen au§; to drive (any- one) from, au§trei6en; to drive along, bat)itT fa'^ren; driven (by fears), getrlefeeu drizzling rain, ber 9?e6etregen drop (a theory), aufgefeen; to drop (on one's knees), fatten drove, ba* Srieb; not a drove of sheep, !eitt 2;rie& ©efet^t encourage, ermutl)igen; ermuntern; (to promote), teforbern end, trans, vb.y eitt ©nbe tnac^eit; intrans. vS., ettbert; as the read- ing of the Gospel ended, fo luie bo§ Gbattgelium t>erle[en tear end (of a table), ba§ itntere (Snbe endeavour, ^•Z»., fic^ Beftrefien endeavour, sb., ba§ ^eftre&en endurance (of ill), bo§ (grtragen endure, ertragen enemy, ber ?^einb {see p. 14, n. 5) ; enemy's fire, boS feinblic^e geuer energetic, energifd^ ; a-aftboK energy, bie (Snergie engage {mil.), aitgrcifen; ouf einen tampf elnlaffen; to be engaged (in battle), !am:pfen ; closely en- gaged (in business), \t^t \iaxi in 2Ittfpnt4 genommcn; to keep ac- tively engaged, feefc^ciftigen ; to engage one's self (to), \\6) Ijinben engine (of war), bie SJlofd^iite England, ©ngtmtb {neut.) English, adj., engli)'(^ English, sh.: the English, bie (£itg* lanber. {Seep.l^,n.ll) enjoy gettleSett ennui, bie ^angelueite enormous, imgetieuer enough, gemtg enrol one's self, \i6) mtfnel^nter, taffen ensign, ber ?^df)nrid} ; to make him an ensign, i^n iMxa gd^nric^ er== nennen enter (a room), eintreteit; (through the gates), burdifommett ; never, perhaps, entered (the gates), iavx toD'^i ttle bitrc^ ; enter (after a struggle), getangert (itt) enterprise, ba§ Unternebmen entertain him with a solo, i^m eiit @oId borfpielen entertainer (the host), ber SKirf^ entertainment (banquet), "tia^f (55aft= mat)! enthusiasm, ber Snt^itfiaSmitS ; bie 33egeifteruttg entirely (new), gang; entirely (con- cealed), gdttstid) entitle (help to), t)er"^etfen entrance, ber (Siiigang; (entry), \i^ ©ingug entrust, antiertrauen epithet (expression), ber SluSbrudf equal (in appearance), o'^nlid) equally, gteid^ VOCABULARY. 117 erect, vb., evin^ten eruption, ber SluSBruc^ e§, (1) supplies the place of the Object, Gr. Int. xx. V., and 17, n. 7 ; (2) used as grammatical subject, 81, n. 10 escape (by flight), sb., bie glutei especially, fcefonbevS establish (one's self) on a plat- form, iia§ 'jptateau Gcfe^en estate, ta^ 35efi^tl)uni esteem, bie 2l(f)tung estimate (opinion), bie SOZeittung Etna, ber (Stna euer, when loritten (Sid,, 40, n. 10 European, adj., euvopdifc^ even, felfeft; (than), no(S§; even then, \ijon bamat§; even though, itnb toemt; not even (a rumour), nic^t einmat even tenor (of their lives), ber rut)ige ®ang evening, ber 2l6enb ; in the even- ing, am 2ll3enb; at six in the evening, um fedfiS Uljv be§ 2l6eiib§ evening party, ^is: 2lbeitbgefefl= f(^aft event : at all events, aitf atte goalie eventually (ultimately), jt^Ue^Iid) ever, \txttaU ; than ever, al§ ie (see p. 17, n. 5) ; for ever, ouf immev every, jeber, jebe, jebeS ; every con- sideration, atte 9?it(ffic^ten (plvr.) ; every man, eitt ^eber ; every one, ;$5eber, ^ebe, 3ebe§; every one of the sciences, fdmmtUd^e 2Bif== fettfc^aften ; (slopes) on every side, auf jeber ©eite; (beleaguer- ed) on every side, tjon otten ©eiten everybody, ^ebermonn everything, 9ltte§ everywhere, iifeeraff evidence: to be evidence of, 16e=: toeifen evidently, augenfd^eintic^ exaltation (of sentiment), ber Sluffd^touttg examine, xmterfud^eit ; fieft^tigen ; (the place) when examined, &ei genauer Unterfut^ung example, bnS 33eifpicl exceeding, adj. iifeertnafjig exceedingly, 'dufjerft excel, ftd^ auSjeic^tten ; excelling in = although he excelled in . . ., oBgleid^ er fi(!§ in ♦ ♦ ♦ auSgeic^nete excellent, bortrefflic^ ; auSgejeic^net excentricity, bie ©jcentricitdt except (to the exclusion of), ou§'= getiommett ; (unless), ou§er excessive, iifeermdgig exchange one dress for another, eitte ^teibung tnit eiitev anberen bertaufd^en excitement, bie 2lufrcgung exclaim, auSrufen exclusively, au^fd^lie^tid^ excuse, sb., bie (5ntjd^u(bigung execute (work), auSfii^ren; exe- cute (a solo), toorttagen exemplary, ej^emptarifd^ exercise (bodily), bie ?eil3e§ii6ung ; (riding, walking, &c.), bie Se= ttjegung; religious exercises, bie Slttbac^tSiifeungen (plur.) exhausted, adj., ei*fd}i)Vft exhibit (traces of), an \id) tragen exhibition (of prowess), bie ^nnt^ gefiung existence (life), ta^ ^efcen; ta^ SDcfein; (of a place), ba§ ©afeitt existing condition (of things), ber Sl^atbeftanb expand into, fid^ ou§bcf}nett gu expect, ertrarten experienced, erfa^ren expert, adj., gctoanbt explain, erttdreu exploring party, bie ©v^ebition expose one's self (to criticism, &c.), fid^ broSfteCen express, auSbritdfen; (to denote), begeid^neit; (to manifest), begei'^ gen expressive, auSbrutfSttoH extend, fic^ erftrecfen extent of country, einc ?anbftredte externally: such, externally, was the youth, fo toax taS Sincere be§ ;Sitngting§ extinct : become extinct, an 8* fterben 118 VOCABULARY. extirpate, Deruictitcu extraordinary, aufeerorbentlfiii^ ^^ extravagance (poetical), bie Ufcer* fd^njcirtc^dd^feit extremely, du^erft extremity: reduced to extremi- ties, aufS 5iu§erfte getrieBeit^^ exuberance (of spirit), iia§ ilSergc* eye, ba§ 5Iuge ; to the public eye, iiffentlid^ eye-witness, ber Stugengeuge face, ba§ @e[ic§t; (mask), bie 9!Jlo§lEe; (aspect), bie @eftatt fact, bieSt^atfadjc; bo§ t^actitm* (See p. 48, n. 8) faculties, bie @eifte3frdfte (plur.) fail : if he fails, tuentt e§ i^m ntc^t gelingt ; he will not fail to have words at his command, fo ift e§ geh)i§, ba% itim bie SSorte su ©ebote fte"^en toerbett failure (of a plan), t)a§ Wi^lin^zn; their failure = the failure of their plan; (ill-fate), taS, mi^^ gejc^id (see p. 32, n. 4) ; failure (of an attempt to), ber bereitefte SSerfuc^ fair (harbour), rul^ig ; in a fair way, auf gutem 2Bege fairly (properly, perfectly), tooH- ftattbig ; he is fairly frightened to death, e§ iiberfoCt i^n eine toa'^re SobeSangft fall, sb., ber ^aU fall, vb., faflett ; to make (troops) fall back, surittfbrangetr ; to fall (on one knee), ficEi nieberlaffen ; shame fall on those, ©c^anbc treffe biejcnigen ; to fall off, f^^db- fatten; to fall to (to set to), fid^ baran mac^en fallacy, ber Srugf^tu^ falter, ftotfeit familiar, tiertraitt familiarly, Dertrautirfj family, bie ^antitie famous, beritt}mt fancy : may fancy himself perus- ing, !onnte gtaufeen, ba§ er leje far, toeit; as far as (the gate), 6i§ p ; far beyond (one's compre- hension), btel 5U f}DC^ fiiv; so far from being evidence, tueit ent* fernt gu beweifett farm (farni-house), bo§ tJarm'^auS farmer (tiller of the soil), ber :8anbmottn farther on, toeiter'^in fascinating, tegaubernb fashion, bie 9!J?obe ; in a fashion = to a certain degree (ber ©rob) fate, ta§ !£d[)icffal father, ber iBater fatherland (original home of a people), ba§ §eimatf)Innb fatigue, 6-&., (that which fatigues), bie SInftrenguitg favour, vb., begiiitftigeu favour, sb., bie ©uttft ; in favour (of), 5u ©unften favourable, giinftig fears : driven by their fears, toon gurc^t {sing.) getrleben feathery, geftebert feature (of a face), ber 3«g; pl^y of features, baSSJIienenfpiet; (de- tail), ber Umftnnb federal, ft5berirt feeble, fc^tnac^ feed (animals, insects, &c.), fiittem feel, fil'^ten (felt in, see n. 15, p. 3) feeling, "aa^) ®efiit)l ; act of gener- ous feeling, bie grogmitt'^ige §anb* lung fellow - feeling, famevabf^a[tli(^e§ @efut}t fellow-student, ber SJiitfc^itler ; ber College female Majesty, foniglid^e %ta}X festival, "aa^ geft fetch, l^otett feud : border feud, bie ©rensfefibe feudal, feubot few, hjenig ; few (days, words, &c.), einige fibre, bie ^^afer field, 'iia^ gelb fierce, tuilb fifteen, fiittfge'^n fifteenth, fiinfjet^tttc fifty, fitnfsig fight, .s^., ber ^am^)f; fight of in fantry, "ba^ ^nfanteriegefec^t VOCABULARY. 119 fight, vb., fec^ten figure (of a man), bie ©eftalt file (into a room), \\6) Segebett final, enbtid^ find, finben; find again, toieber== ftttben ; find out, entbetfen ; find outside (in front of), tjor^nben; find the way back, ben 2Beg tuie^ berftnben fine (hair), fcin; biinn finish (one's prayers), toerrid^ten fire, W^ geuer fireside : by the fireside, am §erbc firm, feft first, adj. J erft ; adv. erft ; guerft ; at first, 5uerft; in the first place, MQt alCem; from first to last (throughout), burd^auS first-comer, bet* (Si'fte ^efte fir-wood (forest), ber 2;anttetth3atb fissure, ber SRt^ flower, V\t S3Iume flowery, Btumreii^ fly: (the news) had flown, "^otte \x&j toerBreitet fodder, ba§ gutter follow, fotgen; to follow one to church, einem in bie itird^e folgen follower, ber 23eg(eiter following (next), nac^ft fondly: the memory of Joseph 11. was long and fondly cherish- ed, ;3fofep:^ II. ftanb tange in t^txxx^ em Slnbenfen food, bie 9'Za'^rnng ; V\t ©peife ; (the various dishes), bie bem Sereid^ fommen; get off (away from a place), bot)Dn f ommen ; get over (to over- come), iibertrinben ; to get pos- session [mil.), \\6) bemacf)tigen; get through, burd^get)en ; burc^foin* men ; get to, erreic^en ; get under arms, in§ ©enje^r treten gigantic dome, ber SfJiejenbom give, geben; (to offer), anbieten; give (hints), madden; (to cause), ma(f)en; gives him no regret, mac^t i^m leinen Summer; give (attention), fd^enfen ; give (into one's hands as a prisoner), iiber* liefern; give the alarm {military), 3it ben 2Baffen rufen ; give thanks again, tjon 5Renem banfen; give up, aufgeben ; give up (a prison- er), auMiefern; give assurance of, »erfid^ern 'aa'^ gladly, mit Si^euben glancing, adj., gldnjenb glass, bo§ ®ro§ ; (the various ar- ticles made of glass), ba§ @ta§= gefc^irr glittering, gldnjenb gloomy, biifter glorious, glorreid^ glory, ber 9f?uf)m go, ge^en; tooHen {see p. 70, n. 16); while (he) goes, im @e^en; (to travel), reifen; go back, jurittf^ ge^en; go forth (from home), forttoanbcrn ; go forward (to ad- 122 VOCABULAEY vance), »orrutfctt;^o from home, toerrciyen ; go in secret, ftd^ '^elm= lid^ aufmac^en; go on (to pro- ceed), fortfal^ren ; to go on pick- ing up, immer auflejen; go out, auSge'^eit; go out (to come out from a house), :^erou§treteit ; go to (the battle-field), fid^ Begefien aitf ; to set a-going, in Seioegung tringen; to be going on, ftatt== finben God, ber &Qtt gold: land of gold, ha§ (SJoIb* lonb gold, adj. golben golden, golben good, si., bo§ (Butt good, adj., gut; too^t (see p. 75, n. 4) ; good deal of, biel ; good supply, genug; tender, good (offices), freunbfc^afttii^ ; well and good, fo tnag e0 l^iii* ge^eit good-humoured, gutgelaitnt good-will, ha^ 2SoI}IiuDEen goose, bie ®an§ Gospel, i)a§ ©tiangeUum gossip, vb., fc^hja^eit Goth, ber ©ot^e govern (to influence), fieeinftuffen government, bie SJegierung governor, ber ©outierneur gory, 6tutig grace, hk @itobe ; (of movement), bie ©rogie ; (of manner), bie ?ie= ben§tDiirbig!eit graceful, gierlii^ graciously, gndbig gradually, aHmd^lic^ grain of musk, bag ©ran 9!yJofd^u§ grammar, bie ©rammoti! Grammar School, bie ©eM}rten= fd§ule grand, gro§artig; grand (tussle), titd)tig; gto^ grand-duke, ber ©ro^'^ergog grandson, ber dntd grange, i)a§ &tij'Q^t granite hill, ber ©ranitl^itget grape, bie 2Beintra«6c grass : tops of the grass, bi ©ra§= fpitjen 4 ;y), DebeitJ] i 11.) ber 2;er--- ^), freie^r grassy, rafen'6etoac[}fen grateful, ban!6ar gratifications, ber ©enu^ {sing.) gratify (the public interest), ®e ttitge f^utt grave, ernft gravity, bie (SJratoitat gravy, bie p'i)aun; heavenlier glow (of blue), tiefere §immet§Haue heavy, jc^ioer Hebrew (language), ba§ ^eferaifd^ heed : to take heed of (to trouble about), fi(i§ Kimmern um height (of a man), bie @ro§e; heights (hills), bie ^itget (plur.) ; cluster of heights, bie S3erg= gruppe heir, ber (SrBe help (each other to the food), reic^en (see p. 27, n. 12) ; (need) some help (to food) = some- thing handed, etluaS gereid^t helpless, Ijiilflog Henry, §einrid^ her, pass, adj., i^r, i'^re, i'^ herb, ha§ ^taut herd, bie §erbe hereditary, erblid^ 124 VOCABULARY. hero : naval hero, bci* ©ecl^elb hero-lay, iia§ §eIbenUeb herself, f el6ft ; fid§ hesitation (in speech), haB ©toden hide, toerbergen high, f)o^*, high (voice), taut; high above, 'i)o6) iiSer ; iiberrogenb ; high altar, ber ^odjaltar highlander, ber §Dd)Idnber Highness, ^o^eit (fern.) hilarity (of the crowd), ber Sfufeel hill, ber §itgel hill of Dub, ber 2)u6pget hill-fort, bie Scrgfefte hill-side, ber §ugclabf)attg himself, fid^ ; I'elfcft ; he himself, er f elfift ; than himself, aB er hind leg, haB ^intertein hint, bie Slitbeututig ; (warning), bie 2Barjtung hippopotamus, ber §tp^)0^)otamu§ ; ba§ 5«ilCpferb his, fein, feine ; (part of a title), @e* = (Seine (see p. 39, n. 17) ; (when the context clearly shoios whose), ber, bie, ba§ ; slipped over his head, i^m ii6er ben ^o^f gegogen; at his side, gur (Seite; a friend of his, einer feiner greunbe historical, '^iftorifd^! history, bie ©efd^id^te hither, l^ier^er hold, t)alten ; (an army), feff^alten ; (a festival), fiege^en ; hold lands (by feudal tenure), filter tragen ju ^cl^en ; hold sway, bel^errfd^en holder (householder) ber S3ett)Dl)== ner; all the holders, alle 23e- tooljner hollow, ber §o:^(tDeg holy, l^eilig home, bie ^eimot^ ; (stopping place), ber 2Iufetttt}alt§ort homely (simple), einfac^ home-made wine, ber Cbfttoein homestead, bie §eimftatte hominy, §otnittl} honour, sb., bie (£^re honour (with one's presence), be* e'^ren* (See p. 35, n. 3) hope, sb., bie ^offnung i hope, vb., l^offeit hopeless, l^offnungSIoS hospital, ba§ ^ojpital hospitality, bie ©aftfreunbfc^aft Horace, ^oraj horn, ba§ §orn hornblower, ber §ornbtdfer horrible, f(?^redli(^ .^«, horse, \^a§ ^ferb; troop of horse, ber Zxupp ^teiter horseman, ber SfJeiter host = army, ba§ §eer hostile, feinbU(I) hostility, bie geinbfii^aft hot (dispute), t)e[tig hotel, taB §DteI hound, ber §uttb hour, bie ©tunbe ; for many hours,, biele (Stunben lattg; within ar hour, fcinnen einer ©tiinbe house, ba§ ^anB how, wie however, conj., jebod^ ; (still), in=: beffen ; considering, however, ba 16) in ©rtodgung gog ho'wever, adv., tuenn auc^ ; how=: ever grand (their titles), tnie gro§== artig an^ ; however humiliating- it (may sound), fo bemiitfiigenb e0 au^ huge, rieftg human, menfd^Iic^ humble (lowly), niebrig; humble (forms of vegetation), unter humiliating, bemittl^igenb hundred, l^unbert ; hundred thou- sand, i)unberttaufenb hunger, ber hunger; (to die) of hunger, tor hunger hunt, sb., ber ^agb hunting, \^a§ i^agen husband : the King her husband, i^r fi)rtigti(^er (5}eniaI}lC hussar, ber §ufar hyacinth, bie ^tjacinttje I, icf) idea, bie ^bee ideal, sb.,\>a§ ^beal ideal, adj., ibeot idiom, ba§ ^biom if, trenn ; (omitted), see p. 48, n. 9; (though), oB ; as if to = as VOCABULARY. 125- though it would, aU oh e§ tooEtc; (in case), fallS; as if (from), gteid^fam; as if it had, aU tuare e§ ill (qualified), fdjtcc^t; to bear ill will, iifiel tooHen imagine^, fid^ benfen immediate (close), Uttmltter6ar immediately, fofovt ; fogteid^ ; (so soon as), jo \vk imminent, nat}e fcetiorfte^en impatient, ungebittbig impel, anj^joruen imperfect, unboKfommeti imperial, faiferlid) implicit, unbebingt implore, otiflefiett importance, bie SSid^tigteit ; of im- portance, njic^tig; of such im- portance, fo feebeutenb important, irildjtig impose (an obligation), auferlegen; imposing (in appearance), im^ pottirenb impossible, unmogHd) impression, ber ©inbrurf imprisonment, bic ©efangenfd^aft improve, t»a'fiefjern; fiereid^ern; as- siduously improve (one's abili- ties), bitrc^ ^Ui^ Pftegen improvement, bie 2tu§bilbimg in, in ; on ; auf ; an§ ; Bei, &c. ; in 1624, im ^a^re 1624; (to ob- serve) in them, an i^nen ; in the afternoon, am S^iac^mittag ; in such a place, an einem folc^en Crt; to take an interest in, 3lntf)ei( ne'^nten an; in our island, auf unfrer ^nfel; (produced its ef- fect) in (minds), auf; in a man- ner, auf eine 23eife ; one (m.) in a troop, elner au§ einem Zvnpp ; (instinct discovered) in (the ants), Bei ; in (the present state), 6ei ; in (a word), mit ; (end) in (a fight), mit; in "a few days, uad^ einigen Sagen; in fifty mi- nutes more, nad) fitnfjig SJiinu^ ten; in the days of Charles, untet ^art; in the reign, unter ber 9tegierung ; in the meanwhile, unterbeffen; in stature, tjon @e= ftatt; in memory of, §ur (Svinner* ung an; in part, gum 2^el£; in the time, §uc 3eit; in alarm, boK Seftiirgung ; in front of, tor ; (this side of a river), bie§felt§ ; in public, i3ffeuttid^ ; in question, betreffenb ; in search of, um , ♦ ♦ • aufjufud^en; in short, furs; ^^ sight, fid^tfcar ; in silence, fc^njet^* genb; in some way (under- stands), geluiffermaSen ; in the first place, Dor aUem; in the midst, inmitten ; in which — where, too; to ride in, t|inein=' reiten incapable, unfar^ig incognito, ia§ ^ntognito inconvenient, unfeequem increase, vb., gunetjmen; (to ex- tend), ertoeltern; the storm in- creases (in violence), ber (Sturm nimmt it&er:^anb indescribable, un"&efi^rei6tic^ indeed, in ber Ztjat; toirftic^; (tc be sure), freltic^ indefatigable, unermitbltd^ independence, bie llnaB^angigfeit independent, unaB^dngig Indian (American), ber ^nbianer* {See p. 44, n. 6) Indian, adj. inbif(^ India-rubber, t}a§ ©ummt etofticum indicate (mark), Begeid^nen indication (idea), ber Segriff indifferent, gteicEigitttig individuahty, bie ^nbitoibuatitat inductive, inbu!tlt> indulgent to, nac^fid^tig gegen infamy, bie (2d}anbe infancy, bie ^iub'^eit infantry, bie ^nfanterie; infantry reserves, bie ^nfanterierefcrije ; fight of infantry, ba^ ^nfantertea gefed^t inferior (not so good), fd^ted^tec infidel, ba* Ungldublgc Infinitive, accusative with, (1) how construed in German, (2) used with fe'^en, "^oren, &c., Or. Int. xvii.. III., &c. Infinitive, preceded by as, and re- ferring to the demonstr. so, 4, n. 18. 126 VOCABULARY. Infinitive, preceded by as if, 89, n. 5 Infinitive, without in after auxil. verbs of mood, 11, n. 45 {b) inflict upon, gufi'tgen (dat.) influence, ber ©influg; bie (£itttcir!= itng ; (where reason) was admit- ted to influence, ©ingaitg fanb inform, tnitt^eilett information, bie ^unbe; (news), bie 5Jlad^ri^t ingenious (clever), genial ingenuity, ber ©eift inhabitant, ber (SiniDO^tter ; ber S3e= too'^ner; (aborigines), bie Urein= tto'^ner inherit, erfien injure, Befdjdbigett injury, bie ^ranfung injustice, bie Ungered^tigteit inquire respecting, forfc^eit nod^ inspire with, einflijgeit (dat.) instance (example), iia§ SeifpicI; for instance, gum 23eifpiel ; (case), ber %aU instant, ber 5Iugen6UdE; in an in- stant, im Slugenbtidf instantly, fofort ; fogleid^ instead, anftatt instinct, ber ;0:n[titt!t instructive, Iet)rreirf| intend, beafefic^tigen ; intended to have given, ptte gefeeit hjollen; but if the expression is intend- ed (to), fotC aber ber 2Iu§brud intention, bie 2l6fi(!^t; ba§ f8ov=^ tjoben intercept, auffangett interest (in knowing), ba§ i^nte* reffe; (in a person's affairs), bie %i)Qilna^rm ; to take an interest in, 5lnt^eil ne'^men on interesting, inteueffant interlace : their shields interlaced, bie ©d^itbe su^ammenge^alten into, in; to expand into, ftc^ au§* bei)nen gu; to introduce into (a country), Bringen wad); to sink into, fid^ ien!en ; sink into (gradu- ate into), fic^ entfotten gu; to make (rice) into pilaws, ^ilatoS barauS bereiten; to turn (one 4 thing) into (another), bertauf^en ntit introduce (as a companion), gc= feCen; introduce into (a coun- try), bringen nad^ invent, erfinben Inversions, not admissible in de- pendent sentences, 3, 7i. 15 (b) inveterate (ly), eingenjurgelt invisible, itnfic^tbar invitation, bie ©inlobung invite, eintaben involve (in an affair), toertDltfeti involve (a battalion in a r( treat), ntitgie'^en (I)inein) Ireland, (^rlanb {neut.) Irish, adj. irifc^ Irish Sea, bie ^rifc^e ©ee iron, adj. eljern irritate, mtfregen island, bie ^nfel Isle of Man, bie ^nfeX Wan issue (from), :^erborbred^en (ou§) it, e§; er; fie; ber—, "tit—, ba§= ' fetfee; (anything done, said, &c.), bie§ ; it is true, ba§ ift n3a"^r ; of it (masc.) = of the same, beS= jelben; jealous of it, eiferfii(]^ttg barauf; it was their pride, fie luaren ftorj barauf ; it puzzled me {in consequence), fo gerbrac^ ic^ ntir ben ^opf baritber; it is, it was, &c. {omitted), see p. 34, n 13 ; it is the slaves which de- termine, beftimmen bie (Stlaben, but it was to the sailor alone aber erft fiir ben (Seemonn; it was about dusk when he arrived = he arrived there about dusk ; it is {followed by the past part.) man {followed by Zrd pers. pres indie.) ; it may be, man !ann; it may be {folloioed by past part.) . man !onnte its, feln, feine ; i^r, i:^re; its velocity, tz\\tn _ ©d^nelligfeit ; {omitted) : (running) between its low banks, gtuifd^en niebrigen Ufern itself : the throne, itself the chair = the throne, formerly the chair; formerly, e^emalig Jack, §an§ VOCABULARY. 127 jaw, ber ^imtfeatfen ; jaws, ber 9?ad§en {sing.) ; (carry) in their jaws, im 5!)htnbe jealous, eiferfitd^tig jeopardy, bie ®efa!|r jerks: angry jerks of the head, t)eftige ^opfBetoegmtgen John, ^D'^anit join (to border), grettjen journal, ba§ journal journey, bie 9ieife; a day's journey, etne Sagereifc jousts, "iia^ SEurnier joy, bie t^reube joyful (growth), frS^d^ joyous, freubig judgment, ba§ llrtljeil judicial system, bie (SJcritS^tSfiar* !eit jump, fpringen just, adv. gerabe ; (had) just (been elected), foefeen; just the same (undisturbed), ru^ig just, adj. : it was the just boast of Schiller, ©c^ifier tear mit iRec^t ftots bai-mtf keenly (debated), Ie'61^aft keenness, bie (Sd)dx*[e keen-sighted, fd^arffid^tig keep, fatten ; keep (a garden trim), er'^aitett ; keep actively engaged, tefc^dftigen ; to keep from it, ab^atten batjon ; keep order, £)rb= itung {)alten; keep sacredly, "f)et* ligen; keep silence, ftillf(i)n3eigen kidnapper, bet* 9}?enfd^enrdu6er kill, tijten; the bodies of the killed, bie ©etbbeten killing, sh., bie SiJbtung kind (of food, &c.), bie mt; all kinds, jebe 2Irt kindle, anfad^en ; onsiinben kindly (quickly taken root), fd^nell kindness, bie i^reuttblic^feit ; ^ bie (SJiite; to show {understood) kind- ness to the poor, ben STrmen dJuteS t^un king, ber ^Snig; the King her iiusband, x^t fiJntgltd^et* ©ema'^t; proclaimed king,5um ^onlg au§= gerufen; the Books of Kings, bie Sitc^er ber ^ijnige kingdom, "iia^ ^ijnigreid^; ba§ 9fleic^; ba§ $?anb; (animal and veget- able), ba§ 9^atuiTei(^ knead, fneten knee, "isa^) ^nie; drop on their knees, auf bie ^niee foHen knee-deep, fnietief kneel, Jnieen; kneel in prayer, Betenb fnieen knife, ba§ W.t\\fC knight, bei: SRitttx knock up (to build a hut), gufam* mensimmern knoll, ber ^itgel knot of trees, Vit Saumgrm^pe know, toiffen; (to be acquainted with), fennen; who {plur.) knew the English = to whom the English were known, beneit bie (Sngldnber Be!anttt luaren ; nothing is known, mS)i^ ift feefannt; it is well known, eS ift Befannt; (to have experienced), ertefien knowledge, ba§ 2Biffett; (science), bie 2Biffeitf(^aft ; knowledge (of), bie (SrfenntniS Kowrgan6, ^oturgane' labour, bie 5lr6eit lack: there is no lack (of), e§ f efitt nid^t (an) lady, bieSame; {omitted)^ my lady Queen, meine ^finigin lance, bie Sonjc land, si., ba§ Sanb; (native land), ha^) iBotertanb ; land of gold, iia^ ©otblanb ; Land of Promise, "tia^ getobte ?anb ; lands (landed pro- perty), ?dnbereien; to hold lands (by feudal tenure), @itter ttogen IVL ?e'^en; rise of land, bie er= ilD^ung land, t;i., lanben; an§ ?anb fteigen language, 'aiz ^i(^t light (a fire), 'vh., ansiinben Ligurian, s&., ber :?igurier j like, adj. and adv., a^nlid^; gleid^ ; j (as), n)ie; and the like, unb ber* gteic^en; to look like, auSfetien tuic; plant-like, pftansenartig. {See p. 83, n. 8) like, -yi., ntogen ; to like the best, ant liebften ntogen likely : any person likely = any person who is likely (bie alien* fans rnCc^te) liken, tiergleid^en limb, ba§"@Iieb limited, adj.^ tiefd^ranft line, bie ?inie ; (a row), eine 9?cil)e ; (the enemy's line or position), bie ©teHnng lion, ber ^iilDc lip, bie ?ippe ; upper lip, bie Obev=: li^pe liquor (drink), bo§ ©etranf listen, ^Qx&jtw literature, bie ?itcratur ; of litera- ture, Iiteravii'(^ little (small), flein; (in value), gering; a little after (midnight), balb narf) live, lefeen; (to dwell), too^nen; (to spend one's time), berlefecn; (to enjoy), fic^ erfreuen {gen.) Livonia, ^ieflanb {neut.) loaf, ^a^ SBrob lodge (of a forester), \3ix§> gihrfters' I VOCABULARY. 129 lofty, ffofi} log, ia§ moil lone, einfam lonely, einfam long, adj., long long (adv. of time), tange; long before, lange et)e ; long ^ ago, Iciiigft ; no longer a position, !eine t^ofition meT)r look (upon, at), vh., onferjen ; (to view, to examine), feefe^ien; look (towards), :^inbUcfett ; look after (to take charge of), STc^t geben auf ; look like, auSfe'^en tuie ; look- ing down over the multitude, l^intoeg bie SO^enge u&erj'e:^enb look, sh.: to wear a look, ou§* lord : his lord. King Edward, fein §erf unb ^onig Sbitarb ; (master, ruler), ber Seljerrfd^a* ; a great lord, ein toorne^mev §err lose, toerliereit loss, bev ajerluft loud, laut Louvain, SiJiDcn love, sh., bie SieBe; love of music, bie ^ie6e sitr SHufif love, fJ., Ueben; he would have best loved to make his appeal, er {(citte om Uebften ap^eHiren mfigen low, niebrig loyal, lo^al luck, ba§ ©ritd lucky, gtitdflic^ lump, ba§ ®tii(i Lusiads, bie ?uftaben lustrous, gldngenb luxury (in the way of food), ber ^etferbiffe maddening, adj., Big gur 9?aferei tveitenb magician's spell, "aa^ ^avAzfrnQti magistrate, ber ?Ologiftrat ; (Roman dignitary), ber ©taatSfieamte Magna Charta, bie ^Okgna ©l^orta magnificent, "^errlic^ magnitude (importance), bie S3e= beutung maiden speech, eine (SrftUttg§= rebc main road, bie ^auptftrage maintain, nci^ren; (an opinion), feeftaupten majesty, bie SJiajeftdt ; his Majesty, %t, 9JJaieftat; your Majesty, dtD. 9Jiaieftdt ; female Majesty, fonig^ lic^e ^avi make, mac^en ; make (nests, cells, &c.), taueit ; make (savoury dishes), berelten; make (rice) into pilaws, ^iratoS barauS bereit^ en ; make (a request to), an= ftetten; make (a resistance), ieiften ; make a choice, wd^ten ; make appeal, oppeHireiT ; (in order) to make defence, §ur SSert^eiblguitg ; make one's way (to a place), fommen ; make one's way up, :^inaufgef|en ; make pris- oner, lum ©efangenen madden ; make no answer, nic^tS anttrorten ; make towards, ellen noc^ ; make (troops) fall back, guriltfbrdttgen ; make use of, feenu^en ; first voyage that was made round the world (omit in translativf/ "that was made ") man, ber SKanit (see p. 65, n. 16) ; ber ?0^enfd^ (seep. 3,n. 14) ; (any- one), ^emattb; every man, ein ;J^eber; old man, ber @rel§; two men, gtuei SD^ditner; sixty men, feci^gig 30^ann ; two hundred men, gtoel^unbert 50^dmter ; armed men (soldiers), getraffnete SDfJamtfd^af t ; his men (military), jeine i?eute; the men (some of them), bie ©ineu ; sufficient men (sufficient- ly manned), l^inldnglic^e 9J?ann^ fc^oft ; man's estate, ia§ 9)?atttte§= alter; the hand of man, bie 9!7?enf(^enr}anb mankind, bie 5Wenf(^'^eit manner, bie 2Beife ; (presence), ba§ SKefen ; ease of manner, bie ?eid^s tigteit tm S5ortrag ; in a manner, auf etne SQSeife; to answer in a manner most contumacious, du§= erft tro^ig onttoorten many, biele ; many things (various subjects), t)ielertei marauding, ))k ^^fihtberung 130 VOCABULARY. march, sh.^ ber SOf^av^ci^; forced march, ber ©Kmarfd} march, vb., marfdjlreu Marianne Islands, ble 9)?arionen mark (a trace), bie (S^ur; mark (of animality), ba§ 'Malmal mark (to denote), fiegelcfjnen; (to characterise), djoracterifiren ; (to distinguish), feungeic^nen marked (distinct), fieftimmt market, ber W,axtt, ber 3fa^r== mar!t married couple, bo§ ©fjepaor marry, tjeiratl^eit marsh, ber 9)lDraft, ber Sumpf; marsh of Curragh, Surrag^* martial, friegcrtfd^ martyrdom, ba§ ^yZart^rerf^um marvellous, tumtberfear mass (church service), bie 9!JJeffe masses (of troops), S^ruppett massive (brow), geluiJtbt mast, ber 9JJaft master, ber §err mastery, bie §errj'(?^aft ; to obtain mastery of, in ©eJuatt gu 6e* lommett materials (for baking, &c.), bie (Socmen (plur.) matter; a group, no matter of what cattle, eitte ©ruppe toon njetc^er 2lrt fie ouc^ fei mauvaise honte, bie Sefangen'^eit ; bie falf(^e (2c^am may (to be able), fonnen ; (express- ing a supposition), b^rfett; it may be (suspected), man fann; may be said, man fann fagen; may be reached (by them, exoII Names of Materials, not used in the plural, 8, n. 36 {c) Names, common, when used with- out an article, 28, tz. 6 Names, proper, see Proper Names name, sb., ber Sfiome; village of that name, ba§ genannte S)orf name, vh.: (a squire) named — , 9^ainen§; to name after, benen* nen itac^ namely, namtid^ napkin (table), bie ©erbiette narrate, erjatjlen narrative, bie CSrsd^timg narrow, eng ; j(^mai nation, bie Station national, nationot native, sh., ber ©ittgeBorne native (hills), "^eimotlic^ ; native tongue, bie gjJutterfpro(^e natural, itatitrUc^ naturally, Don S^atur nature, bie 9^atur Nausites, bie 9^auftten naval hero, ber ©ee'Eielb near, ita'^; uttineit; (situated near), bet; near him (self), bei ft(?^ ; near (the village), in ber 9^d^e (be§ S)orfe§) ; near (your house), not)c bei; near (the road), na'^e an*, nearest (the wall), gu* ndd}ft nearly, beina'^e ; (almost), faft neat (maid-servant), fauber ; neat (dwelling), l^itbfc^ necessary, not^ig necessity, bie S^of^trenbigfeit ; there was a necessity, bie kot:^tDcnbig* !eit XQox t»orbauben neck, ber §at§ need, vh., braud^ett; need I say, brau(?^e i6) git jagett; need (some help to food), etwa§ gerett^t l^aben hjoHen; must needs, miifjen neigh, sh., "iia^, 2Bief)ent neighbour, 9^ocf)bar, in neighbourhood, bie ©egenb neighbouring, benad}bart nerve, ber Siitxt) or bie S^erbe nervous, tiert)B§ nervousness, bie Siitgfttic^feit nest, bo§ ^■Jeft Netherlands, bie S^iebertanbe Neustria, 9^euftrien never, nie ; he will never dream (of), e§ fdttt i'^m nic^t im Siraume ein new, tteu new (the), "txi^ 9leue new-fashioned, tteumobifcE) New America, 9^eu==2lmerifa New England colony, bie Colonic in 9^eu^(£nglanb news, bie 9la(i)ri(^t next (iL'hen rendered by folgenb and when by ndc^ft, see p, 68, n. 12) ; next day, ben folgenben Slag night, bie gfJai^t; by night, gur . 9fiac^tgeit, in ber 9^ac^t; (night- fall), ber 3lbenb night (foray), nddjtlid^ nine, neun Nineveh, S^inebe'^ no, adj., f ein ; to make no answer, nicety onttoorten ; no doubt, otine 3tt)eifet; a group, no matter of what cattle, eine ©ruppe non nield^er 2lrt fie onc^ fei; by no means, burd^au§ nic^t; no one, Reiner, ^eine, ^ein ; S^liemanb ; no self-esteem could disguise VOCABULARY. 133 = the best opinion of ourselves could not disguise no, adv., nein ; no longer, nid^t tdngcr; no longer a position, !eine ^ofttton me'^r noble : Court noble, bcr ^ofling nobody, 9^iemanb noise, bcr ^axm non\inal, ttomittett nook, ber SKinfet noon, ber ^JZittag ] at noon, um bic gOfattagSftimbe noose, bie ©d^Iingc nor {preceded hy neither), ttod^ ; {when not preceded ly neither), au6) Xix^U {Seep. 42, n. 7) North, ber S^^orben; (towards the north), nac^ S'iorben Northumberland, S^ortl^umBerlanb north-west, norblreftltc^ ; 15 miles to the north-west (of it), 15 5WeiIen norbtneftlif^ (babon) entfernt nose, bie S^afe not, nic^t ; not any, fein ; not a tree, fein S3aum ; not a word (is spoken), !ein 2Bort; (it) could not but, ntu^te natitrttd^ ; that he was not dealing with a mes- senger, ha^ er mit f'einem 23oten unter^anble; not far (from the shrine), imtueit (be§ (2rf)reine§) ; not to woman or child, toeber eltter ^rmt ttoc^ einem ^Inb notable, ttDtorii'4 nothing, nic^tS ; nothing equal to it, itie ttia§ i^ntic^eS Wouns, plural of, ending in ium, 91, n. 14 Nouns y Abstract, (1) used with def . article, 1, w. 1 ; 8, n. 35 (a) ; (2) used in the singular only, 12, n. 47 {c) Nouns, used in the singular only, (1) when denoting unlimited plurality, 6, n. 28 ; (2) when used as terms of weight, mea- sure, or number, 7, n. 32 {d) Nouns, collective, generally re- quire the verb and pronoun in the singular only, 72, n. 3 Nouns, compound, see Substan- tives novice, ber '^znlixni now, je^t ; nun ; (then), bann number (of troops), eine 50?affe; a great number of, eine gro§e 50^enge Numidian, sh., ber S^umibier o'clock : four o'clock, tjter Ul^r oar, 'i>a^ 9f?uber oath : my oath is to you (the king), gud§ ^abt \6) nteinen (Sib geleiftet obeisance : to bend in obeisance, fic^ tief tierneigen obey, geftorc^en ; obey (as guide), (ot§ ifirem ^•uf)rer) folgen object (purpose), bie 5lb[id}t; ber 3tDecf ; the object was, 'ait^ ^aitt gum QXQzd Object (place of the), supplied by e§, Gr. Int. xx. V. obligation, bie 35erpfti(^tung oblige (compel), stoingen; (to make necessary), niit^igen; to be ob- liged, mitffen obliterate, bertitgen obscure (unobserved), unBea^tet observe (to perceive), iDatjrne^men ; (to make a remark), Gemerten ; (notice), fiemerfen; fic^ merfen observer, ber 93eD6ad)ter obtain, fiefommen ; eriangen ; obtain (the name), erfiatten ; cannot be obtained, ift x\.\6)t §u l^aften ; that obtained for him, burd^ toelc^en (Umftonb) er er:^ielt occasion (opportunity), bie (55ete=s gen'^eit; (cause for), bic SSeran* lajfung occasion (to cause), berurfad^en; berantaffen occasional : an occasional quarrel = occasionally (gelegentfid^) a quarrel occasionally, gelegentUd^ ; bann unb ttann occupation, bie SBcfdmftigung occupy {mil.), tefet^^en; occupied (in thought), &ebac^t occur, borfommen; (to happen), gefc^eT)en of, bon; au§; an; auf, &c. ; allure it out of the path, e§ bom SBege 134 VOCABULARY. aHotfen; food consists of (au§); points of steel, (Spleen au§ (Btaijl: (what has become) of his rider, au§ feinem iHeitei- ; (re- mind me) of those, an bie; want of practice, ber SSJianget an Uhtnfj; there is no lack of, e§ fet)tt nidjt an ; (glittering guides) of heaven, am ^tmmelSgett ; in memory of, gur Srinnerung on; (battle) of {foUoiced by the name of a place), 6ei ; {followed by the name of a Hver, mountain, ^c), an ; e.g. ble ®d}Ia{^t Bei ^eipjig, ble (2d)Ia^t an ber Sllmo; an anecdote of, eine 9tne!bote in SSegug auf ; jealous of it, eiferjitc^tig baraitf ; out of his grace, in feiner Q3nabe ; (the great- est) of (the Greeks), nnter ; of style, itfiev ben Stil (St^t) ; to take heed of (to trouble about), fic^ !iimmern um ; of hunger, tor §nnger; (love) of music, jur SfJZufi!; (union) of (the Roman and the Teuton), gtDlfc^en ; of it (masc.) = of the same, beSfelben; by way of, al§ ; to rid (one's self) of (anything), afefc^ittteln ; (at the moment) of reaching, ttJD er errcic^te ; I have never heard of (such and such a thing being done), 16) I}abe nie bation geprt, i^a^ of {omitted) : the town of Drumble, bie ®taht ©ntmtle; bit of land, ba§ eit lauerte; straight on, gerabe au§ ; on the side of (a river), 6ei; on (his return), bei; on (this occasion), !6ei; (taken root) on, in; on their roots (stand), mit "tizxi 2Bur5eIn; reflecting on, nadibenfen iifcer ; to be in close attendance on him, ft(^ ftet§ um i^n feeftnben; on every side, bon alien k after one, used after an adjective, not eiyressed in German, see p- 19, n. 10 one {omitted) : one hundred warriors, t^mtbert ^rieger onion, bie ^Xmz^zi only, nur ; (merely), fctog ; (had been) only a few months, erft eiitige SUfonate only, adj., ehtgig onwards : to pace onwards, tueiter* fc^veiten open, adj., off en ; (clear), frei open, vh., ijffnen; an abyss opened, ein Slftgrunb fic^ Cffnete; a valley opening on to the sea, ein %\)al bo§ ber ®ee gegeniiber lag; open one's lips, fpred^en operate as but a slight check upon, nur geringen (Sinl}alt t^un opiate, "aa^) Dpiat opinion, bie 5!}?etmtng opportunity, bie ©etegen^eit oppose, gegenit6erfte{)en opposite, jenjeitig ; entgegengefe^ ; of the opposite kind, be§ ©egen- opposition : an attitude of oppo- sition to, eine feinblic^e ©tettung gegen; without opposition, un* get)inbert oppression, bie ttnterbrilcfung or, ober ; forty or fifty, bia-jig U% fiinfgig orator, ber SRebner order, vh., ben Sefe^t gefien; to order to advance, bomicfen laffen order, sh. (command), ber S3e* fe^I ; by order, to the order (of), auf 23efel}r order (in order), bie Orbnnng; to put all in the best order, 2llie§ auf§ fiefte sufammenftetten order (of chivalry), ber Orben orderly (soldier-servant), bie Or:= bonanj ordinance, bie SJerorbnnng organist, ber Organift organize, organifiren origin, ber Urfprung original : an original MagnaCharta, ein Original ber 9J2agna ©ftarta originally, urfpriingtic^ other, anber ; each other, eittanber ; to each other (mutually), fid) gegenfeitig ; somewhere or other, on bem einen ober bent anbercn Ort otherwise, fonft ought: no one ought, Sflientanb joHte our, nnfer, nnfere, unfcr ; according to our strength, nad§ eigenen ^rdften ourselves: as best pleases our- selves, ttiie e§ un§ am fieften ge« fatlt out, ou§; out of = from, bon; allure it out of the path, e§ bom 2Bege afttocf en ; to conduct out of the town, jur ©tabt '^inanS fii'f)ren ; out of his grace, in f einer ©nabe; come out (from under), '^ertior* !ommen ; set out (on a journey) \\6) aitfmad^en outlaw, ber (^tix6)itit outside (in front of), bor over, lifter ; over (a desert), burd^ ; looking over, iifterfet^enb ; (to take an oath) over (a corpse), an ; to tower over, emporragen ; to watch over, ftett)a(^en overboard, iifter SSorb overcast, tritft overflowed with (crowded with), gebrdngt doH toon overhead, itfter bem ^aitpte overpassed, juriidgetegt overpast, borftei; (till the fury) was (should be) overpast, fid^-gelegt ^atte 136 VOCABULARY. owe, bevbattten; owing (to), in own, eicjeit ; busy with his own affairs {i.e. eating and drinking), tnit fic^ jelbft bejc^aftigt ; with her own hand (wrote), eigentjanbig ; for my own part, luaS mid^ fee* trifft ; tell their own tale, fitr fid^ felbft fprec^en; as each has her own individuality = as the in- dividuality of each own (omitted) : his own edu- cation, feine ersie^ung; of my own age, »on tneinem Sifter; in our own days, in nnjerer 3eit pace onwards, tt)eiteiid}feiten Pacific Ocean, ber ©tiUe Ocean pain, ber ©dimers paint, malen painting (the), ba§ ©ematbe palace, ber ^alaft palliation, bie ©rleic^teritng paper, ba§ Ropier; on paper, auf bem papier paralyse, Iciiimen parent plant, bie 5!JlutterpfIan5e parish, ha§ tirc^fpiet park, ber ^ar! parliament, ia§ ^artoment part, ber Z^dl; in part, gum S'^elt; . for the most part, grij^tenf^eits^; for my own part, tcaS mid; be= trifft ; on their part, i'^rerfeitS part (referring to a hill-side), bie ©eite partake: (a sheep), of which they partake, an beffen ®enu§ fte 2;:^eit ne'^men Participial Constructions^ (1) changed into a regular clause with a conjunction indicating time ; (2) changed into a rela- tive clause ; (3) changed into a regular sentence, introduced by ba ; (4) changed into attribu- tive adjectives; (5) turned by finite verbs and connected by unb ; (6) rendered by adverbial expressions; (7) when used also in German, and how expressed in common prose, Introd. xv., &c., II. a—ff; (8) implying con- cession, 48, 71. 1 ; (9) introduced by oljne ta^, 88, n. 4 Participial Constructions, English passive, expressed by the supine in the active form, 45, n. 20 Participle, present, implying con- cession, how turned, 43, n. 1 particular, Befonber partly, t^eitS ; ttietlnjeife party, bie ^artei; evening party, bie HbenbgejeUfd^aft ; exploring party, bie ©i'pebition ; (of sol- diers), bie Sruppe pass, get)en ; (to carry from one to the other), Bringen; pass (the surf), burd)f(^iffen ; and (they) passing the surf, inbent fie bie 33ronbung burci^fc^iff en ; pass for, geften; pass on (to drive along), baiiin fa^ren; pass over the killed and the wounded, iiBer bie ®e« tfibteten unb SSerit)unbeten bol^in* fd^reiten; pass through, burd^= ge'^en ; :|)affirett ; passing through (the streets) and back again, buc(^ (bie ©tra^en) l)ln unb ^uriitf* get)en ; (many days) passed, tjer* gingen ; words passed = words were addressed to (geriditet an) pass (road), ber ^a{? passage (in a book), bie ©teKc; passage of arms (between knights), ber 9^itter!antpf passion, bie Selbenjdiaft ; (propen- sity), ber Srleb Passive Voice, (1) use of, 1, w. 4 (h); changed into the active voice, 2, 71. 8 ; (2) changed into Reflective form, 10, n. 41 (b) ; (3) used impersonally, 5, n. 22 (h) ; C4) rendered by man, 79, n. 8 past (above the altar), it&er pasture, ber 2BeibepIa^ or bie SBeibe* ipldtje (plur.) ; country of pas- tures, tt)lefenreic^e§ ^anb patches of wood (trees), bie §er* ftreut Ilegenben (^el^ijlge (plur.) path, ber $fab ; ber 2Keg pathway, ber ^fab patience, bie ©ebulb patient, gebulbig VOCABULARY 137 patiently, gebulbtg patriarchal, patriard^atijd^ patrician, ber ^atr Icier patron (saint), ber ©^u^Ijeitige pay attention (to), boraitf ac^ten peace, ber ^iebe ; minister of peace, ber ^^nebeitSbote ; time of peace, ^ieben§seiten (plur.) peaceful, friebtid^ peace-loving, frieblieSenb peacli, ber ^firfic^ peasant, ber 33auer peasantry, ble SSauern (plur.) peat digger, ber j^orfgrdljer peculiar, eigentfiihutici^ ; (special), ficjonber pedant, ber ^ebant penalty, bic (Strafe people (persons in general), bic ^eute; (the commonalty), ba^ SSoH (see p, 41, n. 11) ; (men), bie 9Jienf(^en peppery (words), fc^arf perceive (notice), bemcrfen perfect, tjollftanblg; (precise), ge= itau ; (to be) perfect in, tootlftdnbig auSgebtlbet ; perfect (itself or one's self), ftd^ auSbilbcn perfectly, ttoflftanbtg ; uoHfommcn perform (a dance), ouffiiI}ren performer on the violin, ber 25ioIin= jpieler perhaps, bietteid^t ; never, perhaps, entered (the gates), tarn too'ijl nie burc^ period, bie Qdt ; bic ^eriobe ; for any long period, ouf tattgere periodical (publication), bie 3eit= i(^tift perish (to die), fterben permanent, permanently, bteibenb permit, geftatteit persist, befteben barauf person, bie ^erfon ; (anyone), ;^e* mattb personage, bie ^erfon personal, :perJDnIi(^ peruse, lefen phenomenon, ba§ ^^attomen Philippine Islands, bie ^^ilippincn philosopher, ber ^^itofop^ physic, bie Strpel physiology, bic ^l^JjfioIogic phytology, bie ^:^l9tolDgie pick up, auflefen; (to find, and take possession of), aufgreifen picture (of a person), ba§ ^^ortrait pie (fruit pie), 5?ie piece, ia§ ©tiic!; piece of land, ba§ ©tiltf ^anb; flowery piec<^ (of land), blumieic^er Soben pilaws, ^ilati}§ pile up, aufbdufen pilgrim, ber ^^itger pillow, ba§ ^D^jffiffen pilot, ber ^otfe pitch (highest pitch of indigna- tion), ber ©rab pity : and it would be a pity, unb bo§ tcare ©c^abe place (locality), ber Drt ; (to put a thing), ber ^tai^ ; in the place where, an ber (Stette tuo ; in the first place, bor attem place, vb., fet^en ; to place (in prison), unterbringen ; to be placed, fte^en; [ic^ befinben; to take place, ftattfinben ; place be- fore, borftetlen; place (upon), legen; place upon (the head), ouffe^en; placing themselves in procession, inbem fie cine ^rocef^^ ftott bitbeten plain, bie ©bene plain (rule), fc^tid^t plan, ber ^lan ; plan of attack, ber 2lngriff§ptatt plane (c/eom.), bie (Sbene planet, ber planet plank, ba§ S3rett plant, bie ^ffonge; parent plant, bie gJIntter^jflanje planted (ground), ^^z^ayxt plant-like, pflangenartig plate, ba- Setter plateau, "iio.^ ^^lateau platter, bie (Sc^iiffel plead a cause, etne <^a6^z. fii^ren pleasant, angene'^m please: if he pleases, toenn e§ ibm fo gefallt; to be graciously pleased (to), fic^ gndbig l^^zxa^'' laffen (su) 138 VOCABULARY. pleasure, bic ^reube pledge (any one's health), trlttfen plentiful (provinces), gefegnet plenty (of the food), eine SO^enge ploughed, gepfliigten plougher, ber ^^fliiger pluckily, nutt^ig plunder : without stopping to plunder, o^ite ftd^ mit ^-Ptilnberit aufgu^alten plunge, jid) ftiirjen; plunge through (wade through), bitrc^tuaten poem, ta§ ©ebid^t poet, ber ©letter poetry (the art), bie ^oefte point, ber ^itntt; (of a weapon), bie SrabitioTt aitf utt§ gefommen press upon (to crowd upon), ein= bring en ouf pressing, adj., bringenb pretend, [id^ ftetten al§ o6; (assert), Be'^aupten pretty (strongly developed), jiem* li^ prevent, tjertjinbern VOCABULARY. 139 previous (occasions), frittjer price, ber '>^xciB pride : it was their pride, fie tcaren ftol3 baraiif prince, ber ^itrft; Prince (Napo- leon), ^ringt (See also p. 80, n. 13) princely, fitrftlid^ principal thoroughfare, bie ^anpt^ ftraBe principally, toorsit^Uc^ principle, ber ©intnb prison, ta§ ©efancjnifj prisoner, ber ©efangeite; to make prisoner, gum ©efan^enen mac^eu ; to take prisoner, gefangenne'^meit private conversation, bie ^ri&at* itntevpaltimg probability, bie aBatjrji^einlic^feit proceed, fortfaliren; proceed (to- wards), fid) begeben (gu) proceedings (of people), Zffun unb ^affen process (proceeding), ba§ 25erfa'^ren procession, bie ^^roceffion proclaim king, gum ^ijitig auSrufeu produce (of the earth), ha§ (Sr= geuguip produce (to show), getgen ; (bring forward), toortringen ; pro- duce (an effect), t}eruorbringeit profession (of a creed), ia^ 33e== JenntniR professional or other ofl&ce, irgenb ein 23enif ober 2lmt profile, ba§ profit profound, tief progress, ber ^^ortfcftritt promise : Land of Promise, taS gelobte ?anb promising, adj., ijieltjerfprec^enb promotion, bie ^efi^rberung F'l-onoun, possessive, repetition of, 53, n. 5 Pronoun, relative, (1) not omitted in German, 5, n. 23 ; (2) when to use ber, bie, ba§, for toeti^er, &c., 68, n. 10 pronounce, auSfpred^en pronunciation, bie 2lu§fpra(^e proper, eigentlid^ Proper Names, declension of fo- reign, (1) ending in a sibilant, 3, n. 15 (a) ; 9, n. 4Q (b) ; 54, n. 7 ; (2) not ending in a sibi- lant, 9, 71. 40 (b) Proper Names, place of, used in the genitive, 3, n. 11 {a) Proper Names of Countries, pre- ceded by adjectives, QQ, n. 14 proportion (number), bie ^Inga^t proportioned: boldly proportion- ed, in fitt^nen ^roportionen prose, bie ^rofa prospect, bie 2Iu§fi(^t protection, ber ©c^u^ provided (that), iuenn nur province (country), ba§ ^anb provisions {plur.), bie SJorrtt'^c {plur.) prudently, t)Drfi(^tiger 2Beife Prussian, adj., preufjifcf) public, i)ff eittlid} ; in public, Sffent* Vi&j ; public gaze (vulgar), bie a!tt=* gemeine 2lngafferei publicly, ijffetttlid) pump-room, bie irinf^alle punishment, bie ©trafe pupa, bie ^^^itppe pupil (of the eye), Vi^ ^upiCe* {See p. 42, n. 6) purchase, vb., foufen purely (ideal), rein purse, bie SCrfe pursuit, bie SSerfotgung push down (from), ^eraljbrangen put a ball (from a gun) through his head, l^m eine 5?ugel bitvd} ben ^opf iagen; put all in the best order, ktteS aitfS befte gufammen^ fteffen; put all to rights, SiaeS in Orbnuitg brlngen; put in action, t^atfd(^lic^ auSfit^ren ; he was put under a week's arrest, it)m tuiirbe eine 2Bc(^e Slrreft auferlegt puzzle (one's self), ben ^opf bar* liber gerbred^en quadrillion, bie Ouabriffott quadruped, ber 2Sierfii[?ter qualify: to be qualified (suited to), fid^_ eignen (bagu) quality, bie ©igenfc^aft; rice of an inferior quality, eine fc^tec^tere %xi 9iet« 140 VOCABULAKY. quantity of light, bie ^id^tmajje quarrel, sb., ber S^n? quarter (of a town), Cer ©tabtf^eil quarter (troops in a town), elttquovtleren ; (in a position), ftatloniten queen, bie 5?onigin question, bie ^^roge ; debated ques- tion, bie ©treitfrage ; (became) a question of life and death, gur ^efeenSfroge ; (subject) in ques- tion, 6etreffenb questioning, sb., 3^i*ageit (plur.) quickly, rajc^ quiet, ruf)ig; quiet (means), frieb* quietly, ru'^lg quite, gang ; to be quite sufficient, toollftdnbig au§reid}en; quite as (promising), efeenfo race (of man), bie 3iaffe rage, vb., toiit^en railings, bie ©ttter railroad, bie ©ifenfia'^ii rain, bet* 9ftegen raising: by raising (earth-banks, &c.), but(^ bie ©rric^tuttg rally, fic^ tierfammetit ranged in a line, in einer 9?ei^e auf= geftent rank, ber 9?ang; ranks (of the troops), bie dtzit)tn rapidly, rafd^ Tare, fettett rarely, jetten rather, lieBei*; rather above, ettoaS it6er ravine, ber ^o'^ttueg reach (a place), ertelc^en; the road by which the place was reached, ber 2Beg, tuetc^er nac^ bem Drte filftrte reach (out of any one's), ber 33erei(^ read, tejen reader, ber ?efer reading: as the reading of the Gospel ended, fo tuie ba^ (£oan= gelium tiertefen tvat ready, 6ereit; (prompt), rofd^; ready to, im S3egrlff gu; (to be) the more ready (to), urn fo me:^r real (genuine), Joa'^rfiaft really, toirlU^; really affords, in 2BlrfIlc!^!eit barttjut realm, "iia^ dtdd) reason, bie S5ernunft; (cause), bie Urfac^e ; reason (for), ber ©rnnb reasonably, mit ©runb reasoning (sequence of thought), ber @eban!engang receipt (of dues), bie einnat^me receive, er^atten ; (a person), emp== fangen ; (doctrines), annel}men ; (hospitality), genle^en recite, '^erfagen reckon, intrans., red^nen ; trans., bered^nen recollection, bie (Srinnernng; (of the points in an argument), bie gaffung recommence, toon Silzxizm anfangen recommend : his character recom- mended him to the esteem = he won, through his character, the esteem (to win, fid^ er= njerBen) record, sb., (portrayal), bie e residence (of a private individual), bie 2Bot)nung« {See p. 95, n. 5) resin, ba§ §ar§ resistance, ber 2Biberftanb resolve, Befdjliefjen respect, bie 2lc^tung; in this re- spect, in biefer ^iiiftc^t responsibility, bie SSeranthJortUd^feit rest, vb., ru^en rest, sb., ta§ 2lu§ru'^ett ^^ rest (of them), bie ilBrigen; (everything else), aHeS Slnbere restore, h)ieber^erftel(en result, bie §otge resume (their rounds), hjieber* mac^en retain, Beibel^atten retake (by conquest), guriitfero&em retaliation (reprisals), bie Qficpref* fallen (plur.) retire (from danger), ftiid^ten retreat, sb., ber Stiidgug ; movement of retreat, bie ritdEgangige S3etoes png retreat, vb., fid) surlitfgie'^ett retreating, adj., (flying), fllel^enb return, sb., ik Mdfe^r return, "i; J., 5urit(f!e^ren; (swing back), gurucffc^nellen ; return home, l^elmfe'^ren, nad^ ^aufe gu^^ rudffe^ren; every article is re- turned to its place, febeS ©titcf Befinbet ftd^ tuieber In felnem ^lo^ ; to be returned to Parliament^ in§ ^arlament getoa^^It werben reveal, entbedfen revelation, bie gntt)itaung revenge : vow of revenge, bo§ 9Jad^getii6be reverence, bie 2?ere:^rung reverential tradition. = traditional reverence, trabltloneEe (g^rfurd^t Rhine, ber fliijdn rice, ber 9tel0 rich, reld^ ; (soil), iippig riches (treasures), ©c^d^e (masc. plur.) rid (one's self) of (anything) abfc^Iittcln 142 VOCABULAEY. ride, vb., reiten ; as he rode along (he), aU 6eim ©atjhtreitett ; ride away, fortreiten ; to ride in, tj'm^ elnreiteTi; ride ojff, baDonreiten ; ride out (to ride forth), fort= telteit rider, bee ^Welter ridge, ber 9tit(Ien right, adj., ret^t ; right (hand, ecc- pressed or understood) , ble 9ted^te; on the right, §ur 9?ecf)tett ; vec^tS ; to be right, 9?ec^t Ijabett; put all to rights, SlfleS in Ocbnung firingen rigorous, ftreng ring (resound), etfc!^allett ringing (^the), ba§ ©enirr ripe, cfc/;., teif ; vb., veifen rise of land, ble STt^o^uttg; (of a Kepublic), ble @ntftet}ung rise, vb., auffte^ett; (from a seat), fid^ er^efeen; (from the midst), em^jon-agen ; (a sound) rose, '^er^ auSfc^ott; rise into (bold hills), iifeerge'^eit in; rising tier above tier, in auffteigenben 9i*elt}en; rising and falling (waves), auf= nnb niebertDogenb rising (of sun, stars, &c.), ber 2Iuf* mm risk (danger), ble ©efa'^r river, ber §tn§; river side, haB Ufer Rivers, names of, gerider of, p. 82, n. 1 road, ber SQ3eg; road, ble ru(^ scanty (families), toenig scarce short of = almost border upon, faft angrenseit scarcely, !aum scentless, geruc^toS scholar (learned man), ber (S5ele:^rte school, bie (Sc^ute schoolboy, ber ©c^uIfnaBe schoolfellow, ber (S(?^ulfamerab science, bie 2Biffenf(^aft scorch up, au§bv)rren score (to cut notches or furrows in), !er6ett Scot, ber (Sd^otte; King of Scots, ber 5li5ttig ber ©c^ottett ; ber .^onig ton erbrangen superstition, ber SlftergtattBe Supine, (1) definition of, and its general use, 2, n. 9 {a) ; (2) with verbal forms in -inc) pre- ceded by of, instead of, for, or without, 7, n. 31 {a) ; (3) with verbs expressing that some- thing can or should be done, 9, n, 38 ; (4) with Befe^ren, 89, n. 1 ; (5) not used after aux. verbs of mood, and fe'^ett, preit, etc., ll,w. 45(i); 37,71.4 supply, vb.f Ueferit supply, sb.'. a good supply genug support, sb., bie Unterftii^nng support, vb., unterftii^en; (to supply food for), ncil^ren suppose, anne^men supposed, adj., bermeittttid^ suppress, unterbriidfen sure : then he was sure, bann ttiarb e§ ifim iMt ©ehjif^'^eit surf, bie ^ranbung surface, bie Oberflcid^e surgeon (medical man), bet Slrjt* {Seep. 77, n. 11) surprise, vb., in ©rftaunen fe^en surrender (a prisoner), au^Uefern; if not surrendered (a town), tnenn bie Ubergafie nic^t erfotgte surround, nmgcfeen surrounding country, bie llmge= genb ; surrounding poor, bie Slrmen in ber Untgegenb survivor, ber UBerlebenbe suspect (assume), anne'^men suspend (around the neck), '^angen suspense (anxious uncertainty), bange Ungewifetieit sustain, oufrec^t erl^alten Suttum, Outturn swallow up, toerfc^tingen sway (the sceptre), fiitiren swear, f(i)nj3ren; swear allegiance, ben ^e'^enSeib leiften sweep : (warriors) swept over = streamed over, ftrSmten liter; sweep bare (the table, to clear it), obbetfen sweeping (lines of Greek art), gefc^roungen sweet (air), frifd^ ; (nice), fc^fin swell : the sea swells, bie ©ee gC^t swift, f(^neff ; swift running (river), rei^enb swim, f(^ttilmmen swimming, ba§ (Sc^njimmett sword, ba§ (2(^tt»ert sycophant, ber ©c^meid^Icr sympathy, bie ©Ijutpat^le symptom, "tia^i B^idfien syrup, ber ^rud^tfaft* {See p. 28, n. 14) VOCABULAEY. 149 system, ha§ (S^fiem table, bcr 2;ifc^; (writing table), bet* ©d^relbtifc^ ; to serve at table, feet Safe! auftoarten tail, ber (Sd^toanj tailor, ber ©c^neiber take, ne^meit; (to accept), onite'^* men ; take (advice), befolgen ; (an opportunity), ergrelfen; take and convey (a prisoner to any- one), iiftevlieferit; take amiss (to be angry with), giitnen; take (by conquest), evobern; take heed of (to trouble about), fic^ Klmmern urn; take into one's head, ftc^ borne'^mett ; take place, ftattfinben; take off (one's hat), obne'^men; take (one to),'6rim^en; take root, SBurgel faffett; take the hint (take warning), e§ jur SSaruung bienen laffen ; take upon one's self, itbernel^men ; took us down with him = went with us taking : worth taking, be§ 9^e'^men§ toevf^ tale, bie (5r5at)lCuttg ; (the event nar- rated), has @reigni§; tell their own tale, fitr fic^ fetbft fpred^en tall, grD§; tall-grown, grojj ge^^ toadji^n tapping (trees for their sap), sb., ber (Sinfd^nitt target (targe), bie 2;artf^e tart, bie Sortc task, bie 5lufga6e taste (for), bie SSortieBe tea, ber S^ec team : emigrant's team, iia§ STuS* tuanberergefponn tear through (with shot and shell), 5erf:prettgen ; tear up (bread), tred^en Telegraph (name of a hill), ber 2elegrapl^ tell, fagen; tell their own tale, fitr fid^ fet&ft fpred^en ; as we are told, tule Wtt§ 6eri(^tet trtrb temple, ber Sempel tempting, adj., berfitl^rerifd^ tend (to care for), pjiegen; tend to (irritate), beltrageit ta^n tender, good (offices), freunbfd^aft* tenor : even tenor (of their lives), ber ru'^ige ©attg term (expression), iia§ SSort ; ber 2ru§bruef. (Seep. 2, n. 9) term (to name), iteniteii terrible, fd^redfllc^ terrified (to be), erfd^redfen terror, ber ©d^recfen Teuton, ber Sieutone Teutonic, teutontfd^ than, aU ; wlc thanks : to give thanks again, toon 5Reuem banfen; without (formal) thanks, o^ne 8=i}rmHd^felten that, dem. pron. and adj., ber, bie, bo§ ; letter, iette, jetted ; ber — , bie — , or baSienlge; biefer, biefe, biefe§; of that which, bott beitt, lna§; from that moment, boit bettt '^o^ titent att; tooit biefent Hugeitblidfe an; that is = namely, ndmlld^ that, rel. pron., (a river) that had steep banks, beffen Ufer ftell toaren; (the circumstance) that obtained for him, burd§ hjeli^en er ertiielt; all that (had oc- curred), 2tffe§ toaS that, conj., iia^ (see p. 33, n. 17 ; p. 34, n. 13 ; and p. 45, n, 19) ; (in order to), urn the, ber, bie, ba§ ; the (more), j[e ; abounds with the (superstition), boU tjon jenem the {omitted) : all the (hold- ers), all the (Numidians), altte; in the presence, absence, &c., in ©egenlpart, &c. {See also p. 76, n. 10) their, i^r, i^rc, i^r ; ber, bie, "nnS, &c. ; their father, befjen SSater; their aid, bie §iitfe berfetben; from their cradles, tion ber 2Btege an ; with their shields over their heads, bie (Sd^itbe iiber ben ^opfen; slept with their swords under their pillows and their horses saddled in their stables, fc^tiefen, \iaS ©d^toert unter bem ^o|)ffifien, hjci^renb bie ^ferbe gefattelt in 'nzw (Stdflen ftanben; their lives, "Hii^ 150 VOCABtTLARY. ?el6en {no plural in this sense) ; tell their own tale, fitr fi(^ felbft fpred^en ; laid down their knives and forks, legten 9Jiejfer unb ®a= t>eltt ttieber them, fie; itmett; one of them, enter berfetben; some of them, einige berfelbeit; which forbids them from engaging their in- fantry = which forbids their infantry to engage themselves, ftd^; they themselves being so many, todl^renb i^rer fo biele irarett then, adv., bonn; (at that time), bamal§ ; (hereupon), f)ierouf then, cortj., (therefore), alfo thence, toon ha au§ thenceforth, 'con bo an theoretical, f^eoretijc^ theory, bie sieorie ; (opinion), bie SWeimmg there, bort; ha*, (in, at that place), bajelbft there is, e§ ift; e§ gltt (see p. 25, n. 1) ; when there is no butter, trenit !eine 23utter bor'^ottben ift; there is no lack of, e§ fe:^lt ttic^t an ; there is nothing to de- scribe, e§ ld§t fic^ nicf)t§ befc^rei'6en ; there is reason (to suppose), ntan f)at (SJrunb; while there is still room, ha nod^ 'Stanm. feleibt; there is (throughout history), e§ i)errf(i)t ; there was a necessity, bie 5Rott)it)enbig!eit toav bor'^anben; (he) finding there were no sen- tries, ba er feine ©(iiilbmat^e fanb there (omitted) : (years) after- wards there rode, fpdter ritt ; in that castle there lived, in biefem ©(j^toffe leBte; on either side there grew up, gu Seiben ©eiten erlcuc^S therefore, ht§^atb ; ha^zv these, biefe they, fie; they themselves being so many, ftid'^renb it)rer fo biele Ujacen; they were baffled = their plans were frustrated thick (forest), bic^t thin (loaf), biintt thing, ba§ 2)ing; (undefined), (St=* Wa§*, (matter, affair), bie ©ac^e (see p. 70^ n. 1); many things (various subjects), t»ietertei think, benfen; (believe, conclude, imagine, &c.), glaut)en; (con- sider), ertodgen; (to judge a thing to be), :^otten fitr; think it necessary, e§ fiir ni)tf)ig 'fatten; think of (doing anything), ge* ben!en gu (see p. 15, n. 3) ; think little of, gering ac^ten ; thinking to himself, 6ei fi(^ benfenb third, britte thirteenth, brei?ie'f)nte thirty, brei^ig ; Thirty Years' War, ber breifeigjd^rige 5l'rieg this, biefer, biefe, biefeS; (referring to something done, doing, or to be done), bie§; this (morning, evening, &c.), fieute ; an example of this, dn 23eifpiel Iiiebon; and so the rule is this: — , bemnoc^ todre O^oIgenbeS bie 9?eget: — thorn (bush), ber 3)Drn6ufc?^ those, jene; (rel. pron.), bie though, wenn au6:); obgleic^; ob* tcot}!; as though, aU ob; even though, unb tuenn thought, ber @eban?e; thoughts (views, opinions), 2tnfid}ten ; peaceful thoughts, friebtidje ®e= miitt)§ftintmung thousand, ba§ Staufenb ; a thousand to one, taufenb gegen ein§; one hundred thousand, l^unberttau* fenb thread, ber ^aben threaten, bro'^en ; Bebroben threatening, adj., brofienb three, brei; three hundred, brei= tiunbert; three times, breimal throne, ber S'^ron through, bnrc^ ; through choice, aiL§ freier 2i>a'^t throughout, tjinburd^ throw, hjerfen; throw away, tceg^ tDerfen; throw off (to unseat a rider), obtoerfen thrust, ber ©to^ Thuringia, 2;i}{tringen Thuringian, adj., 2;^itringer VOCABULARY. 151 Thursday, ber SDonnerStag; every Thursday, jeben ©onnev^tag thus, fo thy, hdru behte, bein tide, bie (Stromuitg tier, bie ^teitje; rising tier above tier, in auffteigenben 9tei^en till, m Time^ (1) duration of, expressed by the accusative, 59, ??. 2 ; (2) point of — , expressed, by aw with the dative, 88, n. 15 ; by the genitive, 79, n. 5 time, bie 3eit {see p. 13, n. 50 {a) ; time of peace, griebenSjeiten (plur.) ; time of war, ^rlegS= geitett (plur.) ; at the present time, je^tj at the time (just then), im Slugettblitf c ; by this time, ieljt; nun; fc^on time, ba§ 9JJat; several times, nre^rere 'SRaU ; eight times, o(!§t*= mal tint, bie ^arSe title (name), ber 9^ame titled (aristocratic), borne'^m Titles, English, not translated, p. 31, n. 7 to, 1% en, anf, in, &c.: (in order to),nm; (Carlyle) to (Goethe), on; to go to (the battle-field), fic^ fiege'ben auf; (surrender) to the orders, auf 95efet}I; to the sound (of a bell), auf ben Slang; (attention) to, auf; (to set up a claim) to, (to confine) to (three languages), auf;^ (en- gaged himself) to (the militia), Bei ; from fifty to sixty, fiinfjig 6i§ fec^jig; (as far as), 6i§ an; to the top, 6i§ auf "i^tn ^i^fet; but it was to the sailor alone, aber a*ft fiir ben ©eemann ; lost to us, fitr Vixi§: tjerloren; (towards), gegen; (indifferent, sensitive) to, gegen; (observed) to me, gegen mic^; (gentle) to his friends, einen grennben gegenitber ; to fol- low one to church, einem in bie Sirt^e folgen ; the news had flown to = the news had spread itself in; to great distances, in toeite ©ntfernung ; (to joilrney, go, drive, &c.) to (a place), nacE) ; 15 miles to the north-west (of it), 15 gjteiten norbtueftUc^ (babon) entfernt ; to the west, hjefttoartS together, §ufammen; for months together, SSilQuaiz tang Tom : Jack or Tom, §attS ober ^eter tomato, ber ^ieSeSapfet Tombora (mountain), ber SomBora tongue : native tongue, bie 5!)iutter= fprac^e too, gu; (also), auc^ top (of a hill), ber ©ipfel ; tops of the grass, bie ®ra§fpiljett tortoise, bie ©c^tlbltrCte tow, vh., fiugfiren towards (move towards), gu ; make towards, eiten gu; towards the end, gegen @nbe tower, sh., ber %\jVLtxa tower, to tower over, empor=« ragen town, bie <^to.'iii ; the town of Guatelma, bie ©tabt ©uatelma Town-house (the Town Hall), 'i^a^ 9?at^ftau§ trace (with a pencil), geid^nen; (to follow traces of), berfolgen ; trace back, toerfolgen track (path), ber ^fab tract (place), bie ©telle ; (of ground), eine (Strecfe; upland tract, \i(x§, ^Dc^Ianb tractable : to be tractable (to one's voice), aufpren trade, ber §anbet tradition, bie STrabition; (on that spot) which tradition, ftielc^e bie S^rabition; bie ©age; times of tradition, bie ©agenjeit ; to hold sway in the popular tradition, ba§ 9?eicf) ber SBoIfSfage betievrfc^en traditional, at§ erbei; lead up, l^lnauffii^ren upland, ba§ ^od^taTtb; upland tract, ba§ §od)tanb upon, auf ; upon (a subject), ii6er; upon which, toorauf ; (slaughter wrought) upon (troops), unter; upon the day, am Sage; upon him, bet fl(^ ; to call upon him, iSm eitten S3efud^ ma(^en ; to close upon, [ic^ fd^tiefjen itber ; to look upon, anfe^en; to take upon one's self, iiberne^men ; to oper- ate as but a slight check upon, nur geringen ©inbalt tijun upper lip, bie Oberlippe Urceola Elactica, bie Urceola etaftica urge, bringen use, sb., ber ©ebraud^ ; to make use I of, bettu^en j use (for anything), r^., Brau«» I useful, ttit^lid^ \ usual, iiblid^ ; getrSl^ttlld^ usually, getDO^nlic^ utterance, ber 2lu§fpru(^ ; volubility of utterance, bie Bw^gengeldufig* leit utterly, ganstid^ Valens, {indeclin.), 25oten0 valley, ba0 %%ai valour, bie Sapfcrleit valuable, tuertl^tooH Van Eyck, SJan e^t vanish, berfcfjJrinbctt various, berfd}iebert vary (to sound contradictory), lauten t»erjd)ieben vast, gro§ ; mdd^tig ; unge'^euer vastness, unge^eure ©ro^e vedette, bie S3ebette vegetable (kind of), bie ©emitfeort; vegetable kingdom, "Ha^) ^flatt== Senreid^ vegetation : forms of vegetation, ^flansenfornien velocity, 'tit <2-d^neIIig!eit venal, feil venture, vh., tuagen ber, use of insep. prefix, p. 96, n. 14 verbal, tnitnbttd^ Verbal Forms in -ingy transl. of, (1) when preceded by of, instead of^ for, or without, 7, n. 31 (a) ; (2) when used substan- tively, 15, n. 1 Verbs. I. (1) When conju- gated with fein; (2) omission of aux. verbs of tense, ^aben and fein, 12, n. 41 (e) ; (3) use of aux. — of mood, 52, 7i. 1 II. (1) Use of the passive voice, 1, n. 4 (b) ; (2) use of active voice instead of passive voice, 2, n. 8; (3) use of the reflective instead of passive voice, 10, n. 41 (b) III. Government of — of choosing, appointing, &c., Gr. Intr., xviii. ; 36, n. 4 IV. (1) Verbs governing a direct and indirect object, 5, 7i. 22 (b) ; (2) government of in- sep. comp. — , 2, n. 9 (b) ; (3) government of sep. comp. verbs, compounded with art, auf, bei, &c., 5, n. 25 (a) ; (4) govern- ment of — denoting motion, 24, n. 10; (5) government of — denoting want, 87, n. 10 V. (1) Place of finite — containing assertion, 2, n. 5 (b) ; 3, n. 12 (a) ; (2) place of — in dependent sentences, 3, n. 12 ib) 154 VOCABULARY. VI. Intransitive — , how transformed into transitive ones, 29, 7i. 14 VerbSj upon which the objec- tive clause or the supine de- pends, followed by a preposition, 97, n. 2 S3erfoffung, when used for composi- tion, p. 62, 71. 6 verily, ixtirHic^ version (translation), bie U6ers= fe^ung very, a^-y., fe'6r ; (extremely), an^^ erft; very distant, fe'^r tueit ent- feritt; very largely, in grol^er SJienge ; very much the contrary, gans itn ©egenf^eil very, adj. : the very ideal (per- sonified), ba§ ijerforperte i^beal; the very model, eiit ttta^reS SJiufter (see 2>. 37, n. 3) ; as the very name declares, tuie ber 3^ame fd)Dtt fcejeugt; the very top. ber &ipid felljft." (See p. 23, n. 5) vessel (boat), ba§ SSoot; (for cook- ing), ba§ (S5efd§ vestige, bie ©^ur victory, ber ©ieg view, bie SluSfi^t; width of view (mental), umfaffettbe 2lnf(i^auung§= toeife vigilant, ijorfid^tig village, ba§ 3)orf violate (to oppose a custom), ent=» gegen{)anbeln violet, ba§ SSell^ett violin: performer on the violin, ber SSlDlinfpteter vinea, bie ^auffioUe virtue, bie S^ugenb Visigoth, ber SBeftgottje visit, vb., t>efuci)en Vladimir column, bie 2BIabimir=* eolonne vociferously, taut fc^retenb voice, bie ©timme volcano, ber SSuIcan volubility of utterance, bie 311^== gengeldufig!eit voluntarily, freitDitfig volunteer, ber greituinige borattgel^en, gov. dative,^. 5,n. 25 (a) vow of revenge, bo§ JRad^getiiBbe voyage, bie 9telfe wafted, to be, getragen toerben; wafted (to), Tjergetragen wait for, otlcarten wake, tueden walk, get)en, fd^rcitett; walk on, tneiter fc^relten wall, bie ?(Jiauer ; bie 2Banb ; around its walls, an ben 2Bdnben ^ernm want, si., ha§> 33ebiirfni|3 ; want (of), ber SD^angel (an) war, ber ^riej; the Thirty Years' "W"ar, ber breitjlgidfirige Strieg; time of war, ^rlegSgeiten (plur.) warm, warmly, njarm warrior, ber ^rieger; (hero), ber §elb Wartburg (the), bie S[Bartturg war-whoop, 'iia§> Slrleg§gejc^rei waste, vh., bergeuben watch : an enemy on the watch (to), ein S^einb, ber anf bie®etegen= l&eit iauerte watch, vl. : to watch over, Betuai^en; watch (camels), pten; watch for, anftt»arten watchful, toarfifam watch-tower, ber 2Bac^ttt)urm water, ba§ Baffer ; a spring of water, ein SSrunnen (masc.) ; water's edge, ber 5Ranb bcS Staffers water-laden, tcafjerberaben wave, bie 2Boge; waves of turf, ©raStueflen wavy, toeHenformig way (manner), bie SBeife; way of life, bie ^cfeenSttieife ; way (over), ber Ufeergang; by way of, at§; to lead the way, borangelien; to make one's way up, I)inaufgel)en weak, jditoac^ ; weak (nerves), §art weapon, bie 2Baffe wear, tragen; wear a look, auS^ fe'^en we, n^ir; as we are told, loie nn§ Beric^tet tuirb weed, ia§ Unfraut week, bie 2Bo(J)e ; a week's arrest, eine aSod^e SIrreft weight (pressure), bie 2Bud§t VOCABULAKY. 155 Weimar, SSelmar (neiit.) welcome, tcittfommen well, sb., ber Srunnen well, adv., gut ; luo^t (see p. 75, n. 4) ; (finely), feitt ; well and good, fo mag e§ l^inge'^en; well aware, iibergeugt; well cooked, forgfattig s^feereitetj well exam- ine, genmt fceftt^tigen well-ascertained, tjMig^ertDiejen "Welsh, adj., \vaUi^i)(i) west (towards the west), riai) SBeftett; to the west, ioefttrartS ; West Cliff, bie SSeftltippe western, tuefttic^ westward, tcefttrartS wet, ita§ what, tDa§ ; what (you write) about, tDoritSev whatever it might be, it was — , iriaS immer e§ an^ fei, f o tear e§ — ; at whatever risk, auf jebe (55efa"^r flirt whieaten bread, ha§ SSeisenBrob when (see p. 41, n. 9 and p. 50, w. 22), ot»; tt)enn; (whereupon), toorauf; (just then), ha; when examined, 6ei genauer Uttterfuc^^ uttg; the time, when, bie Szit, too ; even when most resembling = even the most like, felfift bie afttttic^ften ; it was about dusk when he arrived = he arrived there about dusk when {omitted) : when hindered he assumed, aufge^attett, ttat)m er whence (from which), bort bent, ton ber where, tuo; advanced to where . . ., jc^ritt feiS in bem ^fa^e tiov, luo ♦ ♦ ♦ ; (in minds) where, 6ei betten ^ wherewith, toomit whether, ofe ; whether to direct or impel, fei e§ urn ju lenfen ober ortsitjpDrnert which, welt^er, toett^c, toetd^eS ; ber, bie, ha^ ; in which = where, too ; of which, tootoon; of which = whose, beffen ; beren ; on the highest of which = on whose highest point; each of which, tion bencn fcber; of that which, ton bem, toa§; on which, toorauf; (a race) on which (aifection is thrown away), 6ei ber ; to which (this led), toDt)in; which being so, unb ha bie§ ber g^aC ift Whig, 2S^tg while, inbem; toci^i'cnb; ha; while there is still room, ha no^ 9?aum tteifet; while (he) goes, im @e= :^en ; {omitted) : I have, while in England, ii) t)a6e in (gngtanb* {See p. 36, n. 12) whilst, inbem; toci^renb whirr, vb., fcfitoirren whisper, sh., ha§ gtitftern white, toelg whither, too^in who, ber, bie, ha§; toetd^er, toetd^c, toet(^e§ whole, gans; whole of the, fammt=* lic^ {adj.) ; whole of his forces {mil.), feine ©efammtmacfit whose : (trees) whose seeds = the seeds to which the trees owed their existence, hk if)r 2)afetn bem (Samen toerbantt why, toarum; (in that case), nun wide, Breit; far and wide, toeit unb Breit; wide (extent of country), grog width of view (mental), umfaf* fenbe Slnfc^auungStoeife wife, bie ©ema'^tin wild, toitb; (growing wild), tollb* toat^fenb wilderness, bie 2Bitbni§ will, vb., (to have a will to), tooHen ; aux. vb. of fut. tense, toerben ; (one only symptom) will it give, gieBt e§ will, sb.: to bear ill will, iifeel tooKen William, SBit^etm will-o'-the-wisp, ha§ ^rrtid^t wind, ber SBini) winding road, fid^ l^itttoinbenbe (Strajje wine, ber 2Bein wing, ber ?^tltgcl wise : to be wise, toeife fellt wish, vb., toilufd^eu 156 VOCABULARY. wistfully, fe'^nfild^tig with, mit ; with (the army, his regiment, &c.), 6ei; (to live) with (anyone), Bel; (together with), jommt; (a few men) and the Ligurian with them, fammt bent ^icjurier ; (to build a hut) with (logs, &c.), ait§; (a feel- ing) with, fiir; with the design, ju bem 3tt>e(f; to abound with, tcU feiit l)on ; overflowed (crowd- ed) with, gebrangt bott tjon; with his name stamped upon it, VDorauf feitt S^ame geftempelt toax ; with her own hand (wrote), eigen'^anbig; entertain him with a solo, i^m eiit ©olo toorfpieten with, omitted in all such cases as: an emigrant's team with the women under the awning, ein 2lu5toanberergefpann, bie g^rauen unter ber ^tane; slept with their swords under their pillows, fd)(tefen, ba§ ©d^mert unter bem Sopffiffen; &c. within, in; within an hour, 6ln= nen einer ©tunbe ; within the en- trance, am (Singang without, prep., o^ne; without a moment's preparation, o^m ix= genb toetcfie S^orfiereitung ; with- out a weed, frei toon jebem Un== !raut; without opposition, urt== ge^inbert; was without result, l^atte !eine g^olge without (adv.) = from with- out, toon au§en witness (to see),fet)ert; (to notice), tta'firne'^men ; (to be present at), fcelwo'^rten witty, tcitsig tDDl^I, expressing probability, place of adv., p. 41, n. 6 , wolf, ber SGBotf woman, bie ^rau wonderful, njunbertor; (extraor- dinary), aufjerorbentlic^ wont: as was his wont, toie ge* wood (timber), boS ^olg ; (forest), ber 2BaIb wooden, Ijfitsern woodland : (country) of wood- lands, tratbig woodless, njalbloS wool, bie SKoHe word, ba§ ^Bort; word of com- mand, bo§ SommanbLncort ; in a word, mit einem SBort; words (connected terms, having a co- herent 7neaning), SBorte ; (uncon- nected), 2BI}rter; no words, not a word (being spoken), !ein 2Bcirt work, sh., bie Slrbeit work, vh. : set to work, fid^ on bie 2Irt>eit madden; (stimulate) to work, gum 2lv6elten ; (the slaughter)wrought upon(troops, by artillery), angeric^tet unter worker (ant), be^Meiter world, bie SCBett worse (than his reputation), fd^Ummer worshipful (ironical), "EiDdjIlJbtic^ worth, ber 2Bert^; worth taking, be§ §Je^men§ h)crt^ would, see will wounded (men), bie S^ertounbeten wrecked (to be), €>d^itf6rud§ {masc.) leiben write, \6)tti^txt writer (author), ber SSerf offer writing (style of composition), bie ©d^reibttjeife wrought, see work year, )ia§> ^a^x ; (£500) a year, be§ ;Sat)re§; a year's journey through, ein ^a^r in yet, boc^ ; (but), aber ; (neverthe- less), bennod^ yield (to produce), liefern you, ©ie ; ^\i6) (see p. 90, n. 12) ; (nsed hy a king in addressing a subject), er, ^^n, ^^m; bu, bic^, bir (see also p. 71, n. 16) ; (any- one), man (nom.), ^emanb, 9lie* manb» (Seep. 38, n. 4) young, iung Your Majesty, ©to* ^D^ajeftat youth, ber ^itngUng Ziethen Hussars, 3iet^sn'fd^e §u* faren zone = girdle, htt ©itrtet zoologist, ber 3ooIog RICHARD CLAY AKD SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNGAY. May 18950 A CATALOGUE EDUCATIONAL W0RK5 Published by GEORGE BELL & SONS. CONTENTS. Grammar School Classics Cambridge Greek and Latin Texts Cambridge Texts with Notes Public School Series Critical and Annotated Editions Translations, Selections, &c. Lower Form Series Classical Tables Latin and Greek Class-books Cambridge Mathematical Series... Cambridge School and College Text-books Bookkeeping, Geometry, Euclid, and Trigonometry Mechanics and Natural Philosophy Foreign Classics French Class-books Gombert's French Drama ... German Class-books Modern German School Classics Divinity Technology and Agriculture History Psychology and Ethics Dictionaries English Class-books Reading Books, &c PAGE 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 6 6 8 9 10 II 12 12 13 14 14 15 16 16 17 17 18 19 4 YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON, W.C. George Bell and Sons' GRAMMAR-SCHOOL CLASSICS. A Series of Greek and Latin Autliors, loitli English Notes. Fcap. 8vo. Csesar : De Bello Galileo. By George Long, M.A. 4s. Books I.-III. For Junior Classes. By G. Long, M.A. Is. Qd. Books IV. and V. Is. Qd. Books VL and VIL, Is. 6a. Books I., II., and III., with Vocabulary, Is. Gd. each. Catullus, Tibullus, and Propertius. Selected Poems. With Life. By Rev. A. H. Wratislaw. 2s. 6d. Cicero: De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Select Epistles. By Geoi^e Long, M.A. 3s. Cornelius Nepos. By Kev. J. F. Macmichael. 2s. Homer : Iliad. Books I.-XII. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 4s. 6d. Also in 2 parts, 2s. 6d. each. Horace: With Life. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. 3s. Qd. In 2 i)arts, 2s. each. Odes, Book I., with Vocabulary, Is. 6d, Juvenal : Sixteen Satires. By H. Prior, M.A. 3s Qd. Martial: Select Epigrams. With Life. By F. A.Paley,M.A.,LL.D. 4s. 6(J. Ovid : the Fasti. By F. A. Paley, M.A. , LL.D. 3s. Cyd. Books I* and XL, Is. 6d. Books III. and IV., Is. 6d. Books V. and VI., Is. 6d. Sallust : Catilina and Jugurtha. With Life. By G. Long, M.A. and J. G. Frazer. 3s, 6d., or separately, 2s. each. Tacitus : Germania and Agricola. By Kev. P. Frost. 2s. Qd. Virgil: Bucolics, Georgics, and /Eneid, Books I.-IV. Abridged from Professor Oonington's Edition. 4s. 6d. — -ZEneid, Books V.-XII., 4s. 6d. Also in 9 separate Volumes, as follows. Is. 6d. each:— Bucolics — Greorgics, I. and II.— Georgics, III. and IV.— -SJneid, I. and II.— III. and IV.— V. and VI.— VII. and VIII.— IX. and X.-and XI. and XII. ^neid. Book I., with Vocabulary, Is. 6d. XenophLon : The Anabasis. With Life. By Eev. J. F. Macmichael. 3s. 6d. Also in 4 separate volumes, Is. 6d. each : — Book I. (with Life, Introduction, Itinerary, and Three Maps)— Books II. and III. — IV. and V. —VI. and VII. The Cyropaedia. By G. M. Gorham, M.A. 3s. 6^. Books I. and II., Is. 6d.— Books V. and VI., Is. 6d, Memorabilia. By Percival Frost, M.A. 3s. A Granmiar School Atlas of Classical Geography, containing Ted selected Maps. Imperial 8vo. 3s. Uniform ivith the Series. The New Testament, in Greek. With English Notes, cfec. By Rev. J. F. Macmichael. 4s. 6d. The Four Gospels and the Acts, separately. Sewed, 6d. each. Educational Works. 3 CAMBRIDGE GREEK AND LATIN TEXTS. Aeschylus. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 25. Cassar : De Bello Gallico. By G. Long, M.A. Is. 6d. Cicero: De Senectute et De Amicitia, et EpistolBB Selectae. By G-. Long-, M.A. Is. 6(1. Ciceronis Orationes. In Verrem. By G. Long, M.A. 2s. 6d. Euripides. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 3 vols. 2s. each. Herodotus. By J. G. Blakesley, B.D. 2 vols. 5s. Homeri Ihas. L-XII. By F. A. Paley, M.A. , LL.D. Is. 6d. Horatius. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. Is. &d. Juvenal et Persius. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. Is. Qd. Lucretius. By H. A. J. Munro, M.A. 2s. Sallusti Crispi Catilina et Jugurtha. By G. Long, M.A. Is. 6d. Sophocles. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 2s. 6d. Terenti ComcEdiae. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 2s. Thuoydides. By J. G. Donaldson, D.D. 2 vols. 4s. VirgQius. By J. Conington, M.A. 2s. Xenophontis Expeditio Cyri. By J. F. Macmichael, B.A. Is. 6^^. Novum Testamentum Greece. By F. H. Scrivener, M.A., D.C.L. 4s. 6d. An edition, with wide margin for notes, half bound, 12s. Editio Majoe, with additional Readings and References. 7s. 6d. (See page 15.) CAMBRIDGE TEXTS WITH NOTES. A Sdedion of the most usually read of the Qreek and Latin Authors, Annotated for Schools, Edited by well-known Classical Scholars. Fcap. Svo, Is. 6d. each, with exceptions. * Dr. Paley' s vast learning and keen appreciation of the difficnlties of Veginners make his school editions as valuable as they are popular. In many respects he sets a brilliant example to younger scholars.' — Athenceum. * We hold in high value these handy Cambridge texts with Notes.' — Saturday Bevi&w. Aeschylus. Prometheus Yinctiis. — Septem contra Thebas. — Aga- memnon. — Persae. — Eumenides. — Ohoephoroe. By P. A. Paley, M.A. , LL. D. Euripides. Alcestis. — Medea. — Hippolytus. — Hecuba. — Bacchae. — Ion. 2s. — Orestes. — Phoenissae.— Troades. — Hercules Furens. — Andro- mache. — Iphigenia in Tauris. — Supplices. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. Homer. Iliad. Book L By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. Is. Sophocles. Oedipus Tyrannus. — Oedipus Coloneus. — Antigone. — Electra.— Ajax. By F. A. Paley, M. A., LL.D. Xenophon. Anabasis. In 6 vols. By J. E. Melhuish, M.A., Assistant Classical Master at St. Paul's School. Hellenics, Book I. By L. D. Dowdall, M.A., B.D. 2s. Hellenics, Book II. By L. D. Dowdall, M.A., B.D. 2s. Cicero. De Senectute, De Amicitia, and Epistolae Selectas. By G-. Long, M.A. Ovid. Fasti. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. In 3 vols., 2 books in each. 2s. each vol. George Bell and Sons' Ovid. Selections. Amores, Tristia, Heroides, Metamorphoses. By A. J. Macleane, M.A. Terence. Andria. — Hauton Timorumenos. — Phormio.—Adelphoe. By Professor Wagner, Ph.D. Virgil. Professor Conington's edition, abridged in 12 vols. * The handiest as well as the soundest of modem editions.* Saturday Review . PUBLIC SCHOOL SERIES. A Series of ClassicalTexts, annotated by icell-known Scholars. Cr.8vo.. Aristophanes. The Peace. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 4s. Qd. • The Acharnians. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 4.<^. 6d. The Frogs. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 4s. M. Cicero. The Letters to Atticus. Bk. L By A. Pretor, M.A. 3rd Edition. 4s. 6d. Demosthenes de Falsa Legatione. By E. Shilleto, M.A. 7th Edition. 6s. The Law of Leptines. By B. W. Beatson, M.A. 3rd Edition. 3s. 6d. Livy. Book XXI. Edited, with Introduction, Notes, and Maps, by the Rev. L. D. Dowdall, M.A., B.D. 3s. 6i. ■ Book XXIL Edited, &c., by Kev. L. D. DowdaU, M.A., B.D. 3s. 6d. Plato. The Apology of Socrates and Crito. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 12th Edition. 3s. 6d. Cheap Edition, limp cloth, 2s. 6d. The Ph«do. 9th Edition. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 5s. 6cL ■ ■ The Protagoras. 7th Edition. By W. Wayte,M.A. 4s. 6d. The Euthyphro. 3rd Edition. By G. H. Wells, M.A. 3s. The Euthydemus. By G. H. Wells, M.A. 4s. The Eepublic. Books I. & II. By G. H. Wells, M.A. 3rdi Edition. 5s. 6d. Plautus. The Aulularia. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 5th Edition. 4:S.(jd. ■ The Trinummns. By W.Wagner, Ph.D. 5th Edition. 4:S.Qd. The Menaechmei. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 2nd Edit. 4s. Qd, The Mostellaria. By Prof. E. A. Sonnenschein. 5s. Sophocles. The Trachiniae. By A. Pretor. M.A. 4s. Qd. The Oedipus Tyrannus. By B. H. Kennedy, D.D. 5.^ Terence. By W. Wagner, Ph.D. 3rd Edition. 7s. 6d. Theocritus. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 2nd Edition. 4s. Qd. Thucydides. Book VI. By T. W. Dougan, M.A., Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. 3s. 6d. CRITICAL AND ANNOTATED EDITIONS. Aristophanis Comoediae. By H. A. Holden, LL.D. 8vo. 2 vols. Notes, Illustrations, and Maps. 23s. 6d. Plays sold separately. Caesar's Seventh Campaign in Gaul, B.C. 52. By Eev. W. C. Compton, M.A., Head Master, Dover College. 2nd Edition, with Map and Illustrations. Crovm 8vo. 4s. Oalpumius Slculus. By H. 0. Keene, M.A. Crown 8vo. 6«. Educational Works, Catullus. A New Text, with Critical Notes and Introduction by Dr. J, P. Postg'ate. Foolscap 8vo. 3s. Corpus Poetarum Latinorum. Edited by Walker. 1vol. 8vo. I8.9. Livy. The first five Books. By J. Prendeville. New Edition, revised, and the notes in great part rewritten, by J. H. Freese, M.A. Books I., II., III., IV., and V. Is. Qd. each. Lucan. The Pharsalia. By C. E. Haskins, M.A., and W. E. Heitland, M.A. Demy 8vo. 14s. Lucretius. With Commentary by H. A. J. Munro. 4th Edition. Vols. I. and II. Introduction, Text, and Notes. ISs. Vol. III. Trans- lation. 6s. Ovid. P. Ovidii Nasonis Heroides XIV. By A. Palmer, M.A. 8vo.6». P. Ovidii Nasonis Ars Amatoria et Amores. By the Eev. H. Williams, M.A. 3s. 6d. Metamorphoses. Book XIII. By Chas. Haines Keene, M.A. 2s. Qi.' Epistolarum ex Ponto Liber Primus, ByO.H.Keene,M.A. 3*. Propertius. Sex Aurelii Propertii Oarmina. By F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 8vo. Cloth, 5s. Sex Propertii Elegiarum. Libri IV. Recensuit A. Palmer, Collegii Sacrosanctas et Individuse Trinitatis juxta Dublinum Socius. Fcap. 8vo. 3s. 6cl. Sophocles. The Oedipus Tyrannus. By B. H. Kennedy, D.D. Crown 8vo. 8s. Thucydides. The History of the Peloponnesian War. By Bichard ShiUeto, M.A. Book I. Svo. 6«. 6d. Book II. 8vo. 58. 6d. TRANSLATIONS, SELECTIONS, &o. Aeschylus. Translated into English Prose by F. A. Paley, M.A., LL.D. 2nd Edition. 8vo. 7s. Qd.. Translated into English Verse by Anna Swanwick. 4th Edition. Post 8vo. 5s. Calpurnius, The Eclogues of. Latin Text and EngHsh Verse. Translation by E. J. L. Scott, M.A. 3s. 6d. Horace. The Odes and Carmen Sasculare. In English Verse by J. Conington, M.A. 11th edition. Fcap. 8vo. 3s. 6d. The Satires and Epistles. In Enghsh Verse by J. Coning- ton. M.A. 8th edition. 3s. Qd. Plato. Gorgias. Translated by E.M. Cope, M.A. Svo. 2nd Ed. Is. Prudentius, Selections from. Text, with Verse Translation, In- troduction, &c., by the Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray. Crown Svo. 7s. Qd. Sophocles. Oedipus Tyrannus. By Dr. Kennedy. Is. The Dramas of. Bendered into English Verse by Sir George Young, Bart., M.A. Svo. 12s. Qd. Theocritus. In EngHsh Verse, by C. S. Calverley, M.A. 3rd Edition. Crown Svo. 7s. Qd. Translations into English and Latin. By 0. S. Calverley, M.A. Post Svo. 7s. 6cl. Translations into EngHsh, Latin, and Greek. ByR. C. Jebb, Litt.D., H. Jackson, Litt.D., and W. E. Currey, M.A. Second Edition. Ss. Folia SilvulaB, sive Eclogae Poetarum Anglicorum in Latinum et GrjBcum conversaa. By H. A. Holden, LL.D. Svo. Vol. II. 4s. Qd. Sabrinae Corolla in Hortulis Regiae Scholae Salopiensis Contexuerunt Tres Viri Floribus Legendis. Fourth Edition, thoroughly Revised and Rearranged. Large post Svo. 10s. Qd. George Bell and Som' LOWER FORM SERIES. With Notes atid Vocabularies. Virgil's ^neid. Book I. Abridged from Conington's Edition. With Vocabulary by W. F. R. ShiUeto. Is. 6d. CsBsar de Bello G-sdlico. Books I., II., and III. With Notes by George Long-, M.A., and VocabtQary by W. F. R. Shilleto. Is. 6d. each. Horace. Book I. Macleane's Edition, with Vocabulary by A. H. Dennis. Is. 6d. Frost Eolog89 LatinsB ; or, First Latin Reading-Book, with English Notes and a Dictionary, By the late Rev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Ifi. 6d. A Latin Verse-Book. An Introductory Work on Hexa- meters and Pentameters. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. Key (for Tutors only), 5s. AnsJeota GrsBca Minora, with Introductory Sentences, English Notes, and a Dictionary. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Wells. Tales for Latin Prose Composition. With Notes and Vocabulary. By G. H. Wells, M.A. 2s. Stedman. Latin Vocabularies for Repetition. By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. 2nd Edition, revised. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. Easy Latin Passages for Unseen Translation. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. Greek Testament Selections. 2nd Edition, enlarged, with Notes and Vocabulary. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. CLASSICAL TABLES. Latin Accidence. By the Bev. P. Frost, M.A. It. Latin Versification. Is. Notabilia Qusedam; or the Principal Tenses of most of the Irregular Greek Verbs and Elementary Greek, Latin, and French Con- struction. New Edition. Is. Richmond Rules for the Ovldlan Distich, &c. By J. Tate, M.A. Is. The Principles of Latin Syntax. Is. Greek Verbs. A Catalogue of Verbs, Irregular and Defective. By J. S. Baird, T.C.D. 8th Edition. 2s. 6d. Greek Accents (Notes on). By A. Barry, D.D. New Edition. 1». Homeric Dialect. Its Leading Forms and Peculiarities. By J. S. Baird, T.C.D. New Edition, by W. G. Rutherford, LL.D. Is. Greek Accidence. By the Eev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. Is. LATIN AND GREEK CLASS-BOOKS. See also Lower Form Series. Baddeley. Auzilia Latina. A Series of Progressive Latin Exercises. By M. J. B. Baddeley, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. Part I., Accidence. 5th Edition. 2s. Part II. 5th Edition. 2s. Key to Part II., 2s. 6d. Baker. Latin Prose for London Students. By Arthur Baker, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. Church. Latin Prose Lessons. By Prof. Church, M.A. 9th Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. Collins. Latin Bxercises and Grammar Papers. By T. Collins, M.A., H. M. of the Latin School, Newport, Salop. 7th Edit. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. Unseen Papers in Latin Prose and Verse. With Ex- amination Questions. 6th Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. Educational WorlxS. Collins, Unseen Papers in Greek Prose and Verse. With Ex- amination Qnestions. 3rd Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 3s. Basy Translations from Nepos, OsBsar, Cicero, Livy, &c., for Retranslation into Latin. With Notes. 2s. Compton. Rudiments of Attic Construction and Idiom. By the Rev. W. 0. Compton, M.A., Head Master of Dover College. 3s. Clapin. A Latin Primer. By Kev. A. C. Clapin, M.A. Is, Frost. EclogSB Latinee; or, First Latin Reading Book. With Notes and Vocabulary by the late Rev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Is, 6cl. Materials for Latin Prose Composition. By the late Eev. P. Frost, M.A. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. K«y (for Tutors only) 4s. Materials for Greek Prose Composition. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. Key (for Tutors only), 5s. Harkness. A Latin Grammar. By A. Harkness. Post 8vo. 65, Holden. Foliorum Silvula. Part I. Passages for Translation into Latin Elegiac and Heroio Verse. By H. A. Holden, LL.D. 12th Edit. PostSvo. 7s. 6d. Foliorum Silvula. Part II. Select Passages for Trans- lation into Latin Lyric and Comic Iambic Verse, 3rd Ed. Post 8vo. 6s. Foliorum CenturisB. Select Passages for Translation into Latin and Greek Prose. 10th Edition. Post Svo. Jebb, Jackson, and Currey. Extracts for Translation in Greek, Latin, and English. By R. C. Jebb, Litt. D., LL.D., H. Jackson, Litt. D., and W. E. Currey, M.A. 4s. 6d. Key. A Latin Grammar. By T. H. Key, M.A., F.E.S. 6th Thousand. Post Svo. 8s. A Short Latin Grammar for Schools. 16th Edition. Post 8vo. 3s. 6d. Mason. Analytical Latin Exercises. By G. P. Mason, B.A. 4th Edition. Part I„ Is. Qd. Part II., 2s. 6d. Nettleship. Passages for Translation into Latin Prose. By Prof. H. Nettleship, M.A. 3s. Key (for Tutors only), 4s. M. ' The introduction ought to be studied by every tesuiher.'— Guardian. Paley. Greek Particles and their Combinations according to Attic Usajre. A Short Treatise- By F. A. Paley, M. A., LL.D. 28. 6d. Penrose. Latin Elegiac Verse, Easy Exercises in. By the Eev. J. Penrose. New Edition. 2s. (Key, 3s. 6d.) Preston. Greek Verse Composition. By G. Preston, M.A. 5th Edition. Crown Svo. 4s. 6d. Pruen. Latin Examination Papers. Comprising Lower, Middle, and Upper School Papers, and a number of Woolwich and Sandhurst Standards. By G. G. Pruen, M.A. Crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. Seager. Faciliora. An Elementary Latin Book on a new principle. By the Rev. J. L. Seager, M.A. 2s. 6d. Stedman. First Latin Lessons. By A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. Second Edition, enlarged. Crown 8vo. 2s. First Latin Reader. With Notes adapted to the Shorter Latin Primer and Vocabulary. Crown 8vo. Is. 6d. Easy Latin Exercises on the Syntax of the Shorter and Revised Latin Primers. "With Vocabulary. 3rd Edition. Cr. Svo. 2s. 6d. Notanda Qusedam. Miscellaneous Latin Exercises on Common Rules and Idioms. Fcap. Svo. ls.6d. With vocabulary 2s. First Greek Lessons. [In preparation. Easy Greek Passages for Unseen Translation. Fcap. Svo. Is. 6d. George Bell and Sons Stedman. Easy Greek Exercises on Elementary Syntax. [In 'prciiaraiion. Greek Vocabularies for Repetition. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6ti. Thackeray. Anthologia Grseca. A Selection of Greek Poetry, with Notes. By P. St. John Thackeray. 5tk Edition. 16mo. 4s. 6d. Anthologia Latin a. A Selection of Latin Poetry, from Nasvius to Boethius, with Notes. By Rev. F. St. J. Thackeray. 5th Edit. 16mo. 4s. 6d. Donaldson. The Theatre of the Greeks. By J. W. Donaldson, D.D. lOth Edition. Post 8vo. 5s. Keightley. The Mythology of Greece and Italy. By Thomas Keightley. 4th Edition. Revised by L. Schmitz, Ph.D., LL.D. 5s. Mayor. A Guide to the Choice of Classical Books. By J. B. Mayor, M.A. 3rd Edition. Crown 8vo. 4s. Qd. Teuffel. A History of Roman Literature. By Prof. W. S. Teuffel. 5th Edition, revised by Prof. L. Schwabe, and translated by Prof. G. 0. W. Warr, of King's College. 2 vols, medium 8vo. 15s. each. CAMBRIDGE MATHEMATICAL SERIES. Arithmetic for Schools. By C. Pendlebury, M.A. 6th Edition, with or without answers, 4s. Gd. Or in two parts, 2s. Qd, each. Part 2 con- tains the Commercial Arithmetic. Key to Part 2, for tutors only, 7s. Gd. net. Examples (nearly 8000), without answers, in a separate vol. 3s. In use at St. Paul's, Winchester, Wellington, Marlborough, Charterhouse, Merchant Taylors', Christ's Hospital, Sherborne, Shi'ewsbury, &c. &c. Algebra. Choice and Chance. By W. A. Whitworth, M.A. 4th Edition. 6s. Euclid. Newly translated from the Greek Text, with Supple- mentary Propositions, Chapters on Modern Geometry, and numerous Exercises. By Horace Deighton. M.A., Head Master of Harrison College, Barbados. New Edition, Revised, with Symbols and Abbreviations. Crown 8vo. 4s. 6d. Key, for tutors only, 5s. net. Book I Is. I Books I. to III. ... 2s. 6d. Books I. and II. ... Is. Qd. \ Books III. and IV. Is. 6d. Euclid. Exercises on Euclid and in Modern Geometry. By J. McDowell, M.A. 4th Edition. Qs. Elementary Trigonometry. By J. M. Dyer, M.A., and Kev. R. H. Whitcombe, M.A., Assistant Masters, Eton College. 2nd Edit. 4s. 6d. Trigonometry. Plane. By Eev.T.Vyvyan,M.A. 3rd Edit. 3s. 64. Geometrical Conic Sections. By H. G. WilHs, M.A. 5s. Conies. The Elementary Geometry of. 7th Edition, revised and enlarged. By C. Taylor, D.D. 4s. 6d. Solid Geometry. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 4th Edit, revised. 6«. Geometrical Optics. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 3rd Edition. 4s. Rigid Dynamics. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 4s. Elementary Dynamics. By W.Garnett,M.A.,D.C.L. 5th Ed. 6*. Dynamics. A Treatise on. By W. H. Besant, ScD., F.E.S. 2nd Edition. 7s. 6d. Heat. An Elementary Treatise. By W. Garnett, M.A., D.C.L. 5th Edition, revised and enlarged. 4s. 6d. Elementary Physics. Examples in. By W. Gallatly, M.A. 4s. Educational Works. 9 Elementary Hydrostatics. By W. H. Besaait, Sc.D., F.E.S. 15th Edition, rewritten. Crown 8vo. 4s. Gd. Key 5s. net. Hydromechanics. By W. H. Besant, Sc.D.,F.R.S. 5th Edition. Part I. Hydrostatics. 5s. Mathematical Examples. By J. M. Dyer, M.A., Eton College, and R. Prowde Smith, M.A., Cheltenham College. Qs, Mechanics. Problems in Elementary. By W. Walton, M.A. 6s. Notes on Roulettes and Glissettes. By W. H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S. 2nd Edition, enlarged. Crown 8vo. 5s. CAMBRIDGE SCHOOL AND COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS. A Series of Elementary Treatises for the use of Students. Arithmetic. By Eev.C.Elsee, M.A. Feap. 8vo. 14th Edit. 3«.6d. . By A. Wrigley, M.A. 3«. 6d. ■ A Progressive Com'se of Examples. With Answers. By J. Watson, M.A. 7th Edition, revised. By W. P. Goudie, B.A. 2s. 6d. Algebra, By the Kev. C. Elsee, M.A. 8th Edit. 4«. Progressive Course of Examples. By Rev. W. F. M*Michael,M.A.,andR.Prowde Smith, M.A. 4th Edition. 3s. Sd. With Answers. 4s.6cl. Plane Astronomy, An Introduction to. By P. T. Main, M.A. 6th Edition, revised. 4s. Oonic Sections treated Geometrically. By W. H. Besant, Sc.D. 8th Edition. 4s. 6d. Solution to the Examples. 4s. Enunciations and Figures Separately. Is. Statics, Elementary. By Rev. H. Goodwin, D.D. 2nd Edit. 3s. Mensuration, An Elementary Treatise on. By B.T.Moore, M.A. Ss.Qd. Newton's Principia, The First Three Sections of, with an Appen- dix; and the Ninth and Eleventh Sections. By J. H. Evans, M.A. 5th Edition, by P. T. Main, M.A. 4s. Analytical Geometry for Schools. ByT.G.Vyvyan. 5th Edit. 4s.6t«- Qreek Testament, Companion to the. By A. C. Barrett, M.A 5th Edition, revised. Fcap. 8vo. 5s. Book of Common Prayer, An Historical and Explanatory Treatise on the. By W. G. Humphry, B.D. 6th Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. Music, Text-book of. By Professor H. C. Banister. 15th Edition, revised. 5s. Concise History of. By Rev. H. G. Bonavia Hunt, Mus. Doc. Dublin. 12th Edition, revised. 3s. ed. ARITHMETIC, i^^^ «^^o the two foregoing Series.) Elementary Arithmetic. By Charles Pendlebury, M.A., Senior Mathematical Master, St. Paul's School; and W. S. Beard, F.R.G.S., Assistant Master, Christ's Hospital. With 2500 Examples, Written and Oral. Crown 8vo. Is. 6d. With or without Answers. Arithmetic, Examination Papers in. Consisting of 140 papers, each containin^r 7 questions. 357 more difficult problems follow. A col- lection of recent Public Examination Papers are appended. By C. Pendlebury, M.A. 2s. 6d. Key, for Masters only, 5s. G'ciduatecl Exercises in Addition (Simple and Compound). By W. S. Beard, C. S. Department Rochester Mathematical School. Is. For Candidates for Commercial Certificates and Civil Service Exams. a2 10 George Bell and Sons^ BOOK-KEEPING. Book-keeping Papers, set at various Public Examinations». Collected and Written by J. T. Medliurst, Lecturer on Book-keeping in the City of London College. 2nd Edition. 3s. A Text-Book of the Principles and Practice of Book-keepings By Professor A. W. Thomson, B.Sc, Royal Agricultural College, Cirences- ter. Crown 8vo. 5s. Double Entry Elucidated. By B. W. Foster. 14th edition. Fcap. 4to. 3s. 6d. A New Manual of Book-keeping, combining the Theory and Practice, with Specimens of a set of Books. By Phillip Crellin, Account- ant. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. Book-keeping for Teachers and Pupils. By Phillip Crellin^ Crown 8vo. Is. 6d. Key, 2s. net. GEOMETRY AND EUCLID. Euclid. Books I.-VI. and part of XI. A New Translation. By H. Deighton. (Seep. 8.) The Definitions of, with Explanations and Exercises, and an Appendix of Exercises on the First Book. By R. Webb, M.A. Crown 8vo. Is, 6d. Book I. With Notes and Exercises for the use of Pre- paratory Schools, &c. By Braithwaite Amett, M.A. 8vo. 4s. 6d. The First Two Books explained to Beginners. By 0. P. Mason, B.A. 2nd Edition. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. The Enunciations and Figures to Euclid's Elements. By Bev. J. Brasse, D.D. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Is. Without the Figures, 6d» Exercises on Euclid. By J. McDowell, M.A. (See p. 8.) Mensuration. By B. T. Moore, M.A. 3s. 6^. (See p. 9.) Geometrical Conic Sections. By H. G. WilHs, M.A. (See p. 8.) Geometrical Conic Sections. By W. H. Besant, Sc.D. (See p. 9.) Elementary Geometry of Conies. By C. Taylor, D.D. (See p. 8.> An Introduction to Ancient and Modern Geometry of Conlos. By C. Taylor, D.D., Master of St. John's Coll., Camb. 8vo. 15s. An Introduction to Analytical Plane Geometry. By W. P. TurnbuU, M.A. 8vo. 12s. Problems on the Principles of Plane Co-ordinate Geometry. By W. Walton, M.A. 8vo. 16s. Trilinear Co-ordinates, and Modem Analytical Geometry of Two Dimensions. By W. A. Whitworth, M.A. 8vo. 16s. An Elementary Treatise on Solid Geometry. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 4th Edition revised. Cr. 8vo. 6s. Elliptic Functions, Elementary Treatise on. By A. Cayley, D.Sc. Demy 8vo. INew Edition Preparing^ TRIGONOMETRY. Trigonometry. By Rev. T. G. Vyvyan. 3s. 6d. (See p. 8.) Trigonometry, Elementary. By J. M. Dyer, M.A., and Eev, R. H.. Whitcombe, M.A., Asst. Masters, Eton College. 4s. 6d. (See p. 8.) Trigonometry, Examination Papers in. By G. H. Ward, M.A.^ Assistant Master at St. Paul's School. Crown Svo. 2s. 6d. Educational Works. Ill MECHANICS & NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. statics, Elementary. By H. Goodwin, D.D. Fcap. 8vo. 2nd. Edition. 3s. Dynamics, A Treatise on Elementary. By W. Gamett, M.A.,„ D.C.L. 5th Edition. Crown 8vo. 6s. Dynamics, Eigid. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. 4«. Dynamics, A Treatise on. By W.H. Besant, Sc.D.,F.R.S. 7s. 6d. Elementary Mechanics, Problems in. By W. Walton, M.A. New Edition. Crown 8vo. Qs. Theoretical Mechanics, Problems in. By W. Walton, M.A. 3rd^ Edition. Demy 8vo. 16s. Structural Mechanics. By R. M. Parkinson, Assoc. M.I.C.E.. Crown Svo. 4.s. 6(Z. Elementary Mechanics. Stages I. and II. By J. C. Horobin, B.A. Is. 6d. eacl). [Stage III. preparing. Theoretical Mechanics. Division I. (for Science and Art Ex- aminations). By J. C. Horobin, B.A. Crown Svo. 2s. 6d. Hydrostatics. By W.H. Besant, Sc.D. Cr.Svo. 15th Edit. 4». 6d. Hydromechanics, A Treatise on. By W. H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S. Svo. 5th Edition, revised. Part I. Hydrostatics. 5s. Hydrodynamics, A Treatise on. Vol. I., IO5. Qd, ; Vol. H., 12s. 6d. A. B. Basset, M.A., F.R.S. Hydrodynamics and Sound, An Elementary Treatise on. By A. B. Basset, M.A., F.R.S. Demy Svo. 7s. 6d. Physical Optics, A Treatise on. By A. B. Basset, M.A., F.R.S.. Demy Svo. 16s. Optics, Geometrical. By W. S. Aldis, M.A. Crown Svo. 3rd Edition. 4s. Double Refraction, A Chapter on Fresnel's Theory of. By W. 8. Aldis, M.A. Svo. 2s. Roulettes and Glissettes. By W. H. Besant, Sc.D., F.R.S. 2nd: Edition, 5s. Heat, An Elementary Treatise on. By W. Garnett, M.A., D.C.L. Crown Svo. 5th Edition. 4s. 6d. Elementary Physics, Examples and Examination Papers in, Bv W. GaUatly, M.A. 4s. Newton's Principia, The First Three Sections of, with an Appen- dix; and the Ninth and Eleventh Sections. By J. H. Evans, M.A. Stn- Edition. Edited by P. T. Main, M.A. 4s. Astronomy, An Introduction to Plane. By P. T. Main, M.A. Fcap. Svo. cloth. 6th Edition. 4s. Mathematical Examples. Pure and Mixed. By J. M. Dyer, M. A. , and R. Prowde Smith, M.A. 6s. Pure Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, A Compendium of. Facts and Formulae in. By G. R. Smalley. 2nd Edition, revised by J. McDowell, M.A. Fcap. Svo. 2s. Elementary Course of Mathematics. By H. Goodwin, D.D. 6th Edition. Svo. 16s. A Collection of Examples and Problems in Arithmetic,. Algebra, Geometry, Logarithms, Trigonometry, Conic Sections, Mechanics, . &c., with Answers. By Rev. A. Wrigley. 20th Thousand. Ss. 6d,. Key. lOs. 6d. ri2 George Bell and Sons'' FOREIGN CLASSICS. -4 Series for use in Schools, with English Notes, grammatical and explanatory, and renderings of difficult idiomatic expressions, JFcap. 8vo. iSchillers's Wallenstein. By Dr. A. Buchheim. 6th Edit. 6«. Or the Laprer and Piccolomini, 2s. 6d. Wallenstein' s Tod, 2s. 6d. Maid of Orleans. By Dr. W. Wagner. 3rd Edit. Is. Qd. • Maria Stuart. By V. Kastner. 3rd Edition. 1«. 6d. 'Goethe's Hermann und Dorothea. By E. Bell, M.A., and B. Wolfel. New Edition, Revised. Is. 6d. German Ballads, from Uhland, Goethe, and Schiller. By C. L. Bielefeld. 5th Edition. Is. 6d. Charles XII., par Voltaire. By L. Direy. 7th Edition. Is. 6d, Aventures de T616maque, par F6nelon. By 0. J. Delille. 4th Edition. 2s. 6d. Select Fables of La Fontaine. By F.B. A.Gaso. 19th Edit. Is. 6d. Picciola, by X.B. Saintine. By Dr.Dubuo. 16th Thousand. Is. 6d. Lamartine's Le Tailleur de Pierres de Saint-Point. By J. Boielle, 6th Thousand. Feap. 8vo. Is. 6d. Italian Primer. By Eev. A. C. Clapin, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. Is. FRENCH CLASS-BOOKS. French Grammar for Public Schools. By Rev. A: C. Clapin, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 13th Edition. 2s. 6d. Key to Exercises 3s. 6d. French Primer. By Rev. A. 0. Clapin, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. 9th Ed. Is. Primer of French Philology. By Rev. A. C. Clapin. Fcap. 8vo. 6th Edit. Is. Le Nouveau Tr6sor; or, French Student's Companion. By M. B. S. 19th Edition. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. French Papers for the Prelim. Army Exams. Collected by J. F. Davis, D.Lit. 2s. 6d. French Examination Papers in Miscellaneous Grammar and Idioms. Compiled by A. M. M. Stedman, M.A. 4th Edition. Crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. Key. 6s. (For Teachers or Private Students only.) Manual of French Prosody. By Arthur Gosset, M.A. Crown 8vo. 3s. Lexicon of Conversational French. By A. HoUoway. 3rd Edition. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. PROF. A. BARRERE'S FRENCH COURSE. Jimior Graduated French Course. Crown Bvo. Is. 6d. Elements of French Grammar and First Steps in Idiom. Crown Bvo. 2s. Precis of Comparative French Granmiar. 2nd Edition. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. Recits Militaires. From 1792 to 1870. With English Notes, for Candidates for the Army Exams. Crown 8vo. 3s. Educational Works, 18 F. E. A. GASC'S FRENCH COURSE. Pirst French Book. Crown 8vo. llGtli Thousand, l.s. Second French Book. 52nd Thousand. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6d. Key to Fhst and Second French Books. 5th Edit. Fcp. 8vo. 35. 6cZ. French Fables for Beginners, in Prose, with Index. 16th Thousand. l2mo. Is. Qd, Select Fables of La Fontaine. 18th Thousand. Fcap.8vo. Is.&d. Histoires Amusantes et Instructives. With Notes. 17th Thou- sand. Fcap. 8vo. 2.S. Practical Guide to Modern French Conversation. 18th Thou- sand. Fcap. 8vo. Is. 6cl. French Poetry for the Young. With Notes. 5th Ed. Fcp. 8vo. 8-. Materials for French Prose Composition; or, Selections from the best English Prose Writers. 2 1st Thous. Fcap. 8vo. 3s. Key, 6s. Prosateurs Contemporains. With Notes. 11th Edition, re- vised. 12mo. 3s. 6d. Le Petit Compagnon ; a French Talk-Book for Little Children. 14th Edition. 16mo. Is. Qd. An Improved Modern Pocket Dictionary of the French and English Languages. 47 fch Thousand. 16mo. 2s. 6d. Modern French-Enghsh and English-French Dictionary. 5th Edition, revised. lOs. fid. In use at Harrow, Rugby, Westminster, Shrewsbury, Radley, &e. The ABC Tourist's French Interpreter of all Immediate Wants. By F. E. A. Gasc. Is. MODEEN FRENCH AUTHORS. Edited, with Introductions and Notes, by James Boielle, Senior French Master at Dulwich College. Daudet's La Belle Nivernaise. 2s. &d. For Beginners, 'Claretie. Pierrille, by Jules Claretie. 2s. Qd. For Beginners. Hugo's Bug Jar gal. 3s. For Advanced Students. Balzac's Ursule Mirouet. 3s. For Advanced Students, GOMBERT'S FRENCH DRAMA. Being a Selection of the best Tragedies and Comedies of Moliere. Racine, Comeille, and Voltaire. With Argxuuents and Notes by A. Gombert. New Edition, revised by P. B. A. Gasc. Fcap. 8vo. 1«. each ; sewed. 6d. Contents. MoLifeRE :— Le Misanthrope. L'Avare. Le Bourgeois G«ntilhomme. Le Tartnffe. Le Malade Imaginaire. Lea Femmes Savantes. Leg Fourberies de Scapin. Les Prdcieuses Ridicules. L'Ecole des Femmes, L'Ecole des Maris. Le M^decin malgr^ Lui. Racine :—Ph6dre. Esther. Athalie. Iphig^nie. Les Plaideurs. La TWbaide; ou, Les Fr^res Ennemis. Andromaque. Britannicus. P. CoRNEiLLE :— Le Cid. Horace. Ginna. Polyeucte. Voltaire :— Zaire, 14 George Bell and Sons' GERMAN CLASS-BOOKS. Materials for German Prose Composition. By Dr. Bnchheim. 14th Edition. Fcap. 4s. 6d. Key, Parts I. and II., Ss. Parts III. and IV., Goethe's Faust. Parti. Text, Hayward's Prose Translation, and Notes. Edited by Dr. Buclilieiin. 5s. German. The Candidate's Yade Mecum. Five Hundred Easy Sentences and Idioms. By an Army Tutor. Cloth, Is. For Army E/rams: Wortfolge, or Rules and Exercises on the Order of Words in German Sentences. By Dr. F. Stock. Is. 6d. A German Grammar for Public Schools. By the Rev. A. C. ClapinandP. HoUMuller. 5th Edition. Fcap. 2s. 6d. A German Primer, with Exercises. By Eev. A. C. Clapin. 2nd Edition. Is. Kotzebue's Der Gefangene. WithNotesby Dr.W. Stromberg. Is. German Examination Papers in Grammar and Idiom. By R. J. Morich. 2nd Edition. 2s. 6d. Key for Tutors only, 5s. By Frz. Lange, Ph.D., Professor R.M.A., Woolwich, Examiner in German to the Coll. of Preceptors, and also at the Victoria University, Manchester. A Concise German Grammar. In Three Parts. Part I., Ele- mentary, 2s. Part II., Intermediate, 2s. Part III., Advanced, 3s. 6d. German Examination Course. Elementary, 2s. Intermediate, 2s, Advanced, Is. 6d. German Reader. Elementary, Is. M. Advanced, 3s. MODERN GERMAN SCHOOL CLASSICS. Small Crown 8vo. Hey's Fabela For Kinder. Edited, with Vocabulary, by Prof. F. Lange, Ph.D. Printed in Roman characters. Is. 6d. The same with Phonetic Transcription of Text, &c. 2s. Benedix's Dr. Wespe. Edited by F. Lange, Ph.D. 2s. 6d. HoflEknan's Meister Martin, der Kiifner. By Prof. F. Lange, Ph.D. Is. 6d. Heyse's Hans Lange. By A. A. Macdonell, M.A., Ph.D. 2s. Auerbach's Auf Wache, and Roquette's Der Gefrorene Kuss. By A. A. MacdoneU, M.A. 2s. Moser's Der Bibliothekar. By Prof. F. Lange, Ph.D. 3rd Edi- tion. 2s. Ebers' Eine Frage. By F. Storr, B.A. 2s. Freytag's Die Joumalisten. By Prof . F. Lange, Ph.D. 2nd Edi- tion, revised. 2s. 6d. Gutzkow's Zopf und Schwert. By Prof. F. Lange, Ph.D. 2s. German Epic Tales. Edited by Karl Neuhaus, Ph.D. 2s. 6d. Scheflfel's Ekkehard. Edited by Dr. H. Hager. 3s. Educational Works. 15 DIVINITY. By the late Kev. F. H. Scrivener, A.M., LL.D., D.C.L. Novum Testamentum GrsBoe. Editio major. Being an enlarged Edition, containing the Readings of Bishop Westcott and Dr. Hort, and • those adopted by the Eevisers, &c. 7s. Qd. {For other Editions see page 3.) A Plain Introduction to the Criticism of the New Testament, With Forty Facsimiles from Ancient Manuscripts. 4th Edition, revised; by Rev. E. Miller, M. A. 8vo. lln th* press. Codex BezsB Csuatabrigiensis. 4to. 10<. 6d. The New Testament for English Readers. By the late H. Alford, D.D. Vol. I. Part I. 3rd Edit. 12s. Vol. I. Part II. 2nd Edit. 10s. 6wtp^t^»t*«v Literary and Scientific Reference-Book. New \ ^^^*^if->^*AKt^ Edition (1890). Thoroughly revised and enlarged under the supervision of Noah Porter, D.Di, LL.D. 1 vol. (2118 pages, 3500 woodcuts), 4to. cloth, 31s. 6d. ; half calf, 21. 2s. r half russia, 21. 5s. ; calf, 21. 8s. ; full sheep with patent marginal Index, 21. 8s. ; or in 2 vols, cloth, 11. 14s. ; half russia, 21. 18s. Prospectuses, with specimen pages, sent free on application. Kluge's Etymological Dictionary of the German Language. Translated from the 4th German edition by J. P. Davis, D.Lit., M.A» (Lond.). Crown 4to. half buckram, 18s. Dictionary of the French and English Languages, with more than Fifteen Thousand New Words, Senses, &c. By F. E. A. Gasc. "With New Supplements. 5th Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Demy 8vo. 10s, 6d. In use at Harrow, Rugby, Shrewsbury, &c. Pocket Dictionary of the French and English Languages. By F. E. A. Gasc. Containing more than Five Thousand Modem and Current Words, Senses, and Idiomatic Phrases and Renderings, not found in any other dictionary of the two languages. New edition, with addi- tions and corrections. 49th Thousand. 16mo. Cloth, 2s. 6d. 18 George Bell and Sons' ENGLISH CLASS-BOOKS. Comparative Grammar and Philology. By A. C. Price, M.A., Assistant Master at Leeds Grammar SchooL 2s. 6d. The Elements of the English Language. By E. Adams, Ph.D. 25th Edition. Revised by J. F. Davis, D.Lit., M. A. Post 8vo. 4s. 6d. The Rudiments of English Grammar and Analysis. By B. Adams, Ph.D. 19th Thousand. Fcap. 8vo. Is. A Concise System of Parsing. By L. E. Adams, B.A. Is. 6(2. Examples for Grammatical Analysis (Verse and Prose). Se- lected, &c., by F. Edwards. New edition. Cloth, Is. Questions for Examination in English LiteratTire. "With brief hints on the study of English. By Professor W. W. Skeat, Litt.D. Crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. Ten Brink's History of Enghsh Literature. Vol. I. Early Eng- lish, Literature (to Wiclif). Translated by H. M. Kennedy. 3s. 6d. Vol. II. (Wiclif, Chaucer, Earliest Drama, Renaissance). Translated by W. Clarke Robinson, Ph.D. 3s. 6d. Notes on Shakespeare's Plays. By T. Duff Barnett, B.A. Midsummer Night's Dream, Is. ; Julius C-esa-r, Is. ; Henry V., Is. ; Tempest, Is. ; Macbeth, Is. ; Merchant op Venice, Is. ; Hamlet, Is. ; Richard II.,1s. ; King John Is.; King Lear, Is. ; Coriolanus, Is, GRAMMARS. By C. P. Mason, Fellow of Univ. Coll. London. First Notions of Grammar for Young Learners. Foap. 8yo. 75th Thousand. Revised and enlarged. Cloth. Is. First Steps in English Grammar for Junior Classes. Demy 18mo. 54th Thousand. Is. Outlines of English Grammar for the Use of Junior Classes. 87th Thousand. Crown 8vo. 2s. English Grammar, includmg the Principles of Grammatical Analysis. 34th Edition. 143rd Thousand. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d. Practice and Help in the Analysis of Sentences. 2s. A Shorter English Grammar, with copious Exercises. 49th to 53rd Thousand. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d. English Grammar Practice, being the Exercises separately. Is, Oode Standard Grammars. Parts I. and 11., 2d, each. Parts in., lY., and V., 3d. each. Notes of Lessons, their Preparation, &g. By Jos6 Bickard, Park Lane Board School, LeedB, and A. H. Taylor, Rodley Board School, Leeds. 2nd Edition. Crown Svo. 2s. 6d. A Syllabic System of Teaching to Head, combining the advan- tages of the * Phonic * and the * Look-and-Say * Systems. Crown Svo. Is. Practical Hints on Teaching. By Bey. J. Menet, M.A. 6th Edit. revised. Crown Svo. paper, 2s. Test Lessons in Dictation. 4th Edition. Paper cover, U, Qd, Picture School-Books. With numerous Illustrations. Eoyal 16mo. The Infant's Primer. Sd.—School Primer. 6d.— School Reader. By J. Tilleard. Is. — Poetry Book for Schools. Is. — The Life of Joseph. Is. — The Scripture Parables. By the Rev. J. B. Clarke. Is.— The Scripture Miracles. Is.— The New Testament History. Is.— The Old Testament History. By the Rev. J. G, Wood, M.A, Is.— The Life of Martin Luther. By Sarah Crompton. Is. Educational Works. 19 BOOKS FOR YOUNG READERS. A Series of Reading Books designed to facilitate the acquisition of the power of Reading by very young Children, In 10 vols, clothe Qd. each. Those with an asterisk have a Frontispiece or other Illustrations. ♦The Old Boathouse. Bell and Fan; or, A Cold Dip. *Tot and the Cat. A Bit of Cake. The Jay. The Black Hen's Nest. Tom and Ned. Mrs. Bee. I Suitahle ♦The Cat and the Hen. Sam and his Dog Redleg. / jJ^J^^ Bob and Tom Lee. A Wreck. *The New-born Lamb. The Rosewood Box. Poor Fan. Sheep Dog. ♦The Two Parrots. A Tale of the Jubilee. By M. E. Wintle. 9 Illustrations. *The Story of Three Monkeys. ♦Story of a Cat. Told by Herself. The Blind Boy. The Mute airl. A New Tale ol Babes in a Wood. ♦Queen Bee and Busy Bee. ♦Gull's Crag. Syllabic Spelling. By C. Barton. In Two Parts. Infants, 3d. Standard I., 3d. GEOGRAPHICAL READING-BOOKS. By M. J. Barrington Ward, M.A. With numerous Illustrations. The Child's Geography. For the Use of Schools and for Home Tuition. 6d. The Map and the Compass. A Beading-Book of Geography. For Standard I. New Edition, revised. 8d. cloth. The Round World. A Eeading-Book of Geography. For Standard II. New Edition, revised and enlarged. lOd. About England. A Keading-Book of Geography for Standard III. With numerous Illustrations and Coloured Map. Is. 4d. The Child's Geography of England. With Introductory Exer- cises on the British Isles and Empire, with Questions. 2s. 6d. Infants, Suitable for Standards l.&II. ELEMENTARY MECHANICS. By J. C. HoROBiN, B.A., Principal of Homerton Training College. Stage I. With, nrimtrous Illustrations, Is. 6d. Stage II. Witli numerous Illustraiions, Is, Qd, Stage III, [Preparing, 20 George Bell and Sons' Educational JForL^. BELL'S READING-BOOKS. FOR SCHOOLS AND PAROCHIAL LIBRARII PostSvo. Strongly houndin cloth^ Is. each. *Adventiires of a Donkey. *Iiife of Columbus. ♦Grimm's German Tales. (Selected.) ♦Andersen's Danish Tales. Illustrated. (Selected.) *Uncle Tom's Cabin. * Great Englishmen. Short Lives for Young Children . Great Englishwomen. Short Lives of. Great Scotsmen. Short Lives of. Parables firom Nature. (Selected.) ByMrs. Gatty. Lyrical Poetry. Selected by D. Munro. *Edgeworth's Tales. (A Selection.) *Scott's Talisman. (Abridged.) *Poor Jack. By Captain Marryat, K.N. Abgd. ♦Dickens's Little NeU. Abridged from the ♦ The Old Curiosity Shop.* ♦Oliver Twist. By Charles Dickens. (Abridged.) ♦Masterman Ready. ByCapt. Marryat. Illus. (Abgd.) ♦Gulliver's Travels. (Abridged.) ♦Arabian Nights. (A Selection Kewritten.) ♦The Vicar of Wakefield. \ Lamb's Tales from Shakespeare. (Selected.) ♦Robinson Crusoe. Blustrated. ♦Settlers in Canada. By Capt. Marryat. (Abridged.) ♦Southey's Life of Nelson. (Abridged.) ♦Life of the Duke of Wellington, withMaps andPlans. ♦Sir Roger de Coverley and other Essays from the Tales of the Coast. By J. Runciman. Spectator. J ♦ These Volumes are Illustrated. Uniform with the Series^ in limp cloth, 6d. each, Shakespeare's Plays. Kemble's Reading Edition. With Ex- planatory Notes for School Use. JULIUS OiESAR. THE MERCHANT OP VENICE. KING JOHN. HENRY THE FIFTH. MACBETH. AS YOU LIKE IT. 9S5030 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY